1st Semester - Best Engineering Colleges in Gurgaon

1st Semester

1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering

2. Course

Name

Engineering

Mathematics - I

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 1 0

4. Type of Course (use tick

mark)

Core () BSC () PE () OE ()

5. Pre-

requisite

(if any)

Mathematics at +2

Level

6. Frequency (use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every Sem ()

7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)

Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 14 Practical = 0

8. Course Description

The purpose of this module is to provide participants with the skills, knowledge and attitudes required to

perform fundamental mathematical procedures and processes for solution of engineering problems,

particularly the use of calculus, vector analysis and infinite series. The subject aims to show the relevance

of mathematics to engineering and applied sciences. This module also facilitates articulation to Degree

courses in all streams of Engineering and forms a basis for more specialist branches of mathematics.

9. Learning objectives:

The goal of the Engineering Math sequence is to master the basic tools for the study of science, business

and engineering and become skilled in its use for solving problems in science and engineering.

10. Course Outcomes (COs):

i) To apply differential and integral calculus to notions of curvature and to improper integrals. Apart

from some other applications they will have a basic understanding of Beta and Gamma functions.

ii) The fallouts of Rolle‟s Theorem that is fundamental to application of analysis to Engineering

problems.

iii) The tool of power series and Fourier series for learning advanced Engineering Mathematics.

iv) To deal with functions of several variables that are essential in most branches of engineering.

v) The essential tool of matrices and linear algebra in a comprehensive manner.

11. Unit wise detailed content

Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 06

Title of the unit: Calculus

Evolutes and involutes; Evaluation of definite and improper integrals; Beta and Gamma functions and

their properties; Applications of definite integrals to evaluate surface areas and volumes of revolutions.

Unit – 2 Number of

lectures = 06

Title of the unit: Calculus

Rolle‟s Theorem, Mean value theorems, Taylor‟s and Maclaurin theorems with remainders; indeterminate

forms and L' Hospital's rule; Maxima and minima.

Unit - 3 Number of

lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Sequences and series

Convergence of sequence and series, tests for convergence; Power series, Taylor's series, series for

exponential, trigonometric and logarithm functions; Fourier series: Half range sine and cosine series,

Parseval‟s theorem.

Unit - 4 Number of

lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Multivariable Calculus (Differentiation)

Limit, continuity and partial derivatives, directional derivatives, total derivative; Tangent plane and

normal line; Maxima, minima and saddle points; Method of Lagrange multipliers; Gradient, curl and

diverge

Unit - 5 Number of

lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Matrices

Inverse and rank of a matrix, rank-nullity theorem; System of linear equations; Symmetric, skew

symmetric and orthogonal matrices; Determinants; Eigenvalues and eigenvectors; Diagonalization of

matrices; Cayley-Hamilton Theorem, and Orthogonal transformation.

12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component

The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant lectures

delivered by subject experts of SGT University.

The link to the E-Learning portal.

https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.

13. Books Recommended

Text book:

i) Ramana B.V., Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi, 11th Reprint,

2010.

Reference Books:

i) Erwin kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2006.

ii) D. Poole, Linear Algebra: A Modern Introduction, 2nd Edition, Brooks/Cole, 2005.

iii) N.P. Bali and Manish Goyal, A text book of Engineering Mathematics, Laxmi Publications,

Reprint, 2008.

iv) Veerarajan T., Engineering Mathematics for first year, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2008.

https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/course-category/

1. Name of the Department: Mechanical Engineering

2. Course

Name

Industrial

Chemistry

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 1 0

4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () BSC () PE () OE ()

5. Pre-

requisite (if

any)

Chemistry at +2 or

Equivalent Level 6. Frequency (use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem ()



8. Brief Syllabus

This course intends to introduce students the basic concept of chemistry with atomic and molecular

structures. The students will learn about the stereochemistry and organic principles involved in various

reactions. They will also be made aware of different intermolecular forces, fuel/ water chemistry,

corrosion phenomenon‟s and kinetics of reactions. The students will understand the spectroscopic

techniques and its applications.


i) To bring adaptability to the concepts of chemistry and to acquire the required skills to become a

perfect engineer.

ii) To impart the basic knowledge of atomic, molecular and electronic modifications which makes

the student to understand the technology based on them.

iii) To acquire the knowledge of chemical kinetics, corrosion and water treatment which are

essential for the Engineers and in industry.

iv) To acquire the skills pertaining to spectroscopy and to apply them for medical and other fields.

v) To impart the knowledge of stereo-chemistry and structural aspects useful for understanding

reaction pathways.

10. Course Outcomes (COs): The basic concepts included in this course will help the student to gain:

i) The knowledge of atomic, molecular and electronic changes, chemical interactions, band theory

related to conductivity.

ii) The required principles and concepts of chemical kinetics, corrosion and in understanding the

problem of water and its treatments.

iii) The required skills to get clear concepts on basic spectroscopy and application to medical and

other fields.

iv) The knowledge of structural analysis of molecules and reaction mechanisms.


Unit-1 Number of lectures =

14

Title of the unit: Atomic, molecular structure & Periodic

properties

Schrodinger equation (Introduction). Forms of the hydrogen atom wave functions. Molecular Orbital

theory and its applications in MO energy level diagrams of diatomic molecules (N2, O2 and F2). Pi-

molecular orbitals of butadiene and benzene and aromaticity. Crystal Field Theory (CFT): Salient

Features of CFT- Crystal Field

Splitting of transition metal ion d-orbitals in Tetrahedral, Octahedral and square planar geometries and

its applications. Band structure of solids and effect of doping on conductance.

Solid state chemistry: Radius ratio rule, Type of unit cell and Bragg‟s Law. Graphite as two

dimensional solid and its conducting properties. Fullerene and its applications.

Effective nuclear charge, penetration of orbitals, variations of s, p, d and f orbital energies of atoms in

the periodic table, electronic configurations, atomic and ionic sizes, ionization energies, electron

affinity and electronegativity, oxidation states, coordination numbers and molecular geometries.

Unit - 2 Number of lectures =

8

Title of the unit: Stereochemistry & Organic Principles

Representations of 3-dimensional structures, structural isomers and stereoisomers, configurations and

chirality, enantiomers, diastereomers, optical activity. Isomerism in transitional metal compounds.

Inductive, mesomeric and hyper conjugative effects. Stability of reaction intermediates e.g. carbocation

and free radicals. Electrophilic and nucleophilic addition reactions: Addition of HBr to propene.

Markownikoff and anti Markownikoff‟s additions. Structure of medicinal drugs, Paracetamol and

Aspirin


8

Title of the unit: Intermolecular forces, Fuel Chemistry&

Chemical Kinetics

Ionic, dipolar and van Der Waals interactions. Equations of state of real gases and critical phenomena.

Classification of fuels, Coal and Biogas. Octane number & Cetane number and their significance.

Thermodynamic functions: energy, entropy and free energy. Estimations of entropy and free energies.

Cell potentials, the Nernst equation and applications. Order and molecularity of reactions. Energy of

activation. Order and molecularity of reactions, Zero order, first order and second order reactions.


8

Title of the unit: Water Chemistry and Corrosion

Hardness of water-Introduction. Causes of Hardness. Types of hardness: temporary and permanent.

Expression and units of hardness. Measurement of hardness of water by EDTA method. Method of

water softening (Lime Soda process & Zeolite process). Chemical treatment of water- Disinfection of

water by chlorination and Ozonization. Demineralization. Desalination of water-Reverse osmosis.

Corrosion: Introduction and types of corrosion (dry and wet corrosion), protective measures against

corrosion.


4

Title of the unit: Spectroscopic techniques and

applications

Basic principles of spectroscopic methods and selection rules. Applications of UV-Vis, IR, 1H &

13C

Nuclear Magnetic resonance spectroscopy in the determination of structure of simple organic

compounds. Introduction to Magnetic resonance imaging.


This will involve the NPTEL and SWAYAM portal system for the holistic knowledge. Power Point

Presentation will be used and assist in the pictorial based learning and enhance the knowledge in a

planned way. Lecture series on the online platform will be beneficial for the students. Online

assignment will be designated to students at large.

13. Books Recommended (5 Text Books + 3 Reference Books)

Text Book:

i) Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, by Cotton, F.A., Wilkinson G., Murrillo, C.A. and Bochmann,

Wiley, Ehichester, 1999.

Reference Books:

i) March‟s Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms and Structure Smith, Michael

B./March, Jerry, John Willey & sons, 6th Edition, 2007.

ii) Elements of Physical Chemistry, Glasstonne, Samuel B. ELBS, 2005.

iii) Organic Chemistry, Finar, I.L.: Addision – Wesley Longman, Limited, 2004.

iv) Applied Chemistry (Latest ed.), By H.D. Gesser.

14. Tutorial / Extended Tutorial /presentation/Case study components

Sr. No. Title CO covered

1 Atomic, molecular structure & Periodic properties i

2 Stereochemistry & Organic Principles iv

3 Intermolecular forces, Fuel Chemistry & Chemical Kinetics i

4 Water Chemistry and Corrosion ii

5 Spectroscopic techniques and applications iii


2. Course

Name

Industrial

Chemistry Lab

L

T

P

3. Course

Code

0 0 2


5. Pre-

requisite (if

any)

Chemistry at +2 or

Equivalent Level 6. Frequency (use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem ()



8. Brief Syllabus

This practical course intends to enhance the students‟ knowledge related to the basic concept of

chemistry through experimentation. The students will learn about the chemical phenomena‟s and proper

laboratory safety techniques. This will help them in better understanding of the information obtained

from different scientific instrumentations.


i) To impart practical overview of common laboratory techniques including pH measurement,

acid/base titrations, UV/Visible spectroscopy, conductometer and Viscometer.

ii) To provide exposure of the scientific techniques mentioned above, to have better knowledge of

chemical phenomena.

iii) To engage in safe laboratory practices by handling laboratory glassware, equipment, and

chemical reagents appropriately.

iv) Learn about how to maintain a detailed scientific notebook.

10. Course Outcomes (COs): The basic concepts included in this course will help the student to gain:

i) Students to carry out scientific experiments as well as accurately record & analyze the results of

such experiments.

ii) Students will be skilled in handling of various scientific instruments.

Students will learn the different synthetic methodologies and chemical phenomena.

iii) Students to carry out scientific experiments as well as accurately record & analyze the results of

such experiments.

11. Lab Component


1 Determination of surface tension of given liquid by drop number

method.

i

2 Determine the viscosity of given liquid by using Ostwald‟s

viscometer / Redwood viscometer.

ii

3 Calculate the Rf value of given sample using Thin layer

chromatography / Paper chromatography.

i

4 Removal of Ca2+

and Mg2+

hardness from given water sample using i

ion exchange column.

5 Determination of chloride content in given water sample. i

6 Calculate the strength of strong acid by titrating it with strong base

using conductometer.

iii

7 To prepare the of urea formaldehyde and phenol formaldehyde resin. iii

8 To Prepare iodoform. iii

9 Calculate the saponification value / acid value of given oil sample. i

10 Chemical analysis of two anions and two cations in given sample of

salt.

i

11 To determine the total hardness of given water sample by EDTA

method.

i

12 Study the adsorption phenomena using acetic acid and charcoal. iii


2. Course Name English L

T

P

3.Course Code 2 0 0

4.Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () HSMC

()

PE () OE ()

5.Pre-requisite (if

any)

English at +2

level 6.Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem ()

Every Sem

()

7.Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)


8.Brief Syllabus:

Unit I: Effective Communication

Introduction to Communication: Types of Communication, Process of Communication

Barriers to Communication and ways to overcome the barriers to communication.

Unit II: Conversation Skills: Greetings and introducing oneself, framing questions and answers, Role play, Buying: asking details etc.

Word formation strategies, vocabulary building, One-word substitution, Antonyms, Synonyms,

Homophones, Homonym

Unit III: Reading Comprehension and Pronunciation: Simple narration and Stories, Simple Passages, Newspaper and articles clippings, Pronunciation:

Syllable and Stress.

Sentences: Types, Tenses, Phrases and Clauses, Parts of speech. Formal grammatical categories, Articles,

Prepositional phrases, Phrasal verbs

Unit IV: Listening and Reading Comprehension

Speeches, Interviews, audio-video clippings followed by exercises,

Types of Reading, Regular reading session: Newspaper, Articles, and Stories etc.

Speaking Skills Errors in use of grammatical categories, Practice of Skills for Reading and Writing

Comprehension Using Text from selected Stories/ Newspapers and Handouts.

Unit V: Writing Comprehension: Correct the sentences, Note Making, Letter Writing, Brief introduction to Types of Letter, Format of

Letter, Précis Writing, Paragraph Writing, Report Writing, Difference between Report and Proposal

10.Course Outcomes (COs):

i) Able to communicate and expand the knowledge of communication.

ii) Able to communicate in English confidently.

iii) Able to improve pronunciation and accent

iv) Able to improve listening and speaking skills

v) Able to improve reading and writing skills

11.Unit wise course details:

Unit-1 Number of lectures = 5 Title of the unit: Effective Communication

Introduction to Communication, Importance of Communication, Process of communication, Barriers to

communication and ways to overcome the barriers to communication, Interviews clipping followed by

exercises.

Unit - 2 Number of Lectures=5 Title of the unit: Conversation Skills

Greetings and introducing oneself, Framing questions and answers, Role play, Buying: asking details etc.

Word formation strategies, vocabulary building, One word substitution, Antonyms, Synonyms,

Homophones, Homonyms

Unit - 3 Number of lectures = 6 Title of the unit: Reading Comprehension and

Pronunciation

Simple narration and stories, Simple Passages, Newspaper and articles clippings, Pronunciation: Syllable,

Stress, Intonation and Modulation

Sentences types, Tenses, Phrases and Clauses, Parts of speech, Formal grammatical categories, Articles,


Unit - 4 Number of lectures = 6 Title of the unit: Listening and Reading Comprehension

Introduction of Listening, Types of Listening, Difference between Listening & Hearing

Speeches, audio-video clippings followed by exercises.


Speaking Skills Errors in use of grammatical categories, Practice of Skills for Listening and Reading

Unit-5 Number of lectures = 6 Title of the unit: Writing Comprehension

Writing Comprehension Using Text from selected Stories/ Newspapers and Handouts.

Correct the sentences, Note Making, Letter Writing, Brief introduction to Types of Letter, Format of


12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component

The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant

lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.

The link to the E-Learning portal:

https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/general/

13. Books Recommended (3 Text Books + 2-3 Reference Books)

i) Improve your Writing, V.N. Arora, Lakshmi Chandra, Oxford University Press, New Delhi

2014

ii) Fluency In English II, Promodini Varma, Mukti Sanyal, OUP India 2006

iii) Communication Skills in English, D. G. Saxena and Kuntal Tamang, Top Quark, 2011

iv) Complete Course in English, Robert J. Dixson PHI Private Limited 2009

v) Effective Technical Communication M Asharaf Rizvi Tata McGraw Hill Education Private

Limited 2005

vi) English Grammar in Context, R K Agnihotri and A L Khanna Ratna Sagar 1996

vii) Professional Communication, Malti Agrawal Krishna Educational Publishers 2013

https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/course-category/general/


2. Course Name English Lab L

T

P

3.Course Code 0 0 2

4.Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () HSMC

()

PE () OE ()

5.Pre-requisite (if

any)

English at +2

level 6.Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem ()

Every Sem

()



8.Brief Syllabus:

Unit I: Effective Communication

Introduction to Communication: Types of Communication, Process of Communication

Barriers to Communication and ways to overcome the barriers to communication.

Unit II: Conversation Skills: Greetings and introducing oneself, framing questions and answers, Role play, Buying: asking details etc.

Word formation strategies, vocabulary building, One-word substitution, Antonyms, Synonyms,

Homophones, Homonym

Unit III: Reading Comprehension and Pronunciation: Simple narration and Stories, Simple Passages, Newspaper and articles clippings, Pronunciation:

Syllable and Stress.

Sentences: Types, Tenses, Phrases and Clauses, Parts of speech. Formal grammatical categories, Articles,


Unit IV: Listening and Reading Comprehension

Speeches, Interviews, audio-video clippings followed by exercises,


Speaking Skills Errors in use of grammatical categories, Practice of Skills for Reading and Writing

Comprehension Using Text from selected Stories/ Newspapers and Handouts.

Unit V: Writing Comprehension: Correct the sentences, Note Making, Letter Writing, Brief introduction to Types of Letter, Format of



i) Able to communicate and expand the knowledge of communication.

ii) Able to communicate in English confidently.

iii) Able to improve pronunciation and accent

iv) Able to improve listening and speaking skills

v) Able to improve reading and writing skills

10. Lab Component

Sr. No. Title CO

covered

i) Module –I ( Parts of Speech, Exercises on daily life routine) (ii)(iii)

ii) Module –II ([Pronunciation and voice modulation, Vowel Sounds) (ii)(iii)

iii) Module –III (Active and Passive voice, Direct & Indirect Speech and so on.) (iv)(v)


2. Course

Name

Basic Electrical

Engineering

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0

4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () EAS () PE () OE ()

5. Pre-

requisite (if

any)

Physics and

Mathematics at +2

or Equivalent Level


marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem

()



8. Brief Syllabus

Electrical Technology is a field of engineering that deals with the study and applications of laws and

theorems in electrical and electronic systems. The course covers the analysis of electrical, analog and

digital electronic circuits. Upon completion, students should be able to deal with the various devices

and able to construct the circuits for given specification, and also able to analyze and troubleshoot

designed electronic circuits using related equipment.


This course gives an idea to students about analyzing and solving different electrical and electronic

circuits by applying different laws and theorems. The objectives are:

i) To prepare students to know the characteristics of different semiconductor devices

ii) Explain the fundamental principles necessary for the analysis and design of analog integrated

circuits at transistor level.

10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of this course, the student should be able to:

i) Understanding various theorems and applying them to solve different electrical circuits.

ii) Verifying the characteristics of Diode, BJT, and FET.

iii) Identify different electronic devices, apply subject knowledge and solve electronic device

problems.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 11

Title of the unit: DC Network Laws and Theorems

D.C. Network Laws and Theorems: (a). Concepts of network, Active and passive elements, Ohm‟s

law and its limitations, Kirchhoff‟s laws, Nodal and Loop methods of analysis, Star to Delta & Delta

to Star transformation.

(b) Thevenin‟s theorem, Norton‟s theorem, Superposition theorem, maximum power transfer theorem,

Millman‟s theorem.

Unit - 2 Number of

lectures = 9

Title of the unit: Single Phase AC Circuits

Single Phase A.C. Circuits: (a). Sinusoidal signal, Instantaneous and peak values, RMS and average

values, crest and peak factor, Concept of phase, representation-polar & rectangular, exponential and

trigonometric forms, behaviors of R, L and C components in A. C. circuits.

(b). Series and parallel A.C. circuits, Concept of active and reactive power, power factor, series and

parallel resonance, Q factor, cut-off frequencies and bandwidth.

Unit - 3 Number of

lectures = 12

Title of the unit: 3-Phase Circuits, Magnetic Circuits &

Single-Phase Transformers.

Three Phase A.C. Circuits, Magnetic Circuits & Transformer: Three phase system and its

necessity and advantages, Balanced supply and balanced load, Line and phase voltage/current

relations, Three-phase power and its measurement by two Wattmeter method.

Magnetic Circuits: Magnetic Effects of Electric Current; Magnetization Characteristics;

Electromagnetic, Induction and Self and Mutual Inductance; Hysteresis and Eddy Current Losses.

Introduction to different Electrical measuring Instruments i.e. Wattmeter, Ammeter, voltmeter and

Energy meter

Single Phase Transformers: Construction, Ideal Transformer, Transformer under No-Load and

Loading Conditions, Phasor diagram under different Load conditions, Equivalent Circuit of

Transformer, O.C and S.C test on transformer, Voltage Regulation Efficiency of a transformer.

Unit - 4 Number of

lectures = 10

Title of the unit: DC Machines, 3-Phase induction Motor

and Synchronous Machines

DC machines: Construction, EMF Equation, Torque Equation, Circuit Model – Generating and

Motoring Modes. Armature Reaction, Methods of Excitation, Characteristics of DC Motors, Speed

Control of Shunt Motor (Field and Armature Control), DC Motor Starting, Application of DC Motors.

Three Phase Induction Motor: Types, Principle of operation, Slip-torque characteristics,

Applications

Synchronous Machines: Construction, Three Phase Synchronous Machines: Principle of operation of

alternator and synchronous motor with applications.


The students can utilize following resources for further learning and practice

http://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108076/

https://www.circuitglobe.com


Text Book:

i) Basic Electrical Engineering (2nd Edition), Kothari, TMH

Reference Books:

i) Basic Electrical Engineering”, S N Singh; Prentice Hall International.

ii) Electrical and Electronics Technology, Edward Hughes; Pearson Education.

iii) Electrical technology, (Volume I, II), B L Theraja& A K Theraja, S. Chand & Company.

iv) Electric Machines, I.J. Nagrath and D.P. Kothari, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company

Limited.


https://www.circuitglobe.com/


2. Course

Name

Basic Electrical

Engineering Lab

L T P

3. Course

Code

0 0 2


5. Pre-

requisite (if

any)

Physics and

Mathematics at +2

or Equivalent Level


marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem

()



8. Brief Syllabus

Electrical Technology is a field of engineering that deals with the study and applications of laws and

theorems in electrical and electronic systems. The course covers the analysis of electrical, analog and

digital electronic circuits. Upon completion, students should be able to deal with the various devices

and able to construct the circuits for given specification, and also able to analyze and troubleshoot

designed electronic circuits using related equipment.


This course gives an idea to students about analyzing and solving different electrical and electronic

circuits by applying different laws and theorems. The objectives are:

i) To prepare students to know the characteristics of different semiconductor devices

ii) Explain the fundamental principles necessary for the analysis and design of analog integrated

circuits at transistor level.


i) Understanding various theorems and applying them to solve different electrical circuits.

ii) Verifying the characteristics of Diode, BJT, and FET.

iii) Identify different electronic devices, apply subject knowledge and solve electronic device

problems.

11. Lab Component

Sr.

No.

Title CO

covered

1 To study and verify Kirchhoff‟s Voltage and Current Laws. i

3 To study and verify Thevenin‟s theorem. i

4 To study and verify Norton‟s theorem. i

5 To study and verify Superposition theorem. i

6 To study and verify Maximum power transfer theorem. i

7 To study frequency response of RLC series circuit and find out its quality

factor and resonance frequency.

ii

8 To study frequency response of RLC parallel circuit and find out its quality

factor and resonance frequency.

ii

9 To study O.C and S.C tests on transformer. iii

10 To study various type of meters. iii

11 To perform direct load test of a transformer and plot efficiency v/s load

characteristics.

iii

12 To perform direct load test of a DC shunt generator and plot load voltage v/s

load current curve.

iii

13 To study the working of DC machines. iii


2. Course

Name

Workshop

Technology

L T P

3. Course

Code

1 0 0


5. Pre-

requisite (if

any)

Physics at +2

Level


marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Ever

y

Sem

()



8. Brief Syllabus:

Workshop technology deals with different processes by which component of a machine or

equipment‟s are made. The subject aims at imparting knowledge and skill components in the field of

basic workshop technology. It deals with different hand and machine tools required for manufacturing

simple metal components and articles.


i) As the need of hand on practice for the engineers this course has special weightage. ii) To be industry ready a student must have the knowledge of various welding processes, should

have knowledge about the foundry and various machine tools. So this course fulfills all these

needs.

10. Course Outcomes (COs): After the completion of the course, the student shall be able to

i) Practice workshop safety rules effectively. ii) Acquire knowledge and use simple measuring and gauging instruments.

iii) Acquire knowledge and use simple hand tools

iv) Operate simple drilling machines for producing small holes

v) Operate various machine tools for producing simple metal components and articles

vi) Acquire knowledge and practice on foundry, forging and welding


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 2

Title of the unit: Introduction

INTRODUCTION: Introduction to Manufacturing Processes and their Classification, automation in

manufacturing, Industrial Safety; Introduction, Types of Accidents, Causes and Common Sources of

Accidents, Methods of Safety, Electric Safety Measures, First Aid. Plant Layout, Principles of Plant

Layout, Objectives of Layout, Types of Plant and shop layouts and their Advantages.

Unit - 2 Number of

lectures = 3

Title of the unit: Welding

WELDING: Introduction to Welding, Classification of Welding Processes, Gas Welding: Oxy-

Acetylene Welding, Resistance Welding; Spot and Seam Welding, Arc Welding: Metal Arc, TIG &

MIG Welding, Welding Defects and Remedies, Soldering & Brazing, Comparisons among Welding,

Brazing and Soldering Surface Finishing Processes, Introduction to Heat Treatment Processes,

Estimating of Manufacturing Cost

Unit - 3 Number of

lectures = 3

Title of the unit: Cold Working

Cold Working (Sheet Metal Work): Sheet Metal Operations, Measuring, Layout Marking,

Shearing, Punching, Blanking, Piercing, Forming, Bending and Joining - Advantages and Limitations.

Hot Working Processes: Introduction to Hot Working, Principles of Hot Working Processes, Forging,

Rolling, Extrusion, Wire Drawing.

Unit - 4 Number of lectures

= 3

Title of the unit: Introduction to Machine Tools

Specifications and Uses of commonly used Machine Tools in a Workshop such as Lathe, Shaper,

Planer, Milling, Drilling, Slotter, Introduction to Metal Cutting. Nomenclature of a Single Points

Cutting Tool and Tool Wear, Mechanics of Chips Formation, Type of Chips, Use of Coolants in

machining.

Unit - 5 Number of

lectures = 3

Title of the unit: Foundry

Foundry: Introduction to Casting Processes, Basic Steps in Casting Process, Pattern, Types of

Patterns, Pattern allowances, Risers, Runners, Gates, Molding Sand and its composition, Sand

Preparation, Molding Methods, Core Sands and Core Making, Core Assembly, Mold Assembly,

Melting (Cupola) and Pouring, Fettling, Casting Defects and Remedies. Testing of Castings







Text Book:

i) Workshop Technology (Manufacturing Process) – S K Garg, Laxmi Publications; Fourth

edition (2018), ISBN-10: 8131806979

Reference Books:

i) Process and Materials of Manufacture -- Lindberg, R.A. Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi,

Fourth Edition, ISBN-10: 9788120306639

ii) Principles of Manufacturing Materials and Processes - Campbell, J.S. - McGraw- Hill, New

Edition, ISBN-10: 0070992525

iii) Manufacturing Science - Amitabha Ghosh & Ashok Kumar Malik, - East-West Press,

PEARSON India, Second Edition (2010), ISBN-10: 8176710636



2. Course

Name

Workshop

Technology Lab

L T P

3. Course

Code

0 0 4


5. Pre-

requisite (if

any)

Physics at +2

Level


marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Ever

y

Sem

()



8. Brief Syllabus:

Workshop technology deals with different processes by which component of a machine or

equipment‟s are made. The subject aims at imparting knowledge and skill components in the field of

basic workshop technology. It deals with different hand and machine tools required for manufacturing

simple metal components and articles.


i) As the need of hand on practice for the engineers this course has special weightage. ii) To be industry ready a student must have the knowledge of various welding processes, should

have knowledge about the foundry and various machine tools. So this course fulfills all these

needs.

10. Course Outcomes (COs): After the completion of the course, the student shall be able to

i) Practice workshop safety rules effectively. ii) Acquire knowledge and use simple measuring and gauging instruments.

iii) Acquire knowledge and use simple hand tools

iv) Operate simple drilling machines for producing small holes

v) Operate various machine tools for producing simple metal components and articles

vi) Acquire knowledge and practice on foundry, forging and welding


Sr. No. Title CO

covered

1 To perform machining operations like turning, step turning, threading

etc. on the Lathe.

v

2 To make slot on work piece by using Milling Machine. iv

3 To prepare groves on work piece by using Shaper Machine. v

4 To perform surface finishing operation on Surface Grinder. iv, v

5 To perform drilling operations. iv

6 To make cross lap joint. iii, iv

7 To make butt joint i, ii, vi

8 To make Lap joint by using Electric Arc Welding. i, ii, vi

9 To make butt joint by using Electric Arc Welding i, ii, vi

10 To practice fitting operations. ii, iii, vi

11 To make male and female joint. ii, iii, vi

12 To prepare open box tray. ii, iii, vi


2. Course Name Environment

Science

L

T P

3. Course Code 0 0 0

4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE () MC

()

5. Pre-requisite

(if any)

at +2 or

Equivalent Level


marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem

()

7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical


8. Brief Syllabus

The course intends to introduce students the objective of environmental sciences and the importance

of conservation of natural resources. The students will learn about the sources, effects and control

measures of air, water, soil, noise, thermal pollution. They will also be made aware of global

environmental issues. The students will understand the need of sustainable development, environment

pacts, role of information technology in the environment. The students will be explained basic

principles of green building and environmental remedial measures.


i) To develop awareness about our environmental scenarios.

ii) To develop a concern about sustainable development through future strategies.

10. Course Outcomes (COs)

On completion of this course, the student should be able to:

i) Understand about environment and its components and Problems associated with natural

resources and their sustainable use.

ii) Sources of pollution in air, water and soil and Solid waste management and natural Disaster

management.

iii) Understanding about environmental and social issues, ecosystems, biodiversity.

iv) Understanding of role of information technology to address environmental issues through

human involvement.

11. Unit wise Detailed Content

Unit-1 Number of

lectures = NIL

Title of the unit: Multi-disciplinary Approaches of

Environmental Sciences

Definition and scope; Introduction, components of the environment, environment degradation;

ecological balance; principles of environmental impact assessment. Need for public awareness on

environmental issues.

Unit - 2 Number of

lectures = NIL

Title of the unit: Natural Resources

Natural Resources: Classification of Resources; Renewable and non-renewable resources; Water

resources: use and over utilization of surface and ground water, Role of Dams; Food Resources:

Global food challenges, changes in agricultural ways, water logging, salinity; Mineral resources: use

and over-exploitation; Land resources: Forest resources, man induces landslides, soil erosion, and

desertification; Energy resources: use of alternate energy source, case studies; Role of individuals in

conservation of natural resources

Unit - 3 Number of

lectures = NIL

Title of the unit: Eco Systems

Definition, Scope, and Importance of ecosystem. Classification, structure, and function of an

ecosystem, Food chains, food webs, and ecological pyramids. Biogeochemical cycles,

Bioaccumulation, Biomagnification, Introduction and characteristic features of the following eco

systems: Forest ecosystem, Grass land ecosystem Desert ecosystem, Aquatic eco systems (ponds,

streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries)

Unit - 4 Number of

lectures = NIL

Title of the unit: Bio-diversity and Biotic Resources

Introduction, Definition, genetic, species and ecosystem diversity; Biogeographically classification of

India; India as Hot spots of biodiversity; Threats to biodiversity: habitat loss, poaching of wildlife,

impact of mankind on wild life; conservation of biodiversity: In-Situ and Ex-situ conservation.

National Biodiversity act.

Unit - 5 Number of

lectures = NIL

Title of the unit: Environmental Pollution and Control

Technologies

Environmental Pollution: Classification of pollution, Air Pollution: Primary and secondary pollutants,

Ambient air quality standards, Water pollution: Sources and types of pollution, drinking water quality

standards, Soil Pollution: Sources and types, Impacts of modern agriculture, Noise Pollution: Sources

and Health hazards, Nuclear hazards, Solid waste: Causes, composition, characteristics of e-Waste

and its management.

Pollution control strategies: Overview of different pollution control technologies, Global

Environmental Issues and Global Efforts: Climate change and impacts on human environment. Ozone

depletion and Ozone depleting substances (ODS). Deforestation and desertification. International

conventions / Protocols: Earth summit, Kyoto protocol, and Montréal Protocol.

Unit - 6 Number of

lectures = NIL

Title of the unit: Human population, Social issues and

the Environmental Policy

Social issues and Public awareness; Population and its explosion; role of education on HIV/AIDS

awareness; Role of information technology in environment and human health; Environmental

Protection act, Legal aspects Air Act- 1981, Water Act, Forest Act, Wild life Act, Municipal solid

waste management, hazardous waste management and handling rules. EIA structure. Climate change,

global warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion; Environmental Ethics; Concept of Green Building.


E-Learning, the online platform, will involve the NPTEL and SWAYAM portal system for the holistic

knowledge. Power Point Presentation will be used. Online Lecture series will be beneficial for the

students. Online assignment will be designated to students at large. Seminars will be conducted for the

broad-spectrum knowledge.


Text Book:

i) Environmental Studies, Anindita Basak, Pearson Education, 2009.

Reference Books:

i) Environmental Studies, Suresh K. Dhameja, S.K. Kataria and Sons, 2008.

ii) Environmental Science: towards a sustainable future by Richard T. Wright. 2008 PHL

Learning Private Ltd. New Delhi.

iii) Environmental Engineering and science by Gilbert M. Masters and Wendell P. Ela. 2008 PHI

Learning Pvt. Ltd.

2nd Semester


2. Course

Name

Engineering

Mathematics - II

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 1 0


5. Pre-

requisite (if

any)

Engineering

Mathematics - I


marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem

()



8. Brief Syllabus

The purpose of this module is to provide participants with the skills, knowledge and attitudes required

to perform fundamental mathematical procedures and processes for solution of engineering problems,

particularly the use of, calculus, complex variables and differential equation. The subject aims to

show the relevance of mathematics to engineering and applied sciences. This module also facilitates

articulation to Degree courses in all streams of Engineering and forms a basis for more specialist

branches of mathematics.


The goal of the Engineering Math sequence is to master the basic tools for the study of science,

business and engineering and become skilled in its use for solving problems in science and

engineering.


i) Upon completion of this course, students will be able to solve field problems in engineering

involving PDEs.

ii) They can also formulate and solve problems involving random variables and apply statistical

methods for analysing experimental data.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Multivariable Calculus (Integration)

Multiple Integration: Double integrals (Cartesian), change of order of integration in double integrals,

Change of variables (Cartesian to polar), Applications: areas and volumes, Center of mass and

Gravity (constant and variable densities); Triple integrals (Cartesian), orthogonal curvilinear

coordinates, Simple applications involving cubes, sphere and rectangular parallelepipeds; Scalar line

integrals, vector line integrals, scalar surface integrals, vector surface integrals, Theorems of Green,

Gauss and Stokes.

Unit - 2 Number of

lectures = 06

Title of the unit: First order ordinary differential

equations

Exact, linear and Bernoulli‟s equations, Euler‟s equations, Equations not of first degree: equations

solvable for p, equations solvable for y, equations solvable for x and Clairaut‟s type.

Unit - 3 Number of

lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Ordinary differential equations of

higher orders

Second order linear differential equations with variable coefficients, method of variation of

parameters, Cauchy-Euler equation; Power series solutions; Legendre polynomials, Bessel functions

of the first kind and their properties.

Unit - 4 Number of

lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Complex Variable – Differentiation

Differentiation, Cauchy-Riemann equations, analytic functions, harmonic functions, finding harmonic

conjugate; elementary analytic functions (exponential, trigonometric, logarithm) and their properties;

Conformal mappings, Mobius transformations and their properties.

Unit - 5 Number of

lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Complex Variable – Integration

Contour integrals, Cauchy-Goursat theorem (without proof), Cauchy Integral formula (without proof),

Liouville‟s theorem and Maximum-Modulus theorem (without proof); Taylor‟s series, zeros of

analytic functions, singularities, Laurent‟s series; Residues, Cauchy Residue theorem (without proof),

Evaluation of definite integral involving sine and cosine, Evaluation of certain improper integrals

using the Bromwich contour.


The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant lectures

delivered by subject experts of SGT University. The link to the E-Learning portal.

https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/

Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.


Text Book:

i) N.P. Bali and Manish Goyal, A text book of Engineering Mathematics, Laxmi Publications,

Reprint, 2010.

Reference Books:

i) Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2006

ii) P. G. Hoel, S. C. Port and C. J. Stone, Introduction to Probability Theory, Universal Book

Stall, 2003 (Reprint)

iii) S. Ross, A First Course in Probability, 6th Ed., Pearson Education India, 2002


2. Course

Name

Engineering

Physics

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 1 0


mark)



5. Pre-

requisite

(if any)

Intermediate

courses

6. Frequency

(use tick marks)

Even () Odd () Either Sem

()

Every

Sem ()



8. Course Description:

Engineering physics course provide an opportunity to students to learn fundamental concepts of

physics and apply these concepts in today's rapidly changing and highly technical/engineering

environment. This course also emphasizes the solid foundations of modern scientific principles.

9. Learning Objectives:

i) To give students a basic exposure to Physics that will better prepare them for more rigorous

courses that will be taken later on.

ii) To make students learn and understand basic concepts and principles of physics to analyze

practical engineering problems and apply its solutions effectively and meaningfully.

10. Course Outcomes (COs): At the completion of this course, students will be able to:

i) Describe the behavior of and make predictions regarding the phenomena of the physical world.

ii) Apply fundamental principles of physics to solve problems relating to mechanics, energy,

matter, and waves.

iii) Understand the importance of record-keeping and have practiced its use during labs and/or

lectures.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures =

13

Title of the unit: Wave Optics

Interference: Coherent sources, conditions for sustained interference. Division of Wave-Front -

Fresnel‟s Biprism, Division of Amplitude- Newton‟s Rings, applications.

Diffraction: Difference between interference and diffraction, Fraunhofer and Fresnel diffraction.

Fraunhofer diffraction through a single slit, Plane transmission diffraction grating, dispersive power

and resolving power of grating.

Polarization: Polarized and unpolarised light, uniaxial crystal, double refraction, Nicol prism, Quarter

and Half wave plates, Detection and production of different types of polarized light.

Unit - 2 Number of

lectures =

13

Title of the unit: Polarization and Special Theory of

Relativity

Crystal Structure: Space lattice, unit cell and translation vector, Miller indices, simple crystal

structure, Bragg's law, defect in solids.

Free Electron Theory: Elements of classical free electron theory and its limitations. Drude's theory of

conduction, quantum theory of free electrons, Fermi level, density of states, Fermi-Dirac distribution

function.

Band Theory of solids: Origin of energy bands, Kroning-Penney model ,E-K diagrams, Brillouin

zones, Concept of effective mass and holes, Classification of solids into metals, semiconductors and

insulators, Hall effect and its applications.

Unit - 3 Number of

lectures =

13

Title of the unit: Laser and Fiber Optics

Special Theory of Relativity: Postulates of special theory of relativity, Lorentz transformations.

Consequences of LT (length contraction and time dilation). Variation of mass with velocity, Mass

energy equivalence.

Quantum Physics: Inadequacies of classical physics, introduction to quantum mechanics-simple

concepts, Black body radiations Discovery of Planck's constant, wave particle duality, phase velocity

and group velocity. Schrodinger wave equations-time dependent and time independent, Expectation

value, particle in a one-dimensional box.

Unit - 4 Number of

lectures =

13

Title of the unit: LASER and Electromagnetic theory

LASER: Spontaneous and Stimulated emission, characteristics of laser beam, principle of laser, lasing

action, three level laser, four level laser, He-Ne laser, applications.

Fiber Optics: Propagation of light in optical fibers, numerical aperture, V-number, single and

multimode fibers, attenuation, dispersion, applications.

Electromagnetic theory: Gradient, divergence and curl, stokes theorem, gauss- divergence theorem,

gauss law, faraday law, ampere circuital law, displacement current, Maxwell‟s equation.


To understand basic concepts in detail, students may get study materials on following links.

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_ph02

https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/physics/


Text Book:

i) Modern Physics for Engineers – S.P.Taneja (R. Chand)

Reference Books:

i) Engineering Physics – SatyaPrakash (Pragati Prakashan)

ii) Modern Engineering Physics – A.S.Vasudeva (S. Chand)

iii) Perspectives of Modern Physics - Arthur Beiser (TMH)

iv) Optics - Ajoy Ghatak (TMH)

v) Fundamentals of Physics – Resnick & Halliday (Asian Book)

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_ph02


2. Course

Name

Engineering

Physics Lab

L T P

3. Course

Code

0 0 2


mark)


5. Pre-

requisite

(if any)

Intermediate

courses

6. Frequency

(use tick marks)


()

Every Sem

()




Experiments include the fundamental of interference, diffraction, polarization of light, calculation of

e/m ratio by different methods, study of characteristics of a p-n diode and solar cell.


i) To impart practical knowledge about some of the phenomena they have studied in the

Engineering Physics course like interference, diffraction and polarization.

ii) To develop the experimental skills of the students and

iii) To implement them into practically working equipment which are helpful in our daily life.


i) Apply the concepts of basic optical devices to design various equipment.

ii) Understand operation of Carey Foster bridge, solar cell, p-n diode etc.

iii) Apply the concepts of electricity and magnetism to design various equipment.

iv) Analyze electronic circuits design for various practical applications

11. Lab Component


1 To find the wavelength of sodium light by Newton's rings

experiment.

i

2 To find the wavelength of various colors of white light with the

help of a plane transmission diffraction grating.

i

3 To find the wavelength of a He-Ne laser beam. i

4 To study the photo conducting cell and hence to verify the inverse

square law.

ii

5 To find the low resistance by Carey- Foster's bridge. ii, iv

6 To study the characteristics of a solar cell and to find the fill factor.

7 To find the value of e/m for electrons by helical method. iv

8 To find the ionization potential of Argon/Mercury using a thyratron

tube.

iv

9 To study the variation of magnetic field with distance and to find

the radius of coil by Stewart and Gee's apparatus.

iii, iv

10 To study the V-I characteristics of a p-n diode. ii

11 To find the value of e/m for electrons by Thomson method. iii, iv

12 To calculate the value of „g‟ using bar pendulum. -

13 Measurement of Specific rotation of sugar solution using

polarimeter.

i

14 To determine value of Boltzmann constant using V-I characteristic

of PN diode.

ii


2. Course

Name

Basic Electronics

Engineering

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0

4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () EAS () OE ()

5. Pre-

requisite (if

any)

Physics and

Mathematics at +2

or Equivalent

Level


marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem

()




The course intends to introduce students to the fundamental concepts of Analog and Digital

electronics. The physical structure, working principle and characteristics of widely used components

such as diodes, transistors and measuring instruments such as voltmeter, ammeter and oscilloscopes is

covered. The working theory of basic digital components such as logic gates and flip flops is also

included.


i) To explain the origins of semiconductor device physics.

ii) To explain the physical structure and I-V characteristics of the standard p-n junction diode and

other special types of diodes.

iii) To explain the construction and working principle of meters and displays.

iv) To explain the application of logic gates and flip flops.


i) Explain the structure and working of various types of diodes.

ii) Demonstrate the different applications of diodes and transistors.

iii) Explain the working principle and limitations of various measuring instruments.

iv) Explain the process of minimizing Boolean functions & differentiate between different types

of Flip Flops.



10

Title of the unit: Semiconductor Diodes

P-N junction diode: theory, depletion region, biasing, I-V characteristics, temperature dependence,

equivalent circuit and capacitance.

Construction, Working principle and I-V characteristics of Zener diode, Photodiode, LED, Schottky

diode, Tunnel diode and Varactor diode.

Unit - 2 Number of lectures = Title of the unit: Application of Diodes and Transistor

11 Basics

Application of Diodes: Rectifiers (types and performance), Clippers & Clampers (series, parallel and

biased), Voltage Regulators.

Transistor Basics: Schematic Diagrams and Working of Bipolar Junction Transistors (BJT), Junction

Field Effect Transistor (JFET)


11

Title of the unit: Instrumentation & Digital Electronics

Instrumentation: Construction & Operation of Voltmeter, Ammeter, Multimeter, CRT, CRO, DSO,

Function Generator and Regulated Power Supply.

Digital Electronics: Logic gates, Realization of Logic operations using Universal Gates, Application

of Boolean Laws in Minimizing logic functions, Number Systems and their inter conversion, Flip

Flops (S-R, J-K, D and T).


10

Title of the unit: Fundamentals Of Communication

System

Block Diagram of Communication, System & its types; Classification of signals-Periodic/aperiodic,

even/odd, deterministic /random, exponential/sinusoidal, representation of unit step, unit impulse &

unit ramp function, reversal, time shifting, time scaling.


The students can utilize following resources for further learning and practice


https://www.circuitglobe.com


Text Book:

i) Basics of Electronics, J.B. Gupta, Dhanpat Rai Publications

Reference Books:

i) Integrated Electronics, Millman & Halkias, Tata McGraw Hills India, 2007.

ii) Robert L. Boylestad & Louis Nashelsky “Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory”, 10th

Ed.

Pearson Education, 2013.

iii) A Course in Electrical & Electronic Measurement and Instrumentation, A.K. Sawhney and

PuneetSawhney, Dhanpat Rai Publications,

iv) Basics of Electronics Engineering, Vijay Baruet. al., Wiley India Private Limited.

v) Electronic Fundamentals and Application, J. D. Ryder, Prentice Hall India.

vi) Electronic Instrumentation, H. S. Kalsi, Tata McGraw Hills India, 3rd

Edition.


https://www.circuitglobe.com/


2. Course

Name

Basic Electronics

Engineering Lab

L T P

3. Course

Code

0 0 2

4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () EAS () OE ()

5. Pre-

requisite (if

any)

Physics and

Mathematics at

+2 or Equivalent

Level


marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem ()




The course intends to introduce students to the fundamental concepts of Analog and Digital

electronics. The physical structure, working principle and characteristics of widely used components

such as diodes, transistors and measuring instruments such as voltmeter, ammeter and oscilloscopes is

covered. The working theory of basic digital components such as logic gates and flip flops is also

included.


i) To study the I-V characteristics and other parameters of different types of diodes.

ii) To study the construction and working principle of different measuring instrument and

displays.

iii) To study the application of logic gates and flip flops.


i) Use various types of diodes for Industrial applications.

ii) Use various measuring instruments.

iii) Explain the process of minimizing Boolean functions & differentiate between different types

of Flip Flops.

11. Lab Component

Sr. No. Title CO

covered

1 To study the I-V characteristics of a p-n junction diode. i

2 To study the application of a Zener diode as a voltage regulator. i

3 To study the working of a Light Emitting Diode. i

4 To study the application of a diode as a rectifier. ii

5 To study the application of a diode as a clipper and a clamper ii

6 To study the working of a CRO and a DSO. iii

7 To study the working of a Function Generator. ii, iii

8 To study the working of a Regulated Power Supply. iii

9 To study different types of logic gates. iii

10 To study the application of NOR & NAND gates as Universal logic gates. iii

11 To study the working of different Flip Flops (S-R, J-K, D and T) iv

12 To study the I-V characteristics of a bipolar junction transistor in CB, CE and

CC configuration.

ii


2. Course

Name

Fundamentals of

Computer

Programming

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0

4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () EAS

()

OE ()

5. Pre-

requisite (if

any)

Basic Knowledge of

Computers 6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem ()

Every

Sem

()



8. Brief Syllabus

The course of introductory computation and problem solving includes the approach to design an

algorithm to solve a logical problem. The details of flow chart and the steps to create a flow chart are

included in the course. C Programming language is included in the course.


i) To be able to develop the programs using C programming language.

ii) To prepare the flow chart for any logical kind of problem.


i) Design a flow chart for a problem to solve.

ii) Develop live software projects using C programming languages



11

Title of the unit: Introduction to Computer System

An introduction of Computer System: Introduction of Computer, Evaluation of Computers,

Different Units of Computer System, Processor, Memory- Primary, Secondary; Input-Output Devices;

Storage Devices. Number system and Conversions- Binary, Octal, Decimal, Hexa decimal.

Basic Introduction to System Software and Programs: Machine Language, Assembly Language,

Low level languages, High level Languages, Types of high-level languages, Complier, Interpreter,

Assembler, Loader, Linker.

Unit - 2 Number of

lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Computer programming/Networks

Operating System Basics: Introduction to Operating system, Functions of an Operating system,

Classification of Operating Systems, Basic introduction to DOS, UNIX/LINUX OS, Windows XP

Basic concepts of Computer Networks: Computer Networks concepts, Network Topologies, Types

of Networks: LAN, MAN and WAN, OSI Reference model, Introduction to Internet and protocols:

TCP/ IP Reference model.

Unit - 3 Number of

lectures = 10

Title of the unit: C Language: Basic

Basics of „C‟ Language: C Fundamentals, Program formats, header file, Basic data types, local and

external variables and scope, operators, expressions, decision control structure, selection statements,

loops control; case controls; Arrays and Strings.

Unit - 4 Number of

lectures = 11

Title of the unit: C Language: Advanced

Advanced features of C Language: Functions, Parameter passing in functions, call by value, call by

reference, passing arrays to functions, Recursive functions, defining structures, declaring variables,

accessing structure members, structure initialization, unions, Accessing union members. Idea of

pointers, use of pointers. Introduction to file handling and operations on file.







Text Book:

i) Fundamentals of Computers by P.K. Sinha, BPB Publications Reprint Edition, 2018

Reference Books:

i) Computer Fundamentals and Programming in C, Reema Theraja, Oxford 2nd

Edition, 2016.

ii) Let Us C by Yashwant Kanetkar , BPB Publications.16th

Edition 2017

iii) The C Programming Language by Dennis M Ritchie, Brian W. Kernigham, 2nd

Edition, PHI,

2015.



2. Course

Name

Fundamentals of

Computer

Programming Lab

L T P

3. Course

Code

0 0 2

4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () EAS

()

OE ()

5. Pre-

requisite (if

any)

Basic Knowledge of

Computers 6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Even () Odd () Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem

()



8. Brief Syllabus

The course of introductory computation and problem solving includes the approach to design an

algorithm to solve a logical problem. The details of flow chart and the steps to create a flow chart are

included in the course. C Programming language is included in the course.


i) To be able to develop the programs using C programming language.

ii) To prepare the flow chart for any logical kind of problem.


i) Design a flow chart for a problem to solve.

ii) Develop live software projects using C programming languages


S. No. Title CO covered

1 Assembly and disassembly of a Desktop Computer with connections. i, ii

2 Operating System Installation-Formatting, Partitioning i, ii

3 Additional Hardware Installation like printer, mobile, scanner. i, ii

4 Application Software Installation-MS Office and CD/DVD Writing i, ii

5 To connect two PC‟s using the interconnecting devices and transfer the

data between them.

i, ii

6 To study various connections and ports used in computer communication.

PS/2 port and its specification, VGA Port and its specification, Serial port

and its specification and applications, Parallel Ports and its specification,

USB Port and its specification, RJ45 connector, DVI Monitor port.

i, ii

7 To study various cards used in a Computer System. (Ethernet Card, Sound

Card, Video/Graphics Card, Network Interface card, TV Tuner Card,

Accelerator card)

i, ii

8 Write a C program to print a message i, ii

9 Write a program to find the largest of three numbers. (if-then-else) i, ii

10 Write a program to find the largest number out of ten numbers (for-

statement)

i, ii

11 Write a program to find a number is even or odd i, ii

12 Write a program to find a number is prime or not i, ii

13 Write a program using arrays to find the largest and second largest no. out

of given 50 nos.

i, ii

14 Write a program to find sum of 2 matrices i, ii

15 Write a program to find multiplication of 2 matrices i, ii

16 Write a program to find factorial of a number using function i, ii

17 Write a program to check that the input string is a palindrome or not. i, ii

18 Write a program to implement concept of while and do while loop i, ii

19 Write a program to print a pattern i, ii

20 Write a program which manipulates structures (write, read, and update

records).

i, ii


2. Course Name Engineering

Graphics and

Design

L T P



5. Pre-requisite

(if any)

Geometry and

Drawing at +2

Level

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem ()


Lectures =14 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0

8. Brief Syllabus

Engineering Drawing is considered as language of engineers. This course is thus introduced to

provide basic understanding of fundamentals of engineering drawing, visualization, standards and

conventions of drawing, the tools of drawing and use of drawing in engineering applications with

design. The topics are covered in a sequence and starts from the basic concepts of geometrical

constructions and progress to the principles of projection techniques in engineering drawing. Towards

the end of the course it is expected that students would be matured to visualize the engineering

components from any drawing sheet, followed by the projection techniques and able to design also. A

number of chosen problems will be solved to illustrate the concepts clearly.


i) To understand the basic concepts of drawing and projection techniques. ii) To enhance the knowledge of reading the layouts. iii) To design with the aid of computer. iv) To develop engineering imagination which is essential for creation of successful designs.


i) Clarity in Drawing ii) Can read shop layout and industrial layouts iii) Design any layout by using projection techniques. iv) Basic knowledge about CAD.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 4

Title of the unit: Introduction to Drawing and CAD

Introduction and importance of engineering drawing and design, drawing instruments, drawing

standards and conventions. Geometrical constructions and scales. Classification of lines. Sheet

layouts.

Drawing and editing commands, display commands, coordinate systems. Solid modelling.


lectures = 2

Title of the unit: Principle of Projection

Principles of Orthographic Projections. Methods of projection: 1st angle and 3rd angle projections

with conventions. Projection of points: including Points in all four quadrants. Projection of lines:

Parallel, perpendicular inclined to one plan and inclined to both planes. True length and true angle of

a line. Traces of a line. Projection of plains: Plane parallel, perpendicular and inclined to one

reference plane. Plane inclined to both the reference planes. Traces of plane.


lectures = 3

Title of the unit: Projection of solids

Types of solids. Projection of solids like cylinder, cone, prisms, pyramid with axes parallel,

perpendicular and inclined to both reference planes. Projections of regular solids, cube, prisms,

pyramids, tetrahedron, cylinder and cone, axis inclined to both planes.


lectures = 2

Title of the unit: Development of surfaces

Definitions and significance. Methods of development. Development of Surfaces of Right, Regular

Solids – Prisms, Cylinder, Pyramids, Cone and their parts. Frustum of solids.


lectures = 3

Title of the unit: Isometric

ISOMETRIC PROJECTIONS: Principles of Isometric Projection – Isometric Scale – Isometric

Views– Conventions – Plane Figures, Simple and Compound Solids – Isometric Projection of objects

having non- isometric lines.








Text Book:

i) Engineering Drawing plane and solid geometry: N D Bhatt and V M Panchal, Charotar

publishing House, 53rd

Edition 2014 edition, ISBN-10: 9380358962

Reference Books:

i) Engineering Drawing by K. Venu Gopal & V. Prabu Raja New Age Publications. 2009, ISBN

8122421091 ii) Engineering Drawing by John. PHI Learning Publisher, ISBN: 9788120337886 iii) Engineering Drawing – M.B. Shah and B.C. Rana, Pearson, 2005, ISBN: 9788129712301


1. Name of the Department- B.Tech 1st Year


Graphics and

Design Lab

L T P



5. Pre-requisite

(if any)

Geometry and

Drawing at +2

Level

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem ()



8. Brief Syllabus

Engineering Graphics and design is considered as language of engineers. This course is introduced to

provide basic understanding of importance of designing aspects in engineering applications. The

topics are covered in a sequence and starts from the basic concepts of introduction to computer aided

design and then designing of planes and solids. Towards the end of the course it is expected that

students would be matured to visualize the engineering components from any drawing sheet, followed

by the projection techniques. A number of chosen problems will be solved to illustrate the concepts

clearly.


i) To understand the basic concepts of drawing and projection techniques. ii) To enhance the knowledge of reading the layouts. iii) To develop designs. iv) To develop engineering imagination which is essential for creation of successful designs.


i) Clarity in Drawing ii) Can read shop layout and industrial layouts iii) Design any layout by using projection techniques.


Sr. No. Title CO Covered

1 Different types of lines with illustration and application. i, ii

2 Design sheet layout with dimensioning and lettering. ii

3 Applications of drawing commands i, iii

4 Projection of points in four quadrants. i

5 Projection of straight lines in parallel, perpendicular and inclined planes. i

6 Projection of plane in perpendicular positions. i

7 Projection of cones and solid cylinders with axes parallel, perpendicular

and inclined to both reference planes.

i

8 Projection of prisms and pyramid. i, ii, iii

10 Design Orthographic projection of simple machine elements. i, ii, iii

11 Design Isometric projection of simple machine elements. i, ii. iii

12 Design Sectional views of simple machine elements. i, ii, iii



Lab

L T P



5. Pre-requisite

(if any)

Physics at +2

Level

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every Sem

()



8. Brief Syllabus

Students belonging to all branches of Engineering are made to learn certain fundamental topics related

to mechanical engineering and civil engineering so that they will have a minimum understanding of

mechanical systems, equipment and process.


i) To understand the fundamentals of mechanical systems and material testing

ii) To understand and appreciate significance of mechanical engineering and material testing in

different fields of engineering.

iii) To understand the fundamentals of basic environment related aspects by use of civil

engineering.


i) Understand about the working, functions and applications of equipment‟s used in daily life. ii) Identify the broad context of Mechanical engineering problems, including describing the

problem conditions and identifying possible contributing factors iii) Understand the fundamental elements of Mechanical engineering systems, system components

and processes, with a good understanding of associated safety, quality, schedule and cost

considerations. iv) Understand the aspects of environment; sources of water, water quality, supply and treatment

of water; roads, traffic regulations and structural design. v) Understand the basic knowledge of Civil engineering components, general day to day

involvement of civil engineering in life. Also understand importance of Civil engineering in

solving environment and other problems. 11. Lab Component


1 Machine Studies:

To study the Cochran and Babcock & Wilcox boilers.

iii

3 To study the working and function of mountings and accessories in boilers. iii

4 To study various types of Internal Combustion Engines. i, ii, iii

5 To study various types of gears and gear boxes. i, ii, iii

6 To study various types of Transmission systems. i, ii, iii

7 To study functioning of Hybrid Vehicles / Electric Vehicles. i, ii, iii

8 To study Psychometric chart. ii

10 To Study the vapor compression Refrigeration System and determination

of its C.O.P.

i, ii, iii

11 To study the functioning of Window Room Air Conditioner. i, ii, iii

12 To study various vapor power cycles. i, ii, iii

13 To study various air standard cycles. i, ii, iii

14 To study the constructional features and working of different types of

Hydraulic machines.

i, ii, iii

15 Determine Mechanical Advantage, Velocity Ratio and Efficiency of Single

Start, Double Start and Triple Start Worm & Worm Wheel.

i, ii, iii

16 Determine Mechanical Advantage, Velocity Ratio and Efficiency of Single

purchase and Double purchase winch crab.

i, ii, iii

1 Material Testing:

Determination of pH value of given water samples.

iv

2 Determination of total Dissolved solid in a given water sample. iv

3 Measurement of environmental noise by noise level meter. iv

4 To conduct a study on rock formation and rock cycle. v

5 To conduct a study on interior of earth on the basis of seismic model. v

6 To conduct a study on Aquifers, groundwater and permeability of soils. iv

7 To study the concept of Meta-centric height of a body. iv, v

8 Conducting experiments to verify Bernoulli‟s theorem. iv, v

9 To study the properties of fluid flow. iv, v

10 To study the physical properties of soil. iv, v

11 To study the photogrammetric surveying. iv, v

12 To study the geometric design of highway. iv, v

13 To study the Traffic Regulations and Management. iv, v

14 To study the different elements of building structure. iv, v

15 To conduct the study on air quality index of ambient atmosphere. iv, v

16 To study various discharge measuring devices. iv, v

17 To conduct a case study by using Total Station. iv, v

3rd

Semester


2. Course

Name

Engineering

Mathematics - III

L T P



5. Pre-requisite

(if any)

Engineering

Mathematics-II


marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem

()



8. Brief Syllabus

The purpose of this module is to provide participants with the skills, knowledge and attitudes required to

perform fundamental mathematical procedures and processes for solution of engineering problems,

particularly the use of calculus, vector analysis and infinite series. The subject aims to show the

relevance of mathematics to engineering and applied sciences. This module also facilitates articulation

to Degree courses in all streams of Engineering and forms a basis for more specialist branches of

mathematics.


i) To introduce the solution methodologies for second order Partial Differential Equations with

applications in engineering

ii) To provide an overview of probability and statistics to engineers


i) Upon completion of this course, students will be able to solve field problems in engineering

involving PDEs.

ii) They can also formulate and solve problems involving random variables and apply statistical

methods for analysing experimental data.


Unit-1 Number of lectures

= 06

Title of the unit: Partial Differential equations

Definition of Partial Differential Equations, First order partial differential equations, solutions of first

order linear PDEs; Solution to homogenous and non-homogenous linear partial differential equations of

second order by complimentary function and particular integral method. Second-order linear equations

and their classification, Initial and boundary conditions

Unit – 2 Number of lectures

= 08

Title of the unit: Application of PDEs

D'Alembert's solution of the wave equation; Duhamel's principle for one dimensional wave equation.

Heat diffusion and vibration problems, Separation of variables method to simple problems in Cartesian

coordinates. The Laplacian in plane, cylindrical and spherical polar coordinates, solutions with Bessel

functions and Legendre functions. One dimensional diffusion equation and its solution by separation of

variables.


= 12

Title of the unit: Sequences and series

Probability spaces, conditional probability, independence; Discrete random variables, Independent

random variables, the multinomial distribution, Poisson approximation to the binomial distribution,

infinite sequences of Bernoulli trials, sums of independent random variables; Expectation of Discrete

Random Variables, Moments, Variance of a sum, Correlation coefficient, Chebyshev's Inequality.

Continuous random variables and their properties, distribution functions and densities, normal,

exponential and gamma densities. Bivariate distributions and their properties, distribution of sums

and quotients, conditional densities, Bayes' rule.


= 06

Title of the unit: Statistics

Basic Statistics, Measures of Central tendency: Moments, skewness and Kurtosis – Probability

distributions: Binomial, Poisson and Normal - evaluation of statistical parameters for these three

distributions, Correlation and regression – Rank correlation.


= 08

Title of the unit: Curve Fittings and Test

Curve fitting by the method of least squares- fitting of straight lines, second degree parabolas and more

general curves. Test of significance: Large sample test for single proportion, difference of proportions,

Tests for single mean, difference of means, and difference of standard deviations. Test for ratio of

variances – Chi-square test for goodness of fit and independence of attributes.


The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT ELearning portal and choose the relevant



https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/ Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.


Text Book:

i) N.P. Bali and Manish Goyal, A text book of Engineering Mathematics, Laxmi Publications,

Reprint, 2008.

Reference Books:

i) G.B. Thomas and R.L. Finney, Calculus and Analytic geometry, 9th Edition, Pearson, Reprint,

2002.

ii) Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2006.

iii) D. Poole, Linear Algebra: A Modern Introduction, 2nd Edition, Brooks/Cole, 2005.

iv) Ramana B.V., Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi, 11th Reprint,

2010.

v) Veerarajan T., Engineering Mathematics for first year, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2008.




Mechanics

L T P


4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()

5. Pre-requisite (if

any)

Engg. Physics &

Mathematics

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem ()

Every

Sem ()



8. Brief Syllabus

Engineering Mechanics course is to expose students to problems in mechanics as applied to real-

world scenarios. In this subject student learn the how to apply laws of mechanics to actual

engineering problems. By this subject student develop analytical skill of splitting the larger practical

problems into a number of small problems like make free body diagrams and solve them easily.


i) To calculate the reactive forces and analyze the structures.

ii) To know the geometric properties of the different shapes.

iii) To learn energy and momentum methods.


i) Solve the engineering problems in case of equilibrium conditions.

ii) Calculate the reaction forces of various supports of different structures.

iii) Solve the problems involving dry friction.

iv) Determine the centroid, centre of gravity and moment of inertia of various surfaces and solids.

v) Calculate the forces acting on the rigid body, structures using the principle of virtual work.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Equilibrium of Particle and Rigid

body

Introduction to Mechanics – Fundamental Principles – Coplanar forces – Equilibrium of

particles – Free body diagram – Equilibrium of particle in space – Single equivalent force,

Equilibrium of rigid bodies in two dimensions. Analysis of plane trusses –Method of joints –

Method of sections – Zero-force member.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Friction and Virtual work

Characteristics of dry friction – Problems involving dry friction – Ladder – Wedges – Square

threaded screws. Definition of virtual work – Principle of virtual work – System of connected

rigid bodies – Degrees of freedom – Conservative forces – Potential energy – Potential energy

criteria for equilibrium.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Properties of Surfaces and Solids

Centroid – First moment of area – Theorems of Pappus and Guldinus – Second moment of area

– Moment and Product of inertia of plane areas – Transfer Theorems – Polar moment of inertia

– Principal axes – Mass moment of inertia.


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Kinematic and Kinetics

Position, Velocity and Acceleration – Rectilinear motion – Curvilinear motion of a particle –

Tangential and Normal components –Radial and Transverse components – Rotation of rigid

bodies about a fixed axis – General plane motion – Absolute and relative motion method –

Instantaneous centre of rotation in plane motion.

Linear momentum – Equation of motion – Angular momentum of a particle and rigid body in

plane motion – D‟Alembert‟s principle.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Energy and Momentum Methods

Principle of work and energy for a particle and a rigid body in plane motion – Conservation of

energy - Principle of impulse and momentum for a particle and a rigid body in plane motion –

Conservation of momentum – System of rigid bodies– Impact -direct and central impact –

coefficient of restitution.








Text Book:

i) Engineering Mechanics by R S Khurmi, S Chand & Co Ltd, Revised Edition, ISBN:

9788121926164

Reference Books:

i) J. V. Rao, D. H. Young, S. Timoshenko, Sukumar Pati (2013), Engineering Mechanics, Tata

McGraw Hill Education. ISBN: 978-1-259-06266-7

ii) Irving H. Shames (2012), Engineering Mechanics – Statics and Dynamics, 4th Edition,

Prentice-Hall of India Private limited. ISBN: 978-8-131-72883-3

iii) P. Ferdinand, E. Beer and J. Russell (2010), Vector Mechanics for Engineers, 9th Edition,

McGraw-Hill International Edition. ISBN: 978-0-079-12637-5




Mechanics Lab

L T P




any)

Engg. Physics &

Mathematics

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem ()

Every

Sem ()



8. Brief Syllabus

Engineering Mechanics course is to expose students to problems in mechanics as applied to real-

world scenarios. In this subject student learn the how to apply laws of mechanics to actual

engineering problems. By this subject student develop analytical skill of splitting the larger practical

problems into a number of small problems like make free body diagrams and solve them easily.


i) To calculate the reactive forces and analyze the structures.

ii) To know the geometric properties of the different shapes.

iii) To learn energy and momentum methods.


i) Solve the engineering problems in case of equilibrium conditions.

ii) Calculate the reaction forces of various supports of different structures.

11. Lab Components


1 Verification of triangle law & parallelogram law of forces i, ii

2 Verification of polygon law of forces i, ii

3 Verification of the principle of moments using the bell crank lever

apparatus

i, ii

4 Verification of support reactions of a simply supported beam i, ii

5 Verification of condition of equilibrium of a system of forces i, ii

6 Verification of axial forces in the members of a truss i, ii

7 Verification of equilibrium of three-dimensional forces i, ii

8 Determination of coefficient of friction between two surfaces i, ii

9 Verification of centroid of different laminae i, ii

10 Determination of moment of inertia of a flywheel i, ii

11 Verification of newton‟s laws of motion i, ii

12 Verification of motion parameters using conservation of energy. i, ii


2. Course Name Material

Engineering &

Technology

L T P




any)

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem ()

Every

Sem ()



8. Brief Syllabus

This introductory course combines the academic disciplines of chemistry, physics, and engineering to

create a MST curriculum. The course covers the fundamentals of ceramics, glass, metals, polymers,

and composites. Designed to appeal to a broad range of students, the course combines hands-on

activities, demonstrations and long-term student project descriptions. The basic philosophy of the

course is for students to observe, experiment, record, question, seek additional information, and,

through creative and insightful thinking.


i) The main objective of this course is to provide the basic knowledge needed to explore the

discipline of materials science and engineering.

ii) To develop the knowledge of how the structure of materials is described technically.

iii) To develop the knowledge of how the properties of materials are described and how material

failure is analyzed.

iv) To introduce the concepts of structure-property.

v) To develop knowledge in various class of materials and their applications.


i) Understand how materials are formed and their classification based on atomic arrangement.

ii) Describe the mechanical behavior of metallic systems and its importance.

iii) Evaluate system for fatigue failures.

iv) Gain knowledge on different class of materials and their applications.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Crystal Structure and their

Imperfections

Introduction to materials science – Primary and Secondary bonding in materials- Crystalline and

amorphous materials –Single crystal and polycrystalline materials – Space Lattice-Module cell –

Crystal systems – Bravais Lattice- Miller indices – Closed packed structures- Principal Metallic

crystal structures, stacking sequence and stacking faults, classification of crystal defects- Point, Line,

surface and volume, Edge & Screw dislocation, Effect of imperfection on material properties,

Numerical Problems on crystallography.


lectures = 06

Title of the unit: Phase Diagram

Basics of Solidification mechanism – Cooling curve of pure metal and alloy – Phase –Phase

Diagram–Gibbs‟s Phase rule – Interpretation of mass fractions using Lever‟s rule, Binary Iso-

morphous system, Binary Eutectic alloy system (Lead-Tin System) –Binary Peritectic alloy system

(Iron-Nickel System) – Invariant reactions – Iron-Iron carbide phase diagram- Slow cooling of Hypo

and hyper eutectoid steels – Temperature-Time-Transformation (TTT) and Continuous Cooling

Transformation(CCT) Diagrams – Effect of alloying elements in steel – types of stainless steel and

cast iron


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Heat Treatment

Heat Treatment – Annealing and its types, Normalizing, Hardening tempering, Aus-tempering and

Mar- tempering – Microstructure observation – Surface Heat treatment processes – Carburizing,

Nitriding, cyaniding, carbonitriding, flame and induction hardening.


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Mechanical Properties of Materials

and Testing

Mechanical properties of materials – Strengthening mechanism –- Plastic deformation of single and

poly-crystalline materials – Effect of Slip and twinning – Stress-strain curves of various ferrous and

non-ferrous metals –Engineering stress strain – true stress strain relations –problems - Tensile test of

ductile material – properties evaluation- Hardness measurement tests – Fracture of metals – Ductile

and Brittle fracture; Fatigue – Endurance limit of ferrous and non-ferrous metals – Fatigue test ;

Creep and stress rupture– mechanism of creep – stages of creep and creep test – SEM, XRD.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Advance Material and Application

Composites – Fiber reinforced, Metal Matrix, Ceramic Matrix – properties and applications; Ceramics

– Alumina, Zirconia, Silicon Carbide, Sialons, Reaction Bonded Silicon Nitride(RBSN), Glasses–

properties and applications- Magnetic materials – Hard and soft magnets – Ferromagnetic Hysteresis

– properties of magnetic materials – Intermetallic compounds-Polymers – thermosetting and

thermoplastics – mechanical properties of polymers-Material selection procedure (two case studies)








Text Book:

i) O.P. Khanna, Material Science, Dhanpat Rai Publication House, New Delhi, 2012, ISBN:

8189928392

Reference Books:


i) V. Raghavan. Materials Science and Engineering, PHI; Fifth edition (30 July 2011), ASIN:

B00K7YGKWQ

ii) William D. Callister, David G. Rethwisch, Fundamentals Of Materials Science And

Engineering: An Integrated Approach, John Wiley & Sons; 4th Edition edition (8 December

2011), ISBN: 1118061608

iii) William F. Smith and Javad Hashemi (2004), Foundations of materials science and

engineering 5th Edition, Mc Graw Hill, 2009, ISBN: 9780073529240


2. Course Name Material

Engineering &

Technology Lab

L T P




any)

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem ()

Every

Sem ()



8. Brief Syllabus

This introductory course combines the academic disciplines of chemistry, physics, and engineering to

create a MST curriculum. The course covers the fundamentals of ceramics, glass, metals, polymers,

and composites. Designed to appeal to a broad range of students, the course combines hands-on

activities, demonstrations and long-term student project descriptions. The basic philosophy of the

course is for students to observe, experiment, record, question, seek additional information, and,

through creative and insightful thinking.



discipline of materials science and engineering.

ii) To develop the knowledge of how the structure of materials is described technically.

iii) To develop the knowledge of how the properties of materials are described and how material

failure is analyzed.

iv) To introduce the concepts of structure-property.

v) To develop knowledge in various class of materials and their applications.


i) Understand how materials are formed and their classification based on atomic arrangement.

ii) Describe the mechanical behavior of metallic systems and its importance.

iii) Evaluate system for fatigue failures.

iv) Gain knowledge on different class of materials and their applications.

11. Lab Components


1 Specimen preparation and micro-structural examination. i, iv, v

2 Comparative study of microstructures of given specimens (mild steel,

grey C.I., brass, copper etc.)

i, iv

3 Heat treatment experiments such as annealing, normalizing, quenching, ii, iii, iv

case hardening and comparison of hardness before and after.

4 Making a plastic mould for small metallic specimen. i, ii

5 Study & working of simple measuring instruments- Vernier callipers,

micrometre, tachometer.

ii

6 Measurement of effective diameter of a screw thread. ii

7 Measurement of angle using sine bar & slip gauges. ii

8 Study & angular measurement using bevel protector. ii

9 Study of undulation measurement using dial gauge. ii

10 Study of corrosion in given sample. iii

11 Measurement of gear dimensions using tool maker‟s microscope. ii


2. Course

Name

Engineering

Thermodynamics

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0


5. Pre-

requisite

(if any)

Engineering

Physics

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem

()



8. Brief Syllabus

This course provides a basic grounding in the principles and methods of classical thermodynamics. It

concentrates on: understanding the thermodynamic laws in relation to familiar experience; phase

change, ideal gas and flow processes; using sources of data like thermodynamic tables and charts;

application of the basic principles to the operation of various vapour and gas power cycles; and

fuels and combustion.


i) To learn the basic principles of classical thermodynamics.

ii) To apply the laws of thermodynamics to various systems and analyze the significance of the

results.

iii) To analyze the performance of thermodynamic gas and vapour power cycles.

10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of this course, the students will be able to

i) Differentiate between closed and open systems and analyze related problems.

ii) Apply the concept of second law to design thermodynamic systems.

iii) Analyze the performance of gas and vapour power cycles and identify methods to improve

thermodynamic performance.

iv) Solve problems of combustion and stoichiometry


Unit-1

Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: First Law of Thermodynamics

Basic concepts of Thermodynamics - Thermodynamics and Energy - Closed and open systems -

Properties of a system - State and equilibrium - Processes and cycles - Forms of energy - Work and

heat transfer - Temperature and Zeroth law of thermodynamics -First law of thermodynamics -

Energy balance for closed systems - First law applied to steady – flow engineering devices

Unit – 2

Number of lectures = 9 Title of the unit: Second Law of Thermodynamics

Limitations of the first law of Thermodynamics - Thermal energy reservoirs - Kelvin-Planck

statement of the second law of thermodynamics - Clausius statement - Equivalence of Kelvin-Planck

and Clausius statements - Refrigerators, Heat Pump and Air-Conditioners –COP - Perpetual Motion

Machines - Reversible and Irreversible process - Carnot cycle – Entropy -The Clausius inequality -

Availability and irreversibility -Second law efficiency

Unit – 3

Number of lectures = 9 Title of the unit: Vapour and Gas Power Cycles

Properties of pure substance-Property diagram for phase - change processes - Carnot vapour cycle -

Rankine cycle - Methods for improving the efficiency of Rankine cycle - Ideal Reheat and

Regenerative cycles - Combined gas – vapour power cycles - Analysis of power cycles - Carnot

cycle - Air standard assumptions - Otto cycle - Diesel and Dual cycles

Unit – 4

Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Ideal Gas Mixtures

Ideal and real gases - Vander Waals equation - Principle of corresponding states - Ideal gas equation

of state - Other equations of state - Compressibility factor - Mass and mole fractions - Dalton‟s law

of additive pressures - Relating pressure, volume and temperature of ideal gas mixtures – Evaluating

internal energy - enthalpy - entropy and specific heats.

Unit – 5 Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Thermodynamic relations

Conditions for exact differentials. Maxwell relations, Clapeyron equation, Joule-Thompson coefficient and

Inversion curve. Coefficient of volume expansion, Adiabatic and Isothermal compressibility







Text Book:

i) P. K. Nag (2010), Basic and Applied Thermodynamics, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd., ISBN 978-0-070-15131-4

Reference Books:

i) Yunus A. Cengel (2005), Thermodynamics: An Engineering Approach, Tata McGraw- Hill

Publishing Company Ltd., ISBN 978-0-073-30537-0

ii) C. P. Arora, (2001), Thermodynamics, Tata McGraw- Hill Publishing Company Ltd., ISBN

978-0-074-62014-4.

Comment [1]: This topic would be taught in Power Plant engineering Subject

Comment [2]: This is taught in Engineering Chemistry in B.Tech first year



2. Course

Name

Manufacturing

Process &

Technology

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0


mark)

Core () PE () OE ()

5. Pre-

requisit

e (if

any)

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Eve

n ()

Od

d

()

Eithe

r Sem

()

Ever

y

Sem

()



8. Brief Syllabus In this syllabus to introduce about manufacturing process, welding process and other important things

which are very needful to a mechanical engineer. The fundamental idea of manufacturing or

production is to create that has a useful form. This form is most likely predetermined, calculated, with

a certain physical geometry. Usually this geometry has certain tolerances that it must meet in order to

be considered acceptable. A tolerance outlines the geometric accuracy that must be achieved in the

manufacturing process. Students learn Metal Casting Processes, Joining Processes, Metal Forming

Processes, Processing of Powder Metals, Ceramics and Glass, Processing of Plastics and Composite

Materials, Rapid Prototyping and Tooling.

9. Learning objectives: i) To understand the principles of manufacturing process. ii) To develop the new models & new products. iii) To learn the principles of welding process. iv) To develop the knowledge of selecting the right equipment for a particular application of

manufacturing and production. v) To acquire basic knowledge about the behaviour and manufacturing properties of engineering

materials and concepts of foundry and casting processes.

vi) To acquire knowledge about various methods of welding, cold and hot working and forming. 10. Course Outcomes (COs):

i) The curriculum of the Department is designed to satisfy the diverse needs of students.

Coursework is designed to provide students the opportunity to learn key concepts of

manufacturing, production, welding and basics for mechanical engineering. ii) Explain the mechanism of chip formation in machining. iii) Explain the various machining processes such as turning, drilling, boring, shaping, slotting,

milling and grinding. iv) Use the principles of foundry and casting. v) Choose materials in a manufacturing process based on their properties. vi) Conduct experiments on various manufacturing processes.



= 10

Title of the unit: Metal Casting Processes

Manufacturing- selecting manufacturing process, global competitiveness of manufacturing costs,

Fundamentals of materials-their behavior and manufacturing properties, Ferrous metals and alloys,

Non-ferrous metals and alloys, Fundamentals of metal casting, Fluidity of molten metal, Solidification

time, Sand casting, Shell mold casting, Investment casting, Plaster mold casting, Ceramic mold

casting, Die casting, Centrifugal casting, Melting practice and furnaces, Defects in casting, Testing

and inspection of casting


= 6

Title of the unit: Metal Forming Processes

Cold and Hot working: Rolling, Forging, Extrusion, Drawing, Sheet metal forming processes, High

Energy Rate Forming Processes: Explosive Forming, Electro Hydraulic Forming, Electro Magnetic

Forming.


= 10

Title of the unit: Theory of Metal cutting

Mechanics of chip formation, single point cutting tool, forces in machining, Types of chip, cutting

tools– cutting fluids and Mach inability nomenclature, orthogonal metal cutting, thermal aspects,

cutting tool materials, tool wear, tool life, surface finish, cutting fluids and machinability.

Economics of Metal Machining: Introduction, elements of machining cost, tooling economics,

machining, economics and optimization, geometry of twist, drills and power calculation in drills.


= 08

Title of the unit: Machine Tools

Introduction, constructional features, specialization, operations and devices of basic machine tools

such as lathe, shaper, planner, drilling machining, and milling machine, indexing in milling

operation, working principles of capstan and turret lathes.


= 08

Title of the unit: Joining Process

Introduction to Welding, Classification of Welding Processes, Gas Welding: Oxy-Acetylene

Welding, Resistance Welding; Spot and Seam Welding, Arc Welding: Metal Arc, TIG & MIG

Welding, Submerged arc welding (SAW), resistance welding principles, electrode types and

selection, thermit welding, electro slag welding, electron beam welding, friction welding, Welding

Defects and remedies, brazing & soldering.

12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant






Text Books:

i) Kaushik JP; Manufacturing Processes; PHI, 2nd

Edition, 2013, ASIN: B00K7YK5KO

Reference Books:

i) Hajara Chaowdary; work shop technology, Media Promoters, 2008, ISBN-10: 8185099146

ii) Workshop Technology (Manufacturing Process) – S K Garg, Laxmi Publications; Fourth

edition (2018), ISBN-10: 8131806979

iii) Rao PN; Manufacturing Tech- Foundry, forming welding; Tata McGraw Hill, Fourth Edition,

2017, ISBN: 1259062570

iv) Raghuvanshi; Workshop Technology, Dhanpat Rai & Co. (P) Ltd., 2016,

ASIN: B01N11V21D



2. Course

Name

Manufacturin

g Process &

Technology

Lab

L T P

3. Course

Code

0 0 2


mark)

Core () PE () OE ()

5. Pre-

requisit

e (if

any)

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Eve

n ()

Od

d

()

Eithe

r Sem

()

Ever

y

Sem

()



8. Brief Syllabus In this syllabus to introduce about manufacturing process, welding process and other important things

which are very needful to a mechanical engineer. Students learn Metal Casting Processes, Joining

Processes, Metal Forming Processes, Processing of Powder Metals, Ceramics and Glass, Processing of

Plastics and Composite Materials, Rapid Prototyping and Tooling.

9. Learning objectives: i) To understand the principles of manufacturing process. ii) To develop the new models & new products. iii) To learn the principles of welding process. iv) To develop the knowledge of selecting the right equipment for a particular application of

manufacturing and production. v) To acquire basic knowledge about the behaviour and manufacturing properties of engineering

materials and concepts of foundry and casting processes.

vi) To acquire knowledge about various methods of welding, cold and hot working and forming. 10. Course Outcomes (COs):

i) The curriculum of the Department is designed to satisfy the diverse needs of students.

Coursework is designed to provide students the opportunity to learn key concepts of

manufacturing, production, welding and basics for mechanical engineering. ii) Explain the mechanism of chip formation in machining. iii) Explain the various machining processes such as turning, drilling, boring, shaping, slotting,

milling and grinding. iv) Use the principles of foundry and casting. v) Choose materials in a manufacturing process based on their properties. vi) Conduct experiments on various manufacturing processes.

11. Lab Component


1 Study and identification of various types of flames generated in oxy-

acetylene.

i, vi

2 Preparation of butt joint using arc welding. i, vi

3 Preparation of joint using spot welding. i, vi

4 To establish the relationship between cutting speed, feed rate and depth

of cut during forces generated in oblique cutting.

ii, iii, vi

5 Preparation of green sand mould using wooden pattern. iv

6 Determination of grain fineness number. iv

7 Determination of permeability number. iv

8 Welding of stainless-steel specimen using TIG welding. iii, vi

9 (i) To prepare a sheet metal product (Funnel).

(ii) Report the various parameters for the various passes during

the rolling of the given metal piece.

iv

10 To study and observe various stages of casting through demonstration of

Sand-Casting Process.

iv

11 (i) To prepare a pattern for given object for lost form casting.

(ii) To prepare a Green sand mold from the prepared pattern.

(iii) To melt and pour Aluminium metal into the mold.

iii

12 To study and observe the plain and grooved Rolling techniques through

demonstration.

vi

13 To study and observe the Powder Metallurgy techniques through

demonstration.

vi

14 To study and observe the Closed Die Forging techniques through

demonstration.

vi


2. Course

Name

Constitutio

n of India

L T P

3. Course

Code

0 0 0


mark)

Core () PE () OE () MC ()

5. Pre-

requisite

(if any)

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)


()

Every

Sem ()


Lectures = 0 Tutorials =

0

Practical = 0

8. Brief Syllabus

Understand the premises informing the twin themes of liberty and freedom from a civil rights

perspective and to address the growth of Indian opinion regarding modern Indian intellectuals‟

constitutional role and entitlement to civil and economic rights as well as the emergence of

nationhood in the early years of Indian nationalism.


i) To learn the basic principles of classical thermodynamics.

ii) To apply the laws of thermodynamics to various systems and analyze the significance of the

results.

iii) To analyze the performance of thermodynamic gas and vapour power cycles.

10. Course Outcomes (Cos): On completion of this course, the students will be able to

i) Discuss the growth of the demand for civil rights in India for the bulk of Indians before the

arrival of Gandhi in Indian politics.

ii) Discuss the intellectual origins of the framework of argument that informed the

conceptualization of social reforms leading to revolution in India.

iii) Discuss the circumstances surrounding the foundation of the Congress Socialist Party [CSP]

under the leadership of Jawaharlal Nehru and the eventual failure of the proposal of direct

elections through adult suffrage in the Indian Constitution.

iv) Discuss the passage of the Hindu Code Bill of 1956.


Unit-1

Number of

lectures = 8

Title of the unit: History of Making of the Indian

Constitution

History of Making of the Indian Constitution: History, Drafting Committee, (Composition &

Working) Philosophy of the Indian Constitution: Preamble, Salient Features.

Unit – 2

Number of

lectures = 9

Title of the unit: Contours of Constitutional Rights & Duties

Contours of Constitutional Rights & Duties: Fundamental Rights, Right to Equality, Right to

Freedom, Right against Exploitation, Right to Freedom of Religion, Cultural and Educational Rights,

Right to Constitutional Remedies, Directive Principles of State Policy, Fundamental Duties.

Unit – 3

Number of

lectures = 9

Title of the unit: Organs of Governance

Organs of Governance: Parliament, Composition, Qualifications and Disqualifications, Powers and

Functions, Executive, President, Governor, Council of Ministers, Judiciary, Appointment and

Transfer of Judges, Qualifications. Powers and Functions

Unit – 4

Number of

lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Local Administration

Local Administration: District‟s Administration head: Role and Importance, Municipalities:

Introduction, Mayor and role of Elected Representative CEO of Municipal Corporation, Panchayati

raj: Introduction, PRI: Zila Panchayat, Elected officials and their roles, CEO Zila Panchayat:

Position and role. Block level: Organizational Hierarchy (Different departments), Village level:

Role of Elected and Appointed officials, Importance of grass root democracy.


lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Election Commission

Election Commission: Election Commission: Role and Functioning. Chief Election Commissioner

and Election Commissioners. State Election Commission: Role and Functioning. Institute and

Bodies for the welfare of SC/ST/OBC and women



lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University. The link to the E-Learning portal.



Text Book:

i) M. P. Jain, Indian Constitution Law, 7th Edn., Lexis Nexis, 2014, ISBN: 9789351430643

Reference Books:

i) The Constitution of India, 1950 (Bare Act), Government Publication. ii) Dr. S. N. Busi, Dr. B. R. Ambedkar framing of Indian Constitution, 1st Edition, 2016,

ASIN: B01MTKEPKH


4th

Semester


2. Course

Name

Technical

Report Writing

L T P

3. Course

Code

2 0 0


mark)

Core () PE

()

HSMC

()

OE ()

5. Pre-

requisite

(if any)

Communicatio

n Skills

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Eve

n ()

Odd

()

Eithe

r Sem

()

Ever

y

Sem

()



8. Brief Syllabus

Introduction and Basics of Technical Writing

Tools for Technical Writing

Forms of technical Writing

Language Appropriateness


i) Clear understanding of role and purpose of technical writing

ii) Provide formats of various types of Technical writings

iii) Develop effective techniques of writing technical documents 10. Course Outcomes (Cos): On completion of this course, the students will be able to

i) Understand the importance of technical writing

ii) Develop documents for technical and non-technical audience

iii) Discern the requirement and use visual aids judiciously


Unit-1

Number of

lectures = 7

Title of the unit: Introduction and Basics of Technical

Writing

Introduction to Technical Writing;

Objectives and Characteristics of Technical Writing;

Levels of Communication- Extra personal, Intrapersonal, Interpersonal, Organizational and

Mass Communication;

Flow of Communication-Vertical, Horizontal and Diagonal Communication

Visual Aids in Technical Communication-Tables, Graphs, Charts, Diagrams, Drawings,

Photographs, Maps

Unit – 2 Number of Title of the unit: Tools for Technical Writing

lectures = 8

Technical Writing Process;

Forms of Discourse;

Writing drafts and Revising;

Creating Indexes and references;

Editing Strategies, Proofreading

Unit – 3

Number of

lectures = 6

Title of the unit: Forms of technical Writing

Art of Condensation- Précis Writing

Formats of Written Correspondence

Memos

Report Writing

Business Letters- Letters of Enquiry, Order Placement, Sales Letters, Instruction Letters

Email Writing- Classification and Purpose, Email Etiquette, style, structure, content

Unit – 4

Number of

lectures = 7

Title of the unit: Language Appropriateness

Formal & Informal Language

Most Commonly used abbreviations in Engineering

Bias Free language – gender bias, age bias, racial/ethnic bias

Jargons and cliché, Words and Phrases

Sentence Construction- Short and precise sentences, avoiding pleonasm, Ensuring Word economy,

Redundancy, active vs passive construction



lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University. The link to the E-Learning portal.



Text Book:

i) Meenakshi Raman; Sangeeta Sharma, Technical Communication Principles and Practice,

Second Edition, Oxford University Press, 2011

Reference Books:

i) C. Muralikrishna; Sunita Mishra, Communication Skills For Engineers, Second Edition,

Pearson, 2016

ii) David F. Beer and David McMurrey, Guide to writing as an Engineer, John Willey. New

York, 2004

iii) Diane Hacker, Pocket Style Manual, Bedford Publication, New York, 2003. (ISBN

0312406843) 3. Shiv Khera, You Can Win, Macmillan Books, New York, 2003.



2. Course

Name

Technical

Report Writing

Lab

L T P

3. Course

Code

0 0 2


mark)

Core () PE

()

HSMC

()

OE ()

5. Pre-

requisite

(if any)

Communicatio

n Skills

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Eve

n ()

Odd

()

Eithe

r Sem

()

Ever

y

Sem

()



8. Brief Syllabus

Introduction and Basics of Technical Writing

Tools for Technical Writing

Forms of technical Writing

Language Appropriateness


i) Clear understanding of role and purpose of technical writing

ii) Provide formats of various types of Technical writings

iii) Develop effective techniques of writing technical documents 10. Course Outcomes (Cos): On completion of this course, the students will be able to

i) Understand the importance of technical writing

ii) Develop documents for technical and non-technical audience

iii) Discern the requirement and use visual aids judiciously

11. Lab Component


1 Introduction and Basics of Technical Writing i

2 Tools for Technical Writing ii, iii

3 Forms of technical Writing i, ii

4 Language Appropriateness ii


2. Course

Name

Industrial

Economics and

Management

L T P


4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () EAS (0 PE () HSMC

()

OE () BS ()

5. Pre-requisite

Basic Economics 6. Frequency

(use tick marks)


Sem ()

Every

Sem ()




The course describes the basics of demand and demand forecasting. It explains cost functions, cost

control, cost reduction and pricing techniques.


i) To learn about basic Industrial economics concept and terminology.

ii) Overview on importance of economic studies in Production Industries.

iii) To learn new concepts in the interface of Industrial management.


On completion of this course, the students will be able to

i) Apply the concept of demand.

ii) Estimate production and cost function.

iii) Formulate appropriate pricing strategies.


Unit-1 Number of lectures = 6 Title of the unit: Introduction

Introduction: The Scope and Method of Managerial economics – Fundamental Economics concepts –

Managerial Economics with other subjects - Objectives of the Firm

Unit - 2 Number of lectures = 6 Title of the unit: Demand and Supply Analysis

Meaning, Types and Determinants – Demand estimation- Demand elasticities for decision making –

Business and Economic forecasting: Qualitative and Quantitative methods – Supply analysis:

Meaning, elasticities and determinants – Market equilibrium and price determination

Unit - 3 Number of lectures = 6 Title of the unit: Production Economics

Production and Production function – Types – Estimation – Returns to Scale – Economies and

Diseconomies of Scale and Economies of Scope. Factor Inputs - Input-Output Analysis

Unit - 4 Number of lectures = 6 Title of the unit: Market Structure

Perfect Competition – Imperfect Competition: Monopoly – Monopolistic – Oligopolistic Strategy,

Cartels, Cournot, Kinked Demand and Price Leadership. Oligopolistic Rivalry & Theory of Games –

Measurement of economic concentration – Policy against monopoly and restrictive trade practices -

Competition Law – Pricing Practices: Objectives – Determinants – Pricing Methods – Government

Policies and Pricing.

Unit - 5 Number of lectures = 4 Title of the unit: Introduction to Macroeconomics

Circular Flow of Income and Expenditures – Components of National Income and its significance -

Measuring Gross Domestic Product (GDP) – Inflation and Business Cycles – Government Fiscal and

Monetary Policy - Balance of payments – Foreign exchange markets








Text Book:

i) P.L. Mehta – Managerial Economics Analysis, Problems and cases, Sultan Chand & Co. Ltd.,

2001.

Reference Books:

i) Peterson and Lewis: Managerial Economics, 4th Ed., Prentice Hall, 2004

ii) Dholakia and Oza: Microeconomics for Management Students, 2nd Edition, Oxford

University Press

iii) Gregory Mankiw: Principles of Microeconomics, Havcourt Asia Publishers, 2001

iv) Mote and Paul – Managerial Economics, Tata McGraw Hill, 2001



2. Course Name Strength of

Materials

L T P



5. Pre-requisite

(if any)

Basic Engg. I

and

Mathematics

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem ()

Every

Sem ()


Lectures = 42 Tutorials =0 Practical = 0

8. Brief Syllabus

Strength of Materials (also known as Mechanics of Materials) is the study of the internal effect of

external forces applied to structural member. Stress, strain, deformation deflection, torsion, flexure,

shear diagram, and moment diagram are some of the topics covered by this subject.


i) To develop the relationship between the loads applied to a non-rigid body and the internal

stresses and deformations induced in the body.

ii) To study the general state of stresses and strains in a given loaded member and the

magnitude and direction of the principal stresses.

iii) To understand the different approaches to calculate slope and deflection for various types

of beams.

iv) To analyze the columns with different edge conditions by using different theories.


i) Apply concepts of strength of materials to obtain solutions to real time Engineering

problems

ii) Able to analyze the different types of loading and the consequent deflection

iii) Able to find the load due to torsion


Unit-1

Number of

lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Stresses and Strains

Definition/derivation of normal stress, shear stress, and normal strain and shear strain – Stress-strain

diagram- Elastic constants – Poisson‟s ratio – relationship between elastic constants and Poisson‟s

ratio – Generalized Hook‟s law – Strain energy – Deformation of simple and compound bars –

thermal stresses.

Unit – 2

Number of

lectures = 9

Title of the unit: Simple Bending

Types of beams: Cantilever, simply supported, Over hanging: Shear Force and Bending Moment

Diagrams. Theory of simple bending – bending stress and shear stress in beams.

Comment [3]: No change s required

Unit – 3

Number of

lectures = 9

Title of the unit: Deflection of Beams

Deflection of beams by Double integration method – Macaulay‟s method – Area moment theorems

for computation of slopes and deflections in beams – Conjugate beam method.

Unit – 4

Number of

lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Torsion and columns

Introduction to Torsion – derivation of shear strain – Torsion formula – stresses and deformations in

circular and hollow shafts – Stepped shafts – shafts fixed at the both ends.

Columns and Struts: Buckling and stability, slenderness ratio, combined bending and direct stress,

middle third and middle quarter rules, struts with different end conditions, Euler‟s theory for pin

ended columns, effect of end conditions on column buckling, Ranking Gordon formulae

Unit – 5

Number of

lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Bi-axial Stress system

Biaxial state of stress – Stress at a point – stresses on inclined planes – Principal stresses and Principal

strains and Mohr‟s circle of stress, Theories of failure

Thin cylinders and shells – deformation of thin cylinders and shells; Thick Cylinders, Shrink fits,

Compounding. Fundamentals of theory of elasticity.








Text Book:

i) S.S. Rattan (2011) Strength of materials Tata McGraw Hill Education ISBN: 978-0-071-

07256-4.

Reference Books:

i) S.P. Timoshenko and D.H. Young (2011), Strength of materials 5th edition, East West Press

Ltd, ISBN: 978-8-176-71019-0.

ii) R.K. Bansal (2010), Strength of materials 5th Edition, Laxmi Publication ISBN: 978-8-131-

80814-6.

iii) Strength of Materials by Ryder, Macmillan, 3rd

Edition, ISBN: 9780333935361



2. Course Name Strength of

Materials Lab

L T P



5. Pre-requisite

(if any)

Basic Engg. I

and

Mathematics

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem ()

Every

Sem ()


Lectures = 00 Tutorials =0 Practical = 28

8. Brief Syllabus

Strength of Materials (also known as Mechanics of Materials) is the study of the internal effect of

external forces applied to structural member. Stress, strain, deformation deflection, torsion, flexure,

shear diagram, and moment diagram are some of the topics covered by this subject.


i) To develop the relationship between the loads applied to a non-rigid body and the internal

stresses and deformations induced in the body.

ii) To study the general state of stresses and strains in a given loaded member and the

magnitude and direction of the principal stresses.

iii) To understand the different approaches to calculate slope and deflection for various types

of beams.

iv) To analyze the columns with different edge conditions by using different theories.


i) Apply concepts of strength of materials to obtain solutions to real time Engineering

problems

ii) Able to analyze the different types of loading and the consequent deflection

iii) Able to find the load due to torsion

11. Lab component


1 Evaluation of engineering stress / strain diagram on steel rod, thin and

twisted bars under tension.

i, ii, iii

2 Determination of ultimate strength on bricks, concrete blocks. i, ii, iii

3 Comparison of hardness values of steel, copper and aluminium using

Brinell hardness testing machine.

i, ii, iii

4 Comparison of hardness values of steel, copper and aluminium using

Rockwell hardness testing machine.

i, ii, iii

5 Determination of spring constant under tension and compression. i, ii, iii

6 Determination of impact strength for the given specimen using Charpy

test

i, ii, iii

7 Determination of impact strength for the given specimen using Izod test i, ii, iii

8 Determination of fatigue strength for the given specimen using Fatigue

test.

i, ii, iii

9 Determination of shear stress for the given specimen using Torsion test i, ii, iii

10 Determination of shear strength for the given specimen using double

shear test.

i, ii, iii


2. Course Name Internal

Combustion

Engine

L T P




any)

Engg. Lab &

Engineering

Thermodynamic

s

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem

()



8. Brief Syllabus

This course provides an in-depth knowledge of the functioning of IC Engine & Gas Turbine, and also

deals with the combustion techniques used for various fuels. This course finds immense application in

automobile industry and gas-operated power plants.


i) Acquire knowledge about the IC engine cycles, classification and working Principles.

ii) Describe the testing and performance parameters along with heat balance Sheet.

iii) Explain different alternate fuels, gas turbines and about jet propulsion.


i) Explain basic concepts of actual cycles with analysis and to describe the fundamental concepts

of IC engines along with its working principles.

ii) Describe the combustion phenomenon in SI and CI engines.

iii) Evaluate the performance of IC engines and the importance of alternate fuels

iv) Classify the essential components of gas turbine along with its performance Improving

methods.

v) Illustrate the working principle of different types of Jet propulsive engines and Rockets


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Fundamentals of I.C. Engine

Basic Engine components and Nomenclature, Classification of Engines, The working principle of

Engines, Comparison of 2-Stroke and 4-Stroke Engines; CI, and SI Engines, Ideal and Actual

Working Cycles and their analysis, Valve timing Diagram.

Fuels: Fossil fuels, Chemical structure of Petroleum, Properties of SI and CI Engine Fuels, Fuel

Ratings; Octane Number, Cetane Number.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Combustion & Ignition System

Carburetors & Fuel Injection: Air Fuel Mixture Requirements, Construction and Working of Simple

Carburetor, Calculation of Air-Fuel Ratio, Parts of Carburetor. Requirement of Injection Systems,

Classification of Injection Systems, Fuel Feed pump, Injection Pumps, Working principles of

Governors, Nozzles and Fuel Injector, Injection in SI and CI Engines.

Combustion and Ignition Systems in SI and CI Engines: Normal and Abnormal Combustion in SI and

CI Engines, Stages of Combustion, Detonation and Knocking.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Performance parameters

Performance parameters for IC Engines: Engine Power, Engine Efficiencies, Performance

Characteristics, Variables Effecting Performance Characteristics, Methods of Improving Engine

Performance, Heat Balance.


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Gas Turbine & Air Craft

Propulsion

Gas Turbine: Introduction to Gas Turbines, Development, Classification and Application of Gas

Turbines, Ideal and Actual Cycles; Effect of Inter cooling, Reheating, Regeneration, Combined

cycle, and Cogeneration.

Gas Turbine Cycles for Aircraft Propulsion: Criteria of performance, Intake, and propelling nozzle

efficiencies, Simple Turbojet Cycle, the turboprop engine, Thrust augmentation, Gas turbine

combustion systems, Combustion chamber designs, Gas Turbine Emissions.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Modern Automotive Engines

Modern Automotive Engines: Changes in Fuel injection Methods in S.I and C.I engines, Common

Rail Direct Injection System, Gasoline Direct Injection, Variable Valve Technology, A brief review

of Design changes to achieve high efficiency.








Text Book:

i) Internal Combustion Engine by V. Ganesan, Tata McGraw-Hill. Fourth Edition 2013,

ISBN: 1259006190

Reference Books:

i) Internal Combustion Engine by Mathur, M.L. and Sharma, R.P., Dhanpat Rai Publication,

2014, ISBN: 9383182423

ii) Internal Combustion Engines /Colin R. Ferguson /Wiley, 3rd Edition, 2015, ISBN: 978-1-

118-92652-9


https://www.abebooks.com/products/isbn/9781259006197?cm_sp=bdp-_-ISBN10-_-PLP


2. Course Name Internal

Combustion

Engine Lab

L T P



5. Pre-requisite

(if any)

Engg. Lab &

Engineering

Thermodynamic

s

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem

()



8. Brief Syllabus

This course provides an in-depth knowledge of the functioning of IC Engine & Gas Turbine, and also

deals with the combustion techniques used for various fuels. This course finds immense application in

automobile industry and gas-operated power plants.


i) Acquire knowledge about the IC engine cycles, classification and working Principles.

ii) Describe the testing and performance parameters along with heat balance Sheet.


i) Explain basic concepts of actual cycles with analysis and to describe the fundamental concepts

of IC engines along with its working principles.

ii) Describe the combustion phenomenon in SI and CI engines.

iii) Evaluate the performance of IC engines and the importance of alternate fuels

11. Lab Component


1 To study the constructional details & working principles of two-stroke/

four stroke petrol engines.

i, ii

2 To study the constructional detail & working of two-stroke/ four stroke

diesel engines.

i, ii

3 Analysis of exhaust gases from single cylinder/multi cylinder

diesel/petrol engine by Orsat Apparatus.

i, ii, iii

4 To prepare heat balance sheet on multi-cylinder diesel engine/petrol

engine.

i, ii, iii

5 To find the indicated horse power (IHP) on multi-cylinder petrol

engine/diesel engine by Morse Test.

i, ii, iii

6 To prepare variable speed performance test of a multi-cylinder/single

cylinder petrol engine/diesel engine and prepare the curves

(i) bhp, ihp, fhp, vs speed (ii)

(ii) volumetric efficiency & indicated specific fuel consumption vs

speed.

i, ii, iii

7 To find fhp of a multi-cylinder diesel engine/petrol engine by Willian‟s

line method & by motoring method.

i, ii, iii

8 To perform constant speed performance test on a single cylinder/multi-

cylinder diesel engine & draw curve of

(i) bhp vs fuel rate, air rate and A/F and

i, ii, iii

(ii) bhp vs mep, mech efficiency & sfc.

9 To study and determine the effect of A/F ratio on the performance of the

two strokes, single- cylinder petrol engine.

i, ii, iii

10 To study and draw the valve timing diagram of four stroke, single

cylinder diesel engine

i, ii, iii


2. Course Name Kinematics of

Machinery

L T P




any)

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem ()

Every

Sem ()



8. Brief Syllabus

The analysis of a machine requires the determination of the movement or kinematics of its component

parts, known as kinematic analysis. The assumption that the system is an assembly of rigid

components allows rotational and translational movement to be modelled mathematically. This allows

the position, velocity and acceleration of all points in a component to determine from these properties

for a reference point and the angular position, angular velocity and angular acceleration of the

component. Students learn Basics of Mechanisms, kinematic analysis of simple mechanisms,

synthesis of simple mechanisms, kinematics of CAMS and kinematics of gears and gear train.


i) To familiarize students with basic types of mechanisms, joints and degrees of freedom to

perform position, velocity and acceleration analysis using graphical and analytical

methods.

ii) To provide students an understanding of different types of mechanisms.

iii) To teach the basics of synthesis of simple mechanisms.

iv) To teach students the kinematic analysis of cam-follower motion and gears.


i) Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of various mechanisms and pairs.

ii) Conduct velocity and acceleration analysis of simple mechanisms.

iii) Design a layout of cam for specified motion.

iv) Synthesize simple mechanisms for function, path generation and body guidance.

v) Demonstrate an understanding of principles of operation of gears.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Basics of Mechanisms

Introduction to mechanisms and Grashoff‟s law, Kinematic Inversions of 4-bar chain, Single slider

and double slider crank chains, Quick return and its terminologies, Degree of freedom, Mobility,

Kutzbach criterion, Grubler‟s criterion for planar mechanisms mechanism, Limiting positions,

Mechanical advantage, Transmission angle.


lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Kinematic Analysis of Simple

Mechanisms

Displacement, velocity and acceleration analysis in simple mechanisms having turning, sliding and

rolling pair, Coriolis acceleration using graphical relative motion method, Instantaneous center

method, Four bar and slider crank mechanisms, Analytical method for four bar and slider crank

mechanisms.


lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Synthesis of Simple Mechanisms

Classification of kinematic synthesis problems, Two position synthesis of slider crank and crank

rocker mechanisms, Three position synthesis of double rocker mechanism, Chebychev spacing,

Freudenstein analytical method, synthesis of function genera-tor using three precision positions,

Graphical and analytical design of a four bar linkage for body guidance, path generation by graphical

method.


lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Kinematics of CAMS

Types of cams and followers, Definitions related cam profile, Derivatives of follower motion, High

speed cams, Undercutting, Graphical disk cam profile design, Simple harmonic motion, Constant

acceleration and deceleration, constant velocity, Cycloidal motion for knife edge and roller (in-line

and offset), flat faced and oscillating followers, Tangent cam with roller follower, circular arc cam

with flat faced follower.


lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Kinematics of Gears and Gear Trains

Spur gear terminology and definitions, Law of toothed and involute gearing, Interchangeable gears,

Gear tooth action, Interference and undercutting, Basics of nonstandard gear teeth, Helical, Bevel,

Worm, Rack and pinion gears, cycloidal tooth properties, Comparison of involute and cycloidal tooth

forms. Gear trains -Speed ratio, train value, Parallel axis gear trains, Epicyclic Gear Trains.








Text Book:

i) S.S. Rattan (2009), “Theory of Machines”, 3rd

Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill. ISBN: 978-0-070-

14477-4.

Reference Books:

i) A. Ghosh (2009), Theory of Mechanisms and Machines, 3rd

Edition, East-West Press Pvt.

Ltd., New Delhi, ISBN: 978-8-185-93893-6.

ii) Thomas Bevan (2009), Theory of Machines, 3rd

Edition, Pearson Education, ISBN: 978-8-


131-72965-6.

iii) Kenneth J Waldron and Gary L. Kinzel (2007), Kinematics, Dynamics, and Design of

Machinery, 2nd

Edition, John-Wiley and Sons Inc., New York, ISBN: 978-8-126-51255-3.

iv) J. Uicker John, Gordon R. Pennock Jr. and Joseph E. Shigly (2011), Theory of Machines and

Mechanisms, 4th

Edition, Oxford University Press, ISBN: 978-0-199-77781-5.


2. Course Name Kinematics of

Machinery Lab

L T P




any)

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem ()

Every

Sem ()



8. Brief Syllabus

The analysis of a machine requires the determination of the movement or kinematics of its component

parts, known as kinematic analysis. The assumption that the system is an assembly of rigid

components allows rotational and translational movement to be modelled mathematically. This allows

the position, velocity and acceleration of all points in a component to determine from these properties

for a reference point and the angular position, angular velocity and angular acceleration of the

component. Students learn Basics of Mechanisms, kinematic analysis of simple mechanisms,

synthesis of simple mechanisms, kinematics of CAMS and kinematics of gears and gear train.


i) To familiarize students with basic types of mechanisms, joints and degrees of freedom to

perform position, velocity and acceleration analysis using graphical and analytical

methods.

ii) To provide students an understanding of different types of mechanisms.

iii) To teach the basics of synthesis of simple mechanisms.

iv) To teach students the kinematic analysis of cam-follower motion and gears.


i) Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of various mechanisms and pairs.

ii) Conduct velocity and acceleration analysis of simple mechanisms.

iii) Design a layout of cam for specified motion.

iv) Synthesize simple mechanisms for function, path generation and body guidance.

v) Demonstrate an understanding of principles of operation of gears.



1 To study various types of Kinematic links, pairs, chains and Mechanisms. i

2 To study inversions of 4 Bar Mechanisms, Single and double slider crank

mechanisms.

i

3 To plot slider displacement, velocity and acceleration against crank ii

rotation for single slider crank mechanism.

4 To find coefficient of friction between belt and pulley. iv

5 To study various type of cam and follower arrangements. iii

6 To plot follower displacement vs cam rotation for various Cam Follower

systems.

iii

7 To generate spur gear involute tooth profile using simulated gear shaping

process.

v

8 To study various types of gears – Helical, cross helical worm, bevel gear. v

9 To study various types of gear trains – simple, compound, reverted,

epicyclic and differential

v

10 To study the working of Screw Jack and determine its efficiency. iv

11 Create various types of linkage mechanism in CAD and simulate for

motion outputs and study the relevant effects.

i, ii

12 Creation of various joints like revolute, planes, spherical, cam follower

and study the degree of freedom and motion patterns available.

iii

13 To design a cam profile by using the requirement graph using on-line

engineering handbook and verify the same using a 3D mechanism on

CAD

ii, iii

5th

Semester


2. Course Name Dynamics of

Machines

L T P




any)

Kinematics of

Machinery

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem ()

Every

Sem ()



8. Brief Syllabus

Dynamic loads and undesired oscillations increase with higher speed of machines. At the same time,

industrial safety standards require better vibration reduction. This course covers parameter

identification, balancing of mechanisms, torsional and bending vibrations, vibration isolation, and the

dynamic behavior of drives and machine frames as complex systems. Typical dynamic effects, such

as the gyroscopic effect, damping and absorption, shocks, nonlinear and self-excited vibrations are

covered in dynamics of machinery. Upon completion, students should be able to analyze the effect of

dynamic forces on systems and try to minimize negative impact of such effects.


i) To understand the concepts of turning moment diagrams, flywheel design and the dynamics of

reciprocating engines.

ii) To understand the balancing procedures for rotating and reciprocating masses, rotors and

engines.

iii) To understand the fundamentals of free and forced vibrations.

iv) To understand the mechanisms for control.


i) Demonstrate skills to design flywheel for an IC engine and punching press with the

consideration of geometrical and economical constraints.

ii) Perform static and dynamic balancing of high-speed rotary and reciprocating machines.

iii) Analyze free and forced vibrations of machines, engines and structures.

iv) Calculate gyroscopic couple find its effect on various vehicles.

v) Apply concept of governors for speed control.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Dynamic Force Analysis

D‟Alembert‟s principle, Equivalent offset inertia force, Dynamic analysis of four bar mechanism,

Dynamic Analysis of reciprocating engines, Piston effort, Crank effort, turning moment on

crankshaft, Inertia of connecting rod, Inertia force in reciprocating engines (Graphical method).

Turning moment diagrams, Single and multi-cylinder engines, Fluctuation of energy, Fly Wheels,

Applications in engines and punching presses.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Balancing

Static and Dynamic balancing of rotating masses, balancing of reciprocating masses, Balancing of

locomotives, Partial balancing of reciprocating masses, Multi cylinder Inline and radial engines.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Vibration – Singh Degree of Freedom

Systems

Introduction to vibration, Terminology, Classification of vibrations, Undamped and Damped free

vibration of single degree of freedom systems, Viscous damping, Introduction to coulomb damping.

Forced vibration, harmonic excitation, Magnification factor, Vibration isolation and Transmissibility.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Gyroscope

Gyroscopic couple, Gyroscopic effects on the movement of air planes and ships, Stability of two-

wheel drive and four-wheel drive, Gyroscope stabilization.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Mechanism for Control

Functions of Governors, Gravity controlled and Spring controlled governor characteristics. Stability,

Hunting and Isochronisms. Effect of friction, Calculation of equilibrium speeds and ranges of speed

of governors.








Text Book:

i) S.S. Rattan (2009), “Theory of Machines”, 3rd

Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill. ISBN: 978-0-070-

14477-4.

Reference Books:




ii) Thomas Bevan (2009), Theory of Machines, 3rd

Edition, Pearson Education, ISBN: 978-8-

131-72965-6.

iii) Kenneth J Waldron and Gary L. Kinzel (2007), Kinematics, Dynamics, and Design of

Machinery, 2nd

Edition, John-Wiley and Sons Inc., New York, ISBN: 978-8-126-51255-3.


iv) J. Uicker John, Gordon R. Pennock Jr. and Joseph E. Shigly (2011), Theory of Machines and

Mechanisms, 4th

Edition, Oxford University Press, ISBN: 978-0-199-77781-5.


2. Course Name Dynamics of

Machines Lab

L T P




any)

Kinematics of

Machinery

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem ()

Every

Sem ()



8. Brief Syllabus

Dynamic loads and undesired oscillations increase with higher speed of machines. At the same time,

industrial safety standards require better vibration reduction. This course covers parameter

identification, balancing of mechanisms, torsional and bending vibrations, vibration isolation, and the

dynamic behavior of drives and machine frames as complex systems. Typical dynamic effects, such

as the gyroscopic effect, damping and absorption, shocks, nonlinear and self-excited vibrations are

covered in dynamics of machinery. Upon completion, students should be able to analyze the effect of

dynamic forces on systems and try to minimize negative impact of such effects.


i) To understand the concepts of turning moment diagrams, flywheel design and the dynamics of

reciprocating engines.

ii) To understand the balancing procedures for rotating and reciprocating masses, rotors and

engines.

iii) To understand the fundamentals of free and forced vibrations.

iv) To understand the mechanisms for control.


i) Demonstrate skills to design flywheel for an IC engine and punching press with the

consideration of geometrical and economical constraints.

ii) Perform static and dynamic balancing of high-speed rotary and reciprocating machines.

iii) Analyze free and forced vibrations of machines, engines and structures.

iv) Calculate gyroscopic couple find its effect on various vehicles.

v) Apply concept of governors for speed control.

11. Lab Component


1 To determine natural frequency of longitudinal vibration in spring mass

system.

iii

2 Determination of torsional frequency of a single rotor system. iii

3 To study nomenclature of cam and plotting the cam profile. i

4 To determine gyroscopic couple on motorized gyroscope. iv

5 To perform experiment on Watt and Porter governors to determine

performance characteristic curves, and to find stability & sensitivity.

v

6 To determine the frequency of un-damped free vibration of an

equivalent spring mass system.

iii

7 To determine the radius of gyration „k‟ of the given compound

pendulum.

iii

8 Comparative study of static and dynamic balancing in rotors. ii

9 To find out critical speed and to compare the whirling speed of a shaft. iii

10 To study TRI –FILAR / BI-FILAR System. i

11 Comparative study of different types of clutches. v

12 To study different types of Dynamometer. i

13 To Determine the critical speed of the shaft iii

14 To perform experiment on Hartnell governor to determine performance

characteristic curves, and to find stability & sensitivity.

v

15 To perform experiment on Proell governor to determine performance

characteristic curves, and to find stability & sensitivity.

v


2. Course Name Mechanical

Machine Design

L T P




any)

Machine

Drawing &

SOM

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem ()

Every

Sem ()



8. Brief Syllabus

Design of Machine Elements is a required course for mechanical engineering students. This course is

an introduction to the basic principles of modern engineering. It provides the students with

fundamental skills of engineering and the ability to apply the theories of science to practice and

understand the factors; such as stresses, deformations, and failure criteria, influencing the machine

elements like shafts, springs, belts, bearings, gears etc. The main objective of design of machine

element is that the machine should function properly to satisfy the needs of the customer and it should

be safe against the predicted modes of failure.


i) To understand the design methodology for machine elements.

ii) To analyze the forces acting on a machine element and apply the suitable design methodology.

iii) To understand the various standards and methods of standardization.

iv) To apply the concept of parametric design and validation by strength analysis.

10. Course Outcomes (COs): After successful completion of the course, student will be able to

i) understand the basic of mechanical design process and design of simple machine components

like shaft, key, coupling, lever power screw etc.

ii) select various flexible power transmitting device such as belt drives such as belt drive and

chain drive from manufacture‟s catalogue.

iii) apply the knowledge of computer aided drafting tools to prepare production drawings of

machine components.

iv) determine tolerances for proper fit to achieve functional requirements of assembly


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Design Consideration of Machine

Parts

Loads, different types, factor of safety, stress, design stress factors affecting its selection,

determination of factor of safety, tensile, compressive, shear, bending, bearing, crushing stresses,

bending and torsional shear stress, transverse shear, principal stress determination, eccentric loading,

bearing pressure.

Unit – 2 Number of Title of the unit: Keys and Couplings

lectures = 10

Design of sunk keys, design of a muff, clamp, flange (protected type) and bushed pin type of flexible

coupling.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Shafts

Design stress, design of axles, spindles and shafts on the basis of strength, based on Rankines' and

Guests‟ theory, design of shafts on the basis of rigidity. Design of Joints


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Design of Springs and Engine parts

Wahls' factor and its use in design of spring, effect of end connections on design of compression

spring, design of helical tensile spring and compression spring for circular wire. Buckling of

compression spring. Length and number of turns calculation, design of leaf spring. Design of Parts

Subjected to Buckling such as connecting rod, push rod and piston rods.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Power Screws, Levers and Belt Drives

Power Screws: Types of threads, design of screw with different types of threads used in practice.

Design of nuts, design of C clamp, screw jack, design of toggle jack, design of coupler. Levers:

General procedure of design of levers, design of foot and hand operated levers, design of bell crank

lever, design of rocker arm for valves of engine. Flat and V Belt drives, design of pulleys for these

drives, chain and sprocket drive








i) V B Bhandari, “Design of Machine Elements”, TMH Publications, Fourth Edition, 2017,

ISBN: 9789339221126

ii) V B Bhandari, Introduction to Machine Design, TMH Publications

iii) 7P. Kannaiah, Machine design by, Scitech Publication

iv) J E Sighley, Mechanical Engineering Design, TMH Publications

v) Norton. R. L, Design of Machinery, TMH Publications

14. Tutorial / Extended Tutorial /presentation/Case study components


1 Part A: Machine Drawing

Drawing fundamentals: Types of drawing, Dimensioning terms and

notations, dimensioning rules, conventional representation of various

components

Machining symbols and surface texture: Indication of machining

allowance, Indication of surface roughness.

Limit, Fits & Tolerances: Basic definitions concerning limits, fits &

tolerances and its representation on drawing; Calculation using tables and

formulae.

i, ii


Geometric Dimensioning & Tolerancing: Feature control frame;

geometric characteristic symbol; Meaning and representation of form,

orientation, profile, runout and location tolerance on drawing.

Interpretation of Views: Missing line and missing view identification

2 Part B: Drafting Software

Basic drawing tools: Point, Line, Polyline, Multiline, Rectangle, Circle,

Arc, Polygon, Spline, Ellipse, Hatch and Text.

Editing tools: Copy, Move, Mirror, Offset, Pattern, Rotate, Lengthen,

Trim, Scale, Chamfer, Fillet, and Break.

Setup tools: Units, Grid, Snap, Ortho, Polar, Layer, Colour, Line type,

Line weight, point style, Multiline style, Drawing limits and Dimension

style.

Display and view tools: Zoom, Pan, Rotate, Shading, Areal view, 3D

views etc.

Dimensioning tools: Linear, Aligned, Radius, Angular, Coordinated

dimension, Base line, Continuous and GD&T frame.

Drawing layout and printing tools: Layout and model space, Viewport,

Configuring plotting device.

Solid modeling tools: Primitive solid modeling entity, Union,

Subtraction and Intersection of solid, Extrude, Revolve etc.

iii, iv


2. Course

Name

Fluid Mechanics

and Machines

L T P



5. Pre-requisite

Engg. Maths &

Mechanics

6. Frequency

(use tick marks)


Sem ()

Every

Sem ()




Fluid mechanics and machinery is a branch of continuum mechanics that deals with the behavior of

fluids (gases or liquids) either in motion or at rest and the subsequent effects of fluids upon

boundaries, which may be either solid surfaces or interfaces with other fluids. This course deals fluids

and their properties, and the kinematics and dynamics of fluid flow. After that students learn the

fundamentals of flow through pipes, turbulent flow, dimensional analysis and boundary layers and

their applications in engineering.


i) Understand fluid behavior for engineering design and control of fluid systems.

ii) Develop competence with mass, energy and momentum balances.

iii) Study the development of boundary layers.

iv) Study about various turbines and pumps designed on above concepts


i) Find frictional losses in a pipe for a flow between two places.

ii) Analyze the model and prototype.

iii) Find the dependent and independent parameters for a fluid flow.

iv) Explain various methods available for boundary layer separation.

v) Understand the working principles of turbines and pumps


Unit-1 Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Fluid Properties and Hydrostatics

Introduction to fluid mechanics, Fluid types and properties: Density, Viscosity, Surface tension,

compressibility, capillarity, Fluid statics, Hydrostatic forces on plane, inclined and curved surfaces,

buoyancy – centre of buoyancy, metacenter. Fluid Kinematics, Streamline and Velocity potential

lines, stream function and potential function, Types of flows; Steady flow, Unsteady flow, Uniform

and Non-Uniform flow, Rotational flow, Irrotational flow, 1-D, 2-D, 3-D flows

Unit - 2 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Fluid Dynamics

Surface and Body forces-Euler and Bernoulli‟s equations and their applications, Momentum equation,

Navier-Stokes Equations, Applications, force on pipe bend

Closed conduit flow: Reynold‟s experiment- Darcy Weisbach equation- Minor losses in pipes- pipes

in series and parallel- total energy line- hydraulic gradient line

Measurement of flow- Venturi meter, orifice meter and Pitot tube

Unit - 3 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Boundary layers

Boundary layers, Laminar flow and Turbulent flow, Boundary layer thickness, momentum,

Integral equation, Drag and lift, Separation of boundary layer, Methods of separation of

boundary layer.

Unit - 4 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Dimensional Analysis and Turbo

machines

Dimensional homogeneity, Raleigh and Buckingham pi theorems, Non-dimensional numbers, Model

laws and distorted models, Module quantities, Specific quantities

Basics of Turbo machinery: Impact of jets on stationary and moving flat and curved plates, concept of

velocity diagram

Hydraulic turbines: Types and classification: Pelton, Francis and Kaplan turbines- work done,

efficiency, work proportions and performance characteristic curves, draft tube design.

Unit - 5 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Pumps and Hydraulic systems

Pumps- Centrifugal and reciprocating pumps: work done, efficiency, work proportions and

performance characteristic curves, pumps in series and parallel, Water hammer, NPSH.

Hydraulic systems: hydraulic ram and hydraulic crane etc. and basics of hydro-electric power

stations








Text Book:

i) R. K. Bansal (2010), A Textbook of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, 9th Edition,

Laxmi Publication (P) Ltd. New Delhi. ISBN- 978-8-131-80815-3. Reference Books:

i) Yunus A. Çengel (2010), Fluid Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill, ISBN: 978-0-070-70034-5.

ii) Frank M. White (2011), Fluid Mechanics, 7th edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, ISBN-

978-0-071-33312-2.



2. Course

Name

Fluid Mechanics

and Machines

Lab

L T P



5. Pre-requisite

Engg. Maths &

Mechanics

6. Frequency

(use tick marks)


Sem ()

Every

Sem ()




Fluid mechanics and machinery is a branch of continuum mechanics that deals with the behavior of

fluids (gases or liquids) either in motion or at rest and the subsequent effects of fluids upon

boundaries, which may be either solid surfaces or interfaces with other fluids. This course deals fluids

and their properties, and the kinematics and dynamics of fluid flow. After that students learn the

fundamentals of flow through pipes, turbulent flow, dimensional analysis and boundary layers and

their applications in engineering.


i) Understand fluid behavior for engineering design and control of fluid systems.

ii) Develop competence with mass, energy and momentum balances.

iii) Study the development of boundary layers.

iv) Study about various turbines and pumps designed on above concepts


i) Find frictional losses in a pipe for a flow between two places.

ii) Analyze the model and prototype.

iii) Find the dependent and independent parameters for a fluid flow.

iv) Explain various methods available for boundary layer separation.

v) Understand the working principles of turbines and pumps

11. Lab component


1 Conducting experiments to verify Bernoulli‟s theorem. iii

2 Determination of the Coefficient of discharge and coefficient of

velocity for the given Orifice meter.

i, iii

3 Determination of the Coefficient of discharge of given Venturi-

meter.

i, iii

4 Determination of the Coefficient of discharge of given of Notch iii

(V and Rectangular types)

5 Comparative study of head loss in pipes connected series and

parallel.

i, iii

6 Study of fluid flow types using Reynolds apparatus. iii

7 Determination of drag force at different incidence angle in wind

tunnel.

iii, iv

8 To determine the coefficient of impact for vanes. v

9 To determine the minor losses due to sudden enlargement, sudden

contraction and bends.

i

10 To determine the meta-centric height of a floating body. ii

11 To study the constructional details of a Pelton turbine and draw its fluid

flow circuit.

v

12 To draw the following performance characteristics of Pelton turbine-

constant head, constant speed and constant efficiency curves.

v

13 To study the constructional details of a Francis turbine and draw its fluid

flow circuit.

v

14 To draw the constant head, constant speed and constant efficiency

performance characteristics of Francis turbine.

v

15 To study the construction details of a Kaplan turbine and draw its fluid

flow circuit.

v

16 To draw the constant head, speed and efficiency curves for a Kaplan

turbine.

v

17 To study the constructional details of a Centrifugal Pump and draw its

characteristic curves.

v

18 To study the constructional details of a Reciprocating Pump and draw its

characteristics curves.

v

19 To study the constructional details of a Centrifugal compressor. v

6th Semester


2. Course

Name

Refrigeration

and Air

Conditioning

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0


mark)

Core () PE () OE ()

5. Pre-

requisite

(if any)

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem

()



8. Brief Syllabus

Refrigeration and air conditioning are used to cool products or a building environment. The

refrigeration or air conditioning system(R) transfers heat from a cooler low-energy reservoir to a

warmer high-energy reservoir.


i) To understand the principles of refrigeration and air conditioning.

ii) To calculate the cooling load for different applications of Refrigeration and Air conditioning.

iii) To learn the principles of psychrometry.

iv) To develop the knowledge of selecting the right equipment for a particular application of

Refrigeration and Air-conditioning.


i) Possess the knowledge of system components of refrigeration and air conditioning.

ii) Design and implement refrigeration and air conditioning systems using standards.

iii) Apply the knowledge of psychrometry in calculating cooling load and heating load

calculations.

iv) Possess the knowledge of system components of refrigeration and air conditioning.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Refrigeration Cycles and Refrigerants

Vapour compression refrigeration cycles-Air refrigeration cycles-Simple saturated vapour

compression refrigeration cycle-P-H charts - Multi stage compression –Multi evaporator system-

cascade system-Vapour absorption systems.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: System Components

Refrigeration classification –Designation-Alternate refrigerants –Global warming and Ozone

depleting aspects. Refrigerant compressors Reciprocating –Rotary - Condensers - Evaporators -

Expansion devices - Cooling towers.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Cycling Controls and System Balancing

Pressure temperature control range and different settings - Selection and balancing of system

components - Graphical method.


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Psychrometry System

Moist air properties - Psychrometric chart - Different Psychrometric process analysis.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Air Conditioning

Air conditioning systems – classification - Cooling load calculations - different types of loads -

GRSHF - ERSHF - Estimation of total load - Air distribution patterns - Dynamic and frictional

losses in air ducts - Equal friction method - Fan characteristics of duct system.








Text Book:

i) Arora, C. P., (2008), Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd. ISBN: 978-0-070-08390-5.

Reference Books:

i) Manohar Prasad, (2003), Refrigeration and Air conditioning, New Age International, ISBN:

978-8122414295.

ii) W. F. Stocker and J. W. Jones, Refrigeration and Air conditioning, McGraw Hill, (2014), 2nd

Edition ISBN: 9789332902954



2. Course

Name

Refrigeration

and Air

Conditioning

Lab

L T P

3. Course

Code

0 0 2


mark)

Core () PE () OE ()

5. Pre-

requisite

(if any)

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem

()



8. Brief Syllabus

Refrigeration and air conditioning are used to cool products or a building environment. The

refrigeration or air conditioning systemI transfers heat from a cooler low-energy reservoir to a

warmer high-energy reservoir.


i) To understand the principles of refrigeration and air conditioning.

ii) To calculate the cooling load for different applications of Refrigeration and Air conditioning.

iii) To learn the principles of psychrometry.

iv) To develop the knowledge of selecting the right equipment for a particular application of

Refrigeration and Air-conditioning.

10. Course Outcomes (Cos):

i) Possess the knowledge of system components of refrigeration and air conditioning.

ii) Design and implement refrigeration and air conditioning systems using standards.

iii) Apply the knowledge of psychrometry in calculating cooling load and heating load

calculations.

iv) Possess the knowledge of system components of refrigeration and air conditioning.


Sr.

No.

Title CO Covered

1 To study the vapour compression Refrigeration System and determine

its C.O.P. and draw P-H and T-S diagrams.

i, iv

2 To Study the Mechanical heat pump and find its C.O.P. i

3 To study the Air and Water heat pump and find its C.O.P. i

4 To study the cut- sectional models of Reciprocating and Rotary

Refrigerant compressor.

iv

5 To study the various controls used in Refrigerating & Air Conditioning

systems.

ii

6 To study the Ice- plant, its working cycle and determine its C.O.P and

capacity.

i, ii, iv

7 To study the humidification, heating, cooling and dehumidification

processes and plot them on Psychrometric charts.

iii

8 To determine the By-pass factor of Heating & Cooling coils and plot

them on Psychrometric charts on different inlet conditions.

iii

9 To determine sensible heat factor of Air on re-circulated air-

conditioning set up.

iii

10 To study the chilling plant and its working cycle. iv


2. Course Name Automation in

Manufacturing

L T P




any)

Manufacturing

Processes and

Technology &

Engineering

Graphics and

Design

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem ()

Every

Sem ()




Automation in manufacturing is the use of computer systems to assist in the creation, modification,

analysis, or optimization of a design. CAD software is used to increase the productivity of the

designer, improve the quality of design, improve communications through documentation, and to

create a database for manufacturing. CAD output is often in the form of electronic files for print,

machining, or other manufacturing operations. Students learn the importance of CAD/CAM

principles in the Product development, programs related to manufacturing using codes and analyze

the importance of networking in manufacturing environment.


i) To understand the basics of CAD/CAM and concepts of computer graphics.

ii) To learn about the geometric issues concerned to the manufacturing and its related areas.

iii) To understand the latest advances in the manufacturing perspectives and their applications.

10. Course Outcomes (Cos):

i) To understand the importance of CAD/CAM principles in the Product development.

ii) To develop programs related to manufacturing using codes.

iii) To analyze the importance of networking in manufacturing environment.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 4

Title of the unit: Computer Hardware

Product Development Cycle – Introduction to CAD/CAM – Graphics input devices- cursor control

devices, Digitizers, Scanners, speech-oriented devices and touch panels, Graphics display devices –

CRT, color CRT monitors, DVST, Flat- panel display, Graphics output Devices – Printers and

Plotters – Graphics Standards – Neutral File formats –IGES, STEP.


lectures = 6

Title of the unit: Principles of Computer Graphics

Geometric Modeling – Wireframe, Surface and Solid – CSG and B-Rep- World/device co-ordinate

representations, 2D and 3Dn geometric transformations, Matrix representation-translation, scaling,

shearing, rotation and reflection, composite transformations, concatenation – Graphics software,

Graphics functions, output primitives- Bresenham‟s Algorithm and DDA.


lectures = 6

Title of the unit: CNC Machine Tools

Introduction to NC, CNC, DNC- Manual part Programming – Computer Assisted Part Programming

– Examples using NC codes- Adaptive Control – Canned cycles and subroutines – CAD / CAM

approach to NC part programming – APT language, machining from 3D models.


lectures = 6

Title of the unit: Group Technology, CAPP and FMS

Introduction to part families-parts classification and cooling – group technology machine cells-

benefits of group technology – Process Planning – CAPP & types of CAPP – Flexible manufacturing

systems (FMS) – the FMS concept-transfer systems – head changing FMS – Introduction to Rapid

prototyping, Knowledge Based Engineering.


lectures = 6

Title of the unit: Computer Integrated Manufacturing

CIM wheel – CIM Database- CIM-OSI Model– Networking Standards in CIM Environment –

Network structure – Network architecture –TCP/IP, MAP – Virtual Reality, Augmented Reality-

Artificial Intelligence and Expert system in CIM.




The link to the E-Learning portal. https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/



Text Book:

i) Mikell P. Groover (2008), Automation, Production Systems and Computer Integrated

Manufacturing, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education. ISBN: 978-8-120-33418-2.

Reference Books:

i) Ibrahim Zeid (2009), Mastering CAD/CAM, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill International

Edition, ISBN: 978-0-070- 15134-5.

ii) P N Rao (2010), CAD/CAM Principles and Applications, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill

Education, ISBN: 978-0-070- 68193-4.

iii) James A. Rehg and Henry W. Kraebber (2004), Computer Integrated Manufacturing, 3rd

Edition, Pearson Education, ISBN: 978-0-131-13413-3



2. Course Name Automation in

Manufacturing

Lab

L T P




any)

Manufacturing

Processes and

Technology &

Engineering

Graphics and

Design

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem ()

Every

Sem ()




Automation in manufacturing is the use of computer systems to assist in the creation, modification,

analysis, or optimization of a design. CAD software is used to increase the productivity of the

designer, improve the quality of design, improve communications through documentation, and to

create a database for manufacturing. CAD output is often in the form of electronic files for print,

machining, or other manufacturing operations. Students learn the importance of CAD/CAM

principles in the Product development, programs related to manufacturing using codes and analyze

the importance of networking in manufacturing environment.


i) To understand the basics of CAD/CAM and concepts of computer graphics.

ii) To learn about the geometric issues concerned to the manufacturing and its related areas.

iii) To understand the latest advances in the manufacturing perspectives and their applications.


i) To understand the importance of CAD/CAM principles in the Product development.

ii) To develop programs related to manufacturing using codes.

iii) To analyze the importance of networking in manufacturing environment.



1 Use and learn import/export techniques and customization of software. i

2 Construction of simple machine parts and components like Coupling,

Crankshaft, Pulley, Piston, Connecting rod, nuts, bolts, gears and

helical springs.

i

3 Assembly drawing with sectioning and bill of materials from given

detailed drawings of assemblies: Lathe Tail stock, Machine vice,

Pedestal bearing, Drill jigs and Milling fixture.

i

4 Make the part family/family table of a bolt i

5 Tool path generation i

6 Part programming ii

7 G & M codes development for machining operations ii

8 Physical interpretation of machining features and tool geometries iii

9 Part Programming- CNC Machining Centre

i) 1inear Cutting.

ii) Circular cutting.

iii) Cutter radius Compensation

iv) Canned Cycle operations

ii

10 Part Programming

i) Straight, Taper and Radius Turning.

ii) Thread Cutting.

iii) Rough and Finish Turning Cycle.

iv) Drilling and Tapping Cycle.

ii

11 Contour milling using CNC milling machine ii

12 Spur gear cutting in CNC milling machine ii

13 CL Data and Post Process generation using CAM packages. iii

14 Application of CAPP in Machining and Turning Centre. iii


2. Course

Name

Machine

Learning for

Mechanical

Engineers

L T P

3. Course

Code

2 0 0


mark)

Core () PE () OE () MS ()

5. Pre-

requisite

6. Frequency

(use tick marks)


Sem ()

Every

Sem ()




This course deals with the basics of programming (Python) and use of linear Algebra, Statistics,

probabilistic distributions etc. in it. Basics of Machine learning, data interpretation and mathematical

tools like Regression analysis and its types used in various machine learning models. This course also

includes a brief introduction to Neural Networks and its uses.


i) To familiarize students with the concept of machine learning and its application

ii) Provide an introduction to Python programming.

iii) To impart Knowledge of various mathematical tools used in various machine learning

models

iv) Familiarize the students with the concept of Neural Networks.

10. Course Outcomes (COs): At the end of this course, the learner will be:

i) Able to differentiate machine learning from normal computer programming

ii) Able to interpret a given data for drawing inference, forecasting etc.

iii) Able to successfully employ various mathematical tools to develop a machine learning

algorithm.

iv) Able to understand the basic structure and applications of Neural Networks.


Unit-1 Number of lectures = 05 Title of the unit: Introduction to Pyhton Programming

& Machine learning

Programming in Python and Libraries (Numpy, Pandas, Matplotlib, Seaborn), Linear Algebra with

Python, Statistics, Probability and Probability Distributions with Python, Machine Learning Concepts,

Machine Learning vs Computer Program, Application of Machine Learning, Relation between

variables, Supervised Learning Vs Unsupervised Learning, Semi-Supervised Learning,

Reinforcement Learning

Unit – 2 Number of lectures = 05 Title of the unit: Data Interpretation

Prediction: Dependent Variable vs. Independent Variables, Reducible Error and Irreducible Error,

Expected Value and Variance. Inference: Predictors associated with Response, Relationship between

response and predictors. Learning Methods: Parametric Methods, Non-Parametric Methods. Model

Flexibility vs. Interpretability, Model Accuracy and Selection: Quality of Fit, Bias – Variance Trade

Off, Bayes Classifier, K-Nearest Neighbors

Unit - 3 Number of lectures = 06 Title of the unit: Regression Analysis-I

Linear Regression: Basic Concepts, Construction of Regression Model, Selection of Predictor

Variables, Functional Form of Regression Relations, Scope of Model. Uses of Regression Analysis:

Description

Control, Prediction, Regression and Causality. Formal Statement of Model, Important Features of

Model, Meaning of Regression Parameters, Steps in Regression Analysis. Estimation of Regression

Function: Least Square Estimator, Estimating the Coefficients, Gradient Descent

Estimation of Variance Terms

Unit - 4 Number of lectures = 06 Title of the unit: Regression Analysis-II

Accuracy of Coefficients, Accuracy of Model: Residual Standard Error, R Square Statistics, Linear

methods of classification: Basic Concept with Example, why not Linear Regression, Logistic

Regression: Logistic Model, Estimating Regression Coefficients, Multiple Logistic Regressions,

Linear Discriminant Analysis, Nearest Neighbour Method, Machine learning Models: Decision Tree

Model, Support Vector Machine, Unsupervised Learning.

Unit - 5 Number of lectures = 06 Title of the unit: Introduction to Neural Networks

Introduction to Neural Networks, Perceptrons: NAND Gate, Sigmoid Neuron, Gradient

Descent, Multilayer Neural Network: Architecture of Multilayer Network, Backward

Propagation Algorithm, Cross Entropy Cost Function, Overfitting and Regularization, Weight

Initialization.





https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/,



Text Books:

i) “An Introduction to Machine Learning”, by Gopinath Rebala, Ajay Ravi, Sanjay Churiwala,

1st Edition, 2019, ISBN: 3030157288

Reference Books:

i) “Machine Learning”, by Jaime G. Carbonell, Tom M. Mitchell, Volume-1, 2014 Edition,

Publisher Elsevier, ISBN 9780080510545

ii) “Neural Networks and Learning Machines”, by Simon O. Haykin, Prentice Hall India

Learning Private Limited; 3 edition (2010), ISBN-10: 8131763773


https://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&text=Gopinath+Rebala&search-alias=books&field-author=Gopinath+Rebala&sort=relevancerank

https://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_2?ie=UTF8&text=Ajay+Ravi&search-alias=books&field-author=Ajay+Ravi&sort=relevancerank

https://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_3?ie=UTF8&text=Sanjay+Churiwala&search-alias=books&field-author=Sanjay+Churiwala&sort=relevancerank

https://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&text=Jaime+G.+Carbonell%2C+Tom+M.+Mitchell+Ryszard+S.+Michalski+%28Editor%29&search-alias=books&field-author=Jaime+G.+Carbonell%2C+Tom+M.+Mitchell+Ryszard+S.+Michalski+%28Editor%29&sort=relevancerank

https://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&text=Simon+O.+Haykin&search-alias=books&field-author=Simon+O.+Haykin&sort=relevancerank


2. Course

Name

Machine

Learning for

Mechanical

Engineers Lab

L T P

3. Course

Code

0 0 2


mark)


5. Pre-

requisite

6. Frequency

(use tick marks)


Sem ()

Every

Sem ()




This course deals with the basics of programming (Python) and use of linear Algebra, Statistics,

probabilistic distributions etc. in it. Basics of Machine learning, data interpretation and mathematical

tools like Regression analysis and its types used in various machine learning models. This course also

includes a brief introduction to Neural Networks and its uses.


i) To familiarize students with the concept of machine learning and its application

ii) Provide an introduction to Python programming.

iii) To impart Knowledge of various mathematical tools used in various machine learning

models

iv) Familiarize the students with the concept of Neural Networks.


i) Able to differentiate machine learning from normal computer programming

ii) Able to interpret a given data for drawing inference, forecasting etc.

iii) Able to successfully employ various mathematical tools to develop a machine learning

algorithm.

iv) Able to understand the basic structure and applications of Neural Networks.

11. Lab Component


1 Implement and demonstrate the FIND-S algorithm for finding the most

specific hypothesis based on a given set of training data samples. Read

the training data from a .CSV file.

i, ii, iii, iv

2 For a given set of training data examples stored in a .CSV file,

implement and demonstrate the Candidate-Elimination algorithm to

output a description of the set of all hypotheses consistent with the

training examples.

i, ii, iii, iv

3 Write a program to demonstrate the working of the decision tree based

ID3 algorithm. Use an appropriate data set for building the decision tree

and apply this knowledge to classify a new sample

i, ii, iii, iv

4 Build an Artificial Neural Network by implementing the Back-

propagation algorithm and test the same using appropriate data sets.

i, ii, iii, iv

5 Write a program to implement the naïve Bayesian classifier for a sample

training data set stored as a .CSV file. Compute the accuracy of the

classifier, considering few test data sets.

i, ii, iii, iv

6 Assuming a set of documents that need to be classified, use the naïve

Bayesian Classifier model to perform this task. Built-in Java classes/API

can be used to write the program. Calculate the accuracy, precision, and

recall for your data set.

i, ii, iii, iv

7 Write a program to construct a Bayesian network considering medical

data. Use this model to demonstrate the diagnosis of heart patients using

standard Heart Disease Data Set. You can use Java/Python ML library

classes/API.

i, ii, iii, iv

8 Apply EM algorithm to cluster a set of data stored in a .CSV file. Use

the same data set for clustering using k-Means algorithm. Compare the

results of these two algorithms and comment on the quality of clustering.

You can add Java/Python ML library classes/API in the program.

i, ii, iii, iv

9 Write a program to implement k-Nearest Neighbour algorithm to

classify the iris data set. Print both correct and wrong predictions.

Python ML library classes can

i, ii, iii, iv

10 Implement the non-parametric Locally Weighted Regression algorithm

in order to fit data points. Select appropriate data set for your experiment

and draw graphs.

i, ii, iii, iv


2. Course

Name

Essence of

Indian

Knowledge

Tradition

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0


mark)

Core () PE () OE () MC ()

5. Pre-

requisite

6. Frequency

(use tick marks)


Sem ()

Every

Sem ()


Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical =0


This course contains details about basic structure of Indian knowledge system (Introduction of Ved,

Upved, Upang & Vedang), correlation between modern science and Indian Knowledge system, Yoga

health care, different philosophical traditions, Indian Linguistic and Artistic tradition and various case

studies.


The course aims at imparting:

i) Basic understanding of Indian Society through a process of thought, reasoning and inferencing.

ii) Knowledge about the connections between nature and Society

iii) Introduction to Yogic health care, Vedic Science and heritage of Sanskrit Language.

iv) Knowledge about Indian Linguistic and artistic heritage.


At the end of this course, the learner will be able to understand, connect up and explain basics of

Indian Traditional Knowledge in modern scientific perspective.


Unit-1 Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Indian Knowledge system

Ashthadash Vidya, 4 Veds, 4 UpVeds, 6 Vedangs, 4 Upangs

Unit - 2 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Modern Science and Indian

Knowledge System

Historical Background, Indian Contribution to Global Science, Yogic health Care and Vedic science,

Case studies

Unit - 3 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Philosophical Tradition

Common themes, Comparison of Indian philosophies like justice, yog, Jain, Baudh, etc. and their

Influence

Unit - 4 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Indian linguistic Tradition

Indian‟s Oral Tradition, The Sanskrit intervention, The contemporary linguistic tradition, Vedic

literature etc.

Unit - 5 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Indian Artistic Tradition

Early Indian Art, Rock art, Indus Valley art, Buddhist art, Gupta art, Late Medieval period art,

Mughal art and Modern art.








Text Book:

i) V. Sivaramakrishnan (Ed.), Cultural Heritage of India-course material, Bharatiya, Vidya

Bhavan, Mumbai. 5th Edition, 2014

Reference Books:

Swami Jitatmanand, Modern Physics and Vedant, Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan, 2012, ASIN: B008V21FOO

i) Swami Jitatmanand, Holistic Science and Vedant, Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan

ii) Fritzof Capra, Tao of Physics

iii) Fritzof Capra, The Wave of life VN Jha (Eng. Trans.), Tarkasangraha of Annam Bhatta,

International Chinmay Foundation, Velliarnad, Arnakulam Yoga Sutra of Patanjali,

Ramakrishna Mission, Kolkata

iv) GN Jha (Eng. Trans.), Ed. RN Jha, Yoga-darshanam with Vyasa Bhashya

v) Vidyanidhi Prakashan, Delhi 2016 RN Jha, Science of Consciousness Psychotherapy and

Yoga Practices, Vidyanidhi


7th

Semester


2. Course Name Robotics L T P




any)

BOE and ICE 6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem ()

Every

Sem ()




This subject deal with fundamentals of robotics, its components and various types of sensing. Further,

robot programming and its industrial applications has been covered in detail. Robots are very useful

and efficient in repeated kind of tasks such as pick and place, welding, assembly etc. Over a period of

time intelligent robots are also developed which serves specific objectives.


i) To get acquainted with constructional features and other basic information on robotics.

ii) To know about the sensors used in robotics.

iii) To learn robot programming of a typical robot and also the concepts of path planning and

applications.


i) Know the basics of robotics.

ii) Do robot programming.

iii) Appreciate the applications of robotics and apply economic measures to justify advantages of

robots in industry.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 06


Definition of a Robot – Basic Concepts –Robot configurations – Types of Robot drives – Basic robot

motions – Point to point control – Continuous path control.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Components and Operation

Basic control system concepts – Control system analysis – Robot actuation and feedback -

Manipulators – direct and inverse kinematics - Coordinate transformation – Brief Robot dynamics.

Types of Robot and Effectors – Robot/ End – Effector interface.


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Sensing and Machine Vision

Range sensing – Proximity sensing –Touch sensing – Force and Torque sensing. Introduction to

Machine vision – Sensing and Digitizing – Image processing and analysis.


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Robot Programming

Methods – Languages – Capabilities and limitation – Artificial intelligence – Knowledge

representation –Search techniques in A I and Robotics.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Industrial Applications

Application of robots in machining – Welding – Assembly – Material handling –Loading and

Unloading – CIM – Hostile and Remote environments.


The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E- Learning portal and choose the relevant






Text Book:

i) Robotics and Control by R K Mittal and I J Nagrath, Mcgraw Hill,2003, ISBN:

9780070482937

i) John J. Craig (2008), Introduction to Robotics: Mechanics and Control, 3rd Edition, Pearson

Education. ISBN: 978-8-131-71836-0.

Reference Books:

i) Richard D. Klafter, Thomas A. Chmielewski and Michael Negin, (2010), Robotic Engineering

An Integrated Approach, 1st Edition, Prentice-hall of India. ISBN: 978-8-120-30842-8.

ii) S. R. Deb and Sankha Deb (2009), Robotics Technology and Flexible Automation, 2nd

Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Edu-cation. ISBN: 978-0-070-07791-1.

iii) Robert Joseph Schilling (2007), Fundamentals of Robotics: Analysis and Control, Prentice

Hall India. ISBN: 978-8-120-31047-6.



2. Course Name Robotics Lab L T P




any)

BOE and ICE 6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem ()

Every

Sem ()




This subject deal with fundamentals of robotics, its components and various types of sensing. Further,

robot programming and its industrial applications has been covered in detail. Robots are very useful

and efficient in repeated kind of tasks such as pick and place, welding, assembly etc. Over a period of

time intelligent robots are also developed which serves specific objectives.


i) To get acquainted with constructional features and other basic information on robotics.

ii) To know about the sensors used in robotics.

iii) To learn robot programming of a typical robot and also the concepts of path planning and

applications.


i) Know the basics of robotics.

ii) Do robot programming.

iii) Appreciate the applications of robotics and apply economic measures to justify advantages of

robots in industry.

11. Lab Component


1 To study of robot anatomy. i

2 To study different types of robots. ii

3 To study Denavit Hartenberg parameters of Robotics. ii

4 To study of various robot programming techniques. iii

5 Write a program and perform the pick and place task. iii

6 Write a program and perform sketching by manipulator. iii

7 To study of automated material handling system. i, ii, iii

8 Design a work cell to perform loading and unloading. i, ii, iii

9 To study of various sensors and actuators used in Robots. i, ii, iii

10 Write a program to pick the different color pen. i, ii, iii

11 Study of hydraulics and Pneumatics circuit, based on the industrial

application.

iii


2. Course

Name

Heat and Mass

Transfer

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0


5. Pre-

requisit

e (if

any)

Engineering

Thermodynamics

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem

()




An introductory course in heat and mass transfer covering conduction, convection and radiation heat

transfer, principals of heat exchanger and mass transfer. Heat transfer and mass transfer are kinetic

processes that may occur and be studied separately or jointly. Studying them apart is simpler, but both

processes are modelled by similar mathematical equations in the case of diffusion and convection (there

is no mass-transfer similarity to heat radiation), and it is thus more efficient to consider them jointly.


i) To comprehend and evaluate various modes of heat and mass transfer

ii) To design fin enhanced systems, evaporators, condensers and heat exchangers.

iii) To understand boundary layer theory, condensation and boiling.

iv) To determine effectiveness of heat exchangers using LMTD and NTU.


i) Apply basic principles of fluid mechanics, thermodynamics, heat transfer for designing heat and

mass transfer systems.

ii) Model heat, mass and momentum transport systems and develop predictive correlation.

iii) Assess and evaluate various designs for heat and mass transfer and optimize the solution.


Unit-1

Number of

lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Conduction – I

Basic concepts, conduction, convection and radiation, Laws – General equation of heat conduction –

Derivation in cartesian and cylindrical – One dimensional steady state heat conduction in simple

geometries – plane wall – cylinder and sphere – Heat transfer composite walls – composite cylinders and

composite spheres – Critical thickness of insulation –Thermal contact resistance – Overall heat transfer

coefficient – Electrical analogy – Heat generation in plane wall – cylinder and sphere – Extended

Comment [4]: No Change is required in this subject

surfaces – general equations

Unit – 2

Number of

lectures = 9

Title of the unit: Conduction – II

Two- and Three-dimensional steady state heat conduction – Analytical – Graphical and Numerical

methods – Unsteady state heat conduction – Lumped parameter system – Non-dimensional numbers in

conduction – Significance of Biot and Fourier numbers -Types and applications of fins – Fin efficiency

and effectiveness – Fin performance.

Unit – 3

Number of

lectures = 9

Title of the unit: Convection

Boundary layer theory – Conservation equations of mass – momentum and energy for laminar flow over

a flat plate – Turbulent flow over a flat plate –Internal flow through pipes – annular spaces – Analogy

between momentum and heat transfer – Natural convection in vertical Dimensional analysis.

Unit – 4

Number of

lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Condensation, Boiling and Radiation

Condensation and Boiling – Film wise and Dropwise condensation – Film condensation on a vertical

plate – Regimes of Boiling –Forced convection boiling – Radiation heat transfer – Thermal radiation –

Laws of radiation – Black body concept – Emissivepower – Radiation shape factor – Gray bodies –

Radiation shields.

Unit – 5

Number of

lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Heat Exchanger and Mass Transfer

Heat Exchangers – Types and practical applications – Use of LMTD – Effectiveness – NTU method –

Compact heat exchangers– Plate heat exchangers – Fouling factor – Heat pipes – Types and applications.








Text Book:

i) J. P. Holman (2005), Heat Transfer, 9th

Edition, McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited.

ISBN: 978-0-070-29618-3.

Reference Books:

i) R. C. Sachdeva (2005), Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, New Age International (P)

Ltd. ISBN: 978-8-122-40076-2.

ii) P. K. Nag (2005), Heat Transfer, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited. ISBN: 978-0-

070-60653-1.

iii) Dewitt Lavine, Bergmann and Incropera (2010), Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, 6th

Edition, John Wiley & Sons, ISBN: 978-8-126-52764-9.



2. Course

Name

Heat and Mass

Transfer Lab

L T P

3. Course

Code

0 0 2


5. Pre-

requisit

e (if

any)

Engineering

Thermodynamics

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem

()




An introductory course in heat and mass transfer covering conduction, convection and radiation heat

transfer, principals of heat exchanger and mass transfer. Heat transfer and mass transfer are kinetic

processes that may occur and be studied separately or jointly. Studying them apart is simpler, but both

processes are modelled by similar mathematical equations in the case of diffusion and convection (there

is no mass-transfer similarity to heat radiation), and it is thus more efficient to consider them jointly.


i) To comprehend and evaluate various modes of heat and mass transfer

ii) To design fin enhanced systems, evaporators, condensers and heat exchangers.

iii) To understand boundary layer theory, condensation and boiling.

iv) To determine effectiveness of heat exchangers using LMTD and NTU.


i) Apply basic principles of fluid mechanics, thermodynamics, heat transfer for designing heat and

mass transfer systems.

ii) Model heat, mass and momentum transport systems and develop predictive correlation.

iii) Assess and evaluate various designs for heat and mass transfer and optimize the solution.



1 To calculate thermal conductivity of insulating material in the form of

slab.

i, ii

2 To calculate total thermal resistance and thermal conductivity of

composite wall.

ii

3 To calculate the thermal conductivity of insulating powder. ii

4 To calculate the thermal conductivity of given liquid (glycerin). ii

5 To calculate the average heat transfer co-efficient of vertical cylinder ii

under natural convection.

6 To calculate surface heat transfer coefficient for a pipe by forced

convection and compare heat transfer coefficient for different air flow

rates and heat flow rates.

ii

7 To calculate the heat transfer coefficient experimentally and theoretically

for free and forced convection and compare the theoretical temperature

distribution with experimentally obtained distribution.

ii

8 To study the Boiling Heat Transfer phenomenon for pool boiling of

water.

ii

9 To conduct test on a heat pipe and compare the temperature distribution

and rate of heat transfer with geometrically similar copper and stainless-

steel tubes.

ii

10 To determine the value of Stefan-Boltzmann constant for radiation heat

transfer.

i, ii

11 To measure the property of emissivity of the test plate surface at various

temperatures.

ii

12 To study and compare temperature distribution, heat transfer rate, overall

heat transfers co-efficient in parallel flow and counter flow heat-

exchanger.

iii

8th

Semester


2. Course

Name

Operation

Research

Techniques

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0


mark)

Core () PE () OE ()

5. Pre-

requisite

(if any)

IE & M 6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem

()




Operation research is having many powerful tools to optimize the real life problems. The study of this

subject will give knowledge to the students regarding transportation and inventory related problems.

This also describes the method of sequencing of jobs through different number of machines. Focus is

also given to most common problems of waiting of either jobs/machines/peoples. Emphasis is given

to decision models and replacement problems. So, the study of this subject will develop the capability

among students to solve effectively many problems arising during their career.


i) To provide students the knowledge of optimization techniques and approaches.

ii) To enable the students, apply mathematical, computational and communication skills needed

for the practical utility of Operations Research.

iii) To introduce students to research methods and current trends in Operations Research.


i) Apply operations research techniques in industrial optimization problems.

ii) Solve transportation problems using various OR methods.

iii) Illustrate the use of OR tools in a wide range of applications in industries.

iv) Explain current topics and advanced techniques of Operations Research for industrial

solutions.


Unit-1

Number of

lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Linear Models

Introduction to Operations Research – Linear Programming - Mathematical Formulation – Graphical

method – Simplex method – Duality – Two – Phase Simplex method – Transportation problems –

Northwest Corner method – Vogel‟s Approximation method – MODI method – Transshipment

problems - Assignment problems – Applications Introduction to dynamic programming and non

linear programming- Goal programming.

Unit – 2

Number of

lectures = 9

Title of the unit: Sequencing and Networks

Sequencing –Problem with N jobs and 2 machines using Johnson‟s method, Problems with N jobs - 3

machines and „M‟ machines using modified Johnson‟s method.

Network models – Basic Concepts – Construction of Networks – Project Network – CPM and PERT

- Critical Path Scheduling – Crashing of Network.

Unit – 3

Number of

lectures = 9

Title of the unit: Inventory Models

Inventory models – Various Costs and Concepts–EOQ–Deterministic inventory models – Production

models – Stochastic Inventory models – Buffer stock.

Unit – 4

Number of

lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Queuing Models

Queuing models – Poisson arrivals and Exponential service times – Single channel models and Multi

channel models. Simulation – Basic concepts – Advantages and Disadvantages – Random number

generation – Monte-Carlo Simulation models.

Unit – 5

Number of

lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Decision Models

Decision models – Game theory – Two person zero sum game – Graphic solution - Property of

dominance – Algebraic solution.

Replacement models – Items that deteriorate with time - When money value changes – Items that fail

completely – Individual replacement and Group replacement.








Text Book:

i) Kanti Swarup, P.K. Gupta and Manmohan Lal (2010), Operations Research, 15th Edition, S.

Chand & Sons, ISBN: 978- 8-180-54771-3.

Reference Books:

i) H. M. Wagner (2009), Principles of Operation Research, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of India

Ltd ISBN: 978-8-120- 30162-7.

ii) Hamdy Taha, (2008), Operations Research-An Introduction, 8th Edition, Pearson Education,

ISBN: 978-8-131-71104-0.

iii) R. Panneerselvan (2006), Operation Research, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

ISBN: 978-8-120-31743-7.

iv) J. K. Sharma (2013), Operation Research, 5th Edition, Macmillan Publications, ISBN: 978-9-


350-59336-3.

Program Electives


2. Course

Name

Applied

Thermodynamics

L T P



5. Pre-requisite

Thermodynamics 6. Frequency

(use tick marks)


Sem

()

Every

Sem ()




This course is designed for comprehensive study of combustion and thermal aspects in steam power

plants and its allied components. This will enable the students to understand thermal analysis of steam

power plant components. The students will be able to identify, track and solve various combustion

problems and evaluate theoretically the performance of various components involved in steam power

plants and internal combustion engines.


i) Understand thermal behavior of mechanical devices.

ii) Develop competence with steady slow devices.

iii) Study the development of various flows & its usages.

iv) Practical applications of thermodynamic laws.


i) Find volumetric efficiency.

ii) Find the properties of steam.

iii) Types of turbines & its usages


Unit-1 Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Properties of Steam

Pure substance; Steam and its formation at constant pressure: wet, dry, saturated and super-heated

steam; Sensible heat(enthalpy), latent heat and total heat (enthalpy) of steam; dryness fraction and its

determination; degree of superheat and degree of sub-cool

Unit - 2 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Steam Generators

Classification and Applications of Steam Generators; Working and constructional details of fire-tube

and water-tube boilers: (Cochran, Lancashire, Babcock and Wilcox boilers); Merits and demerits of

fire-tube and water-tube boilers; Modern high-pressure boilers (Benson boiler, La Mont boiler) and

Super critical boilers (Once through boilers-Tower type)

Unit - 3 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Steam Nozzles

Definition, types and utility of nozzles; Flow of steam through nozzles; Condition for maximum

discharge through nozzle; Critical pressure ratio, its significance and its effect on discharge; Area of

Comment [5]: No Change is required

throat and at exit for maximum discharge; Effect of friction; Nozzle efficiency.

Unit - 4 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Air Compressors

Classification of Air Compressors; Application of compressors and use of compressed air in industry

and other places; Complete representation of compression process on P-v and T-s coordinates with

detailed description of areas representing total work done and polytropic work done

Unit - 5 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Reciprocating Air Compressors

Single stage single acting reciprocating compressor (with and without clearance volume):

construction, operation, work input and best value of index of compression, heat rejected to cooling

medium, isothermal, overall thermal, isentropic, polytropic, mechanical efficiency, Clearance

Volumetric efficiency








Text Books:

i) P. K. Nag (2010), Basic and Applied Thermodynamics, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd., ISBN 978-0-070-15131-4 Reference Books:

i) K. Soman (2011), Thermal Engineering, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. ISBN 13:

9788120340480

ii) J.S. Rajadurai,(2003) Thermodynamics and Thermal Engineering New Age

International (P) Ltd. Publishers ISBN13 9788122414936

iii) R. Yadav, Sanjay and Rajay (2011), Applied Thermodynamics, Central Publishing

House. ISBN-13: 978-8185444031



2. Course

Name

Production

Planning and

Control

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0


mark)

Core () PE () OE ()

5. Pre-

requisite

(if any)

IE & M 6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem

()




PPC, is the process of production planning sets the objectives, goals, targets on the basis of available

resources with their given constraints. Control is the integral part of effective planning. Similarly

control involves assessment of the performance; such assessment can be made effectively only when

some standards are set in advance. Planning involves setting up to such standard. The controlling is

made by comparing the actual performance with these present standard and deviations are ascertained

and analyzed.


i) To provide knowledge about various types of productions.

ii) To acquire the knowledge of value analysis.

iii) To know various types inventory planning.


i) Identify and suggest correct type of production planning technique.

ii) Analyze the concepts of production planning.

iii) Control and implement PPC methods in crucial areas of the industry.

iv) Implement the knowledge of ERP systems and shop floor scheduling.


Unit-1

Number of

lectures = 8

Title of the unit: MPC Performance

Factors influencing MPC performance - Review of fundamental features of Material Requirements

Planning systems - MRP systems dynamics and system nervousness.

Unit – 2

Number of

lectures = 9

Title of the unit: Sales and Operations Planning

Sales and operations planning - Production Planning - Master scheduling and order promising -

Distribution Resource Planning - Bills of material structuring, master scheduling - and final assembly

scheduling.

Unit – 3

Number of

lectures = 9

Title of the unit: Capacity Management

Capacity management using planning factors - bills of capacity - and capacity requirements planning

– CRP and I/O Control - Shop floor control/operations scheduling – Inventory models.

Unit – 4

Number of

lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Shop Floor Control

Shop floor control/scheduling - Kanban/pull systems - Alternative pull systems; parameter settings -

Pull systems for suppliers.

Unit – 5

Number of

lectures = 8

Title of the unit: ERP Systems

ERP systems - Technical aspects of SAP - Focus on implementation and system‟s fit - ERP

implementation - Beyond ERP Software for manufacturing firms - Supply Chain Management.








Text Book:

i) D.W. Fogarty, J.H. Blackstone and T. Hoffmann. (2009), Production and Inventory

Management, 3rd

Edition, South-Western Publishing. ISBN: 978-0-324-31137-2

Reference Books:

i) S. K Mukhopadhyay (2009), Production Planning and Control: Text and Cases, 2nd

Edition,

Phi Learning. ISBN: 978-8-120-33118-1

ii) Stephen N. Chapman (2005), Fundamentals of Production Planning and Control, Prentice

Hall. ISBN: 978-0-130-17615-8.



2. Course

Name

Fuel and

Combustion

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0


mark)

Core () PE () OE ()

5. Pre-

requisite

(if any)

Engg.

Thermodynamics

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem

()




Two and four stroke engines, air standard cycles, fuels and combustion, fundamental of ignition

systems, performance and rating of engines, combustion characteristics and combustion chamber for

S.I and C.I engines, supercharging.


i) To learn about various types of fuels, their composition and properties

ii) To acquire depth knowledge of solid, liquid and gaseous fuels.

iii) To understand the thermodynamics of combustion.

iv) To learn about the types of pollution and its control.


i) Analyze the composition of various types of fuels and their properties.

ii) Estimate the composition of various types of fuels and their properties

iii) Demonstrate the knowledge of combustion thermodynamics.


Unit-1

Number of

lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Fuel Characteristics

Fuels – Types and Characteristics of Fuels – Determination of Properties of Fuels - Fuels Analysis -

Proximate and Ultimate Analysis - Moisture Determination – Calorific Value - Gross and Net

Calorific Values - Calorimetry - DuLong‟s Formula for CV Estimation - Flue gas Analysis - Orssat

Apparatus - Fuel and Ash Storage and Handling – Spontaneous Ignition Temperatures.

Unit – 2

Number of

lectures = 9

Title of the unit: Solid and Liquid Fuels

Solid Fuels: Wood and Wood Charcoal-Origin of coal-Composition of coal –Analysis and

properties of different grades of coal preparation and storage of coal-coal washing –Briquetting.

Liquid coals: Origin of petroleum fuels-Production –Composition-Petroleum Refining-Various

grades of petro-Products-Properties and testing –Alcohol shale oil-Gasification of liquid fuels –

Synthetic fuels -Storage and handling of liquid fuels.

Unit – 3

Number of

lectures = 9

Title of the unit: Gaseous Fuels

Classification - Composition and Properties – Estimation of Calorific Value - Gas Calorimeter. Rich

and Lean Gas - Wobbe Index - Natural Gas - Dry and Wet Natural Gas - Stripped NG - Foul and

Sweet NG - LPG - LNG - CNG - Methane – Producer Gas - Gasifies - Water Gas – Town Gas -

Coal Gasification – Gasification Efficiency - Non - Thermal Route - Biogas - Digesters -Reactions –

Viability - Economics.

Unit – 4

Number of

lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Stoichiometry and Kinematics

Stoichiometry - Mass Basis and Volume Basis – Excess Air Calculation - Fuel and Flue Gas

Compositions – Calculations – Rapid Methods - Combustion Processes - Stationary Flame – Surface

or Flameless Combustion – Submerged Combustion – Pulsating and Slow Combustion Explosive

Combustion. Mechanism of Combustion – Ignition and Ignition Energy - Spontaneous Combustion -

Flame Propagation - Solid - Liquid and Gaseous Fuels Combustion - Flame Temperature -

Theoretical - Adiabatic and Actual - Ignition Limits – Limits of inflammability.

Unit – 5

Number of

lectures = 6

Title of the unit: Air Pollution

Types of pollution - Combustion-Generated air pollution - Effects of air pollution - Pollution of

fossil fuels and its control – Pollution from automobiles and its control.








Text Books:

i) Stephen Turns, (2011), an Introduction to Combustion: Concepts and Applications, McGraw

Hill. McGraw-Hill Education; 3 Edition, ISBN: 978-0073380193

ii) SS Thipse (2010) Alternative Fuels. Jaico Publishers, 1st Edition, ISBN: 9788184950786

Reference Books:

i) John B. Heywood (2017)– Internal Combustion Engine, McGraw Hill. 1 edition, ISBN-13:

978-1259002076

ii) Mishra, D. P, (2007), Fundamentals of Combustion, Prentice Hall of India. Revised Edition

ISBN 13: 9788120333482



2. Course

Name

Advanced

Machining

Processes

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0


mark)

Core () PE () OE ()

5. Pre-

requisite

(if any)

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)


Sem ()

Every

Sem ()




Today‟s stringent design requirements and difficult-to-machine materials such as tough super alloys,

ceramics, and composites, have made traditional machining processes costly and obsolete. As a result,

manufacturers and machine design engineers are turning to advance machining processes. These

machining processes utilizes electrical, chemical and optimal sources of energy to machine the given

job. Going through this subject student will get insight of various advanced machining processes and

there system components, process variables and industrial applications. This is a perfect course for

anyone designing, researching or converting to a more advance machining process.


i) To teach the principles of material removal mechanism of advanced machining processes such

as mechanical, electro-chemical and thermal.

ii) To provide in depth knowledge in selection of advanced machining process to

fabricate intricate and complex shapes in difficult to machine material.

iii) To provide awareness of advanced finishing processes to achieve submicron/Nano

surface finish.


i) Identify and suggest the suitable manufacturing process for advanced materials and critical

finishing.

ii) Select a process for a given application such as IBM, EBM, PAM etc.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Mechanical Advanced Machining Processes

Need and classification of nontraditional machining processes – Material removal in traditional and

nontraditional machining processes - considerations in process selection. Ultrasonic machining –

Working principle, mechanism of metal removal – Theory of Shaw, elements of the processes, tool

feed mechanism, effect of parameters, applications and numerical. Abrasive jet machining, Water jet

machining and abrasive water jet machine - Basic principles, equipments, process variables,

mechanics of metal removal, MRR, application and limitations.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Chemical Processes

Principle of ECM process, chemistry of the ECM processes, Parameters of the process,

determination of the metal removal rate, dynamics of ECM process, polarization, tool design,

advantages and disadvantages, application, electrochemical grinding, electro-chemical honing,

electrochemical deburring, Application of ECM for deep hole drilling – electro stream drilling and

shaped tube electrolytic machining. Chemical machining - Fundamental principle, types of chemical

machining, maskants, etchants, advantages, disadvantages, applications.


lectures =08

Title of the unit: Electric Discharge Machining

Working principle of EDM, Power circuits for EDM - RC pulse generator and controlled pulse

generator– Analysis of R-C Circuits – Mechanics of metal removal in EDM, Process parameters,

selection of tool electrode and dielectric fluids, surface finish and machining accuracy,

characteristics of spark eroded surface and recent development in EDM. Wire EDM – Working

principle, process variables, process characteristics and applications. Electric discharge grinding and

electric discharge diamond grinding - working principle, process capabilities and applications.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Laser, Electron Beam, Ion Beam and

Plasma Arc Machining

General working principle of laser beam machining – Generation of Laser, types of Lasers, process

characteristics and applications. Electron Beam Machining - Equipment for production of Electron

Beam, theory of EBM, thermal and non-thermal type, process characteristics and applications. Ion

Beam Machining - Mechanism of metal removal and associated equipments, process characteristics

and applications. Plasma Arc Machining - Metal removal mechanism, process parameters, process

characteristics, types of torches, applications.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Advanced Finishing Processes

Abrasive flow Machining (AFM) - working principle, AFM system, process variables, process

performance and applications. Magnetic abrasive finishing (MAF) - working principle, MAF

system, material removal and surface finish, process variables and applications. Chemo mechanical

polishing, working principle, material removal and surface finish and applications








Text Book:

i) V. K. Jain (2004), Advanced Machining Processes, 1st Edition, Affiliated Allied Publishers.

ISBN: 978-8-177-64294-0.

Reference Books:

i) Hassan El-Hofy (2005), Advanced Machining Processes, 1st edition Affiliated McGraw-Hill.


ISBN: 978-0-071-45334-9.

ii) Gary F. Benedict (1987), Nontraditional Machining Processes, 1st Edition, Affiliated CRC

press. ISBN 082-4-773-527.

iii) M. Adithan (2008), Modern Machining Methods, 1st Edition, Affiliated Khanna Publishers

New Delhi. ISBN: 978-8-174-09225-0.


2. Course Name Steam Power

Generation

L T P




any)

Power Plant

Engineering

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem ()




To teach students about the working of various power generation units and steam cycles. To introduce

students to steam generators, combustion and firing methods in order to make the fullest use of

thermal power potentialities of the country. To enable students, understand functioning of boilers,

turbines and pumps used in power generation.


i) To calculate the efficiency of thermal power plant.

ii) To know the working of boilers and turbines.

iii) To learn various sources of energy.


i) Involve in optimizing and selecting an alternate source of energy

ii) Know about the kind of boilers being used in various industries and their applicability.

iii) Distinguish between various power generation units and choose one that meets desired

economic, environmental and social requirements

iv) Understand basic power generation types and steam cycles

v) Possess the knowledge of global energy resources


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Description of Boiler

Classification and types of boilers, arrangements of main boiler, fundamentals of boiler design,

location of various pressure parts.

Boiler Circulation Theory: Water walls, boiling phenomena, nucleate / film boiling, natural /

controlled / forced circulation. Construction Details of Super Heaters, Re-heaters, and Economizers,

De-super heaters. Steam Separation Theory: Boiler Drum & its internals.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Steam turbine and condenser

Water Supply System: Soft water, Circulated Water, Cooling Water, and D.M. Water.

Steam Cycle Theory: Carnot Cycle, Rankine Cycle, with reference to a specific unit 500/210 MW,

steam properties.

Steam Turbines: Classification of Turbines, Metallurgical considerations, working principles.

Description of main components i.e. Turbine casing, rotor, blades stream admission valves, couplings,

bearing etc.

Steam Condensation and Condensers: Film wide / drop wise condensation, direct/indirect

condensation and vacuum creation


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Power Station Pumps

Classification of pumps, centrifugal pumps, and positive displacement pumps.

Boiler Feed Pump: Function of BFP, Constructional details.

Circulating Water System: Open / closed system, CW Pumps, Cooling Towers, CT Pumps, CT Fans.


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Various Fans and their salient

features

Construction details / lubricating oil system for PA Fan, FD Fan, ID Fan.

Air Pre-heaters: Types and functions, constructional details, SCAPH, soot blowers.

Fuel Firing Arrangements and Burners: Corner, front and rear wall firing, Direct and indirect

firing, details of coal and oil burners, burners tilting mechanism, atomization of fuel oil in oil

burners and igniters.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Draught and lubrication System

Theory of natural, induced, balance and forced draught, drought loss, stack effect.

Turbine Lubrication Oil System: Construction and working principles of main oil pumps, starting oil

pumps, AC, DC oil pumps, Oil coolers.








Text Books:

i) R. K. Rajput, (2007), A Text Book of Power Plant Engineering, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd.

5th

Edition. ISBN 13: 9788131802557

Reference Books:

i) P. K. Nag, (2014), Power Plant Engineering: Steam and Nuclear, Tata McGraw-Hill

Publishing Company Ltd., 4th

Edition ISBN13 9789339204044.

ii) Wood, A.J. and Wollen Berg, B.F. (2013), Power Generation and Control, John Wiley, 3rd

Edition, ISBN: 978-0-471-79055-6



2. Course Name Tool Design L T P




any)

Workshop

Technology,

Manufacturing

Process and

Technology

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem ()




Tool design is a specialized area of manufacturing engineering comprising the analysis, planning,

design, construction, and application of tools, methods, and procedures necessary to increase the

manufacturing productivity.



discipline of tool design and engineering.

ii) Implement the tool design process when designing tooling for the manufacturing of a product

iii) Design, develop, and evaluate cutting tools and work holders for a manufactured product

iv) Use CAD and conventional techniques in creating tooling drawings.

10. Course Outcomes (COs): At the end of the course, the student will be able to,

i) Understand basic motions involved in a machine tool.

ii) Design machine tool structures.

iii) Design and analyze systems for specified speeds and feeds.

iv) Select subsystems for achieving high accuracy in machining

v) Understand control strategies for machine tool operations.

vi) Apply appropriate quality tests for quality assurance.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 10


Introduction to Machine Tool Drives and Mechanisms: Introduction to the course, Working and

Auxiliary Motions in Machine Tools, Kinematics of Machine Tools, Motion Transmission.


lectures = 06

Title of the unit: Regulation of Speed and Feeds

Regulation of Speeds and Feeds: Aim of Speed and Feed Regulation, Stepped Regulation of Speeds,

Multiple Speed Motors, Ray Diagrams and Design Considerations, Design of Speed Gear Boxes,

Feed Drives, Feed Box Design.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Heat Treatment

Design of Machine Tool Structures: Functions of Machine Tool Structures and their Requirements,

Design for Strength, Design for Rigidity, Materials for Machine Tool Structures, Machine Tool

Constructional Features, Beds and Housings, Columns and Tables, Saddles and Carriages


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Mechanical Properties of Materials

and Testing

Design of Guideways, Power Screws and Spindles: Functions and Types of Guideways, Design of

Guideways, Design of Aerostatic Slideways, Design of Anti-Friction Guideways, Combination

Guideways, Design of Power Screws. Design of Spindles and Spindle Supports: Functions of

Spindles and Requirements, Effect of Machine Tool Compliance on Machining Accuracy, Design of

Spindles, Antifriction Bearings.

Unit – 5 Number of Title of the unit: Advance Material and Application

lectures = 08

Dynamics of Machine Tools: Machine Tool Elastic System, Static and Dynamic Stiffness Acceptance

Tests.








i) Machine Tool Design and Numerical Control/ N.K. Mehta / Mc Graw Hill Education,

ISBN: 9781259004575

Reference Books:

i) Principles of Machine Tools/ G. C. Sen and A. Bhattacharyya / New Central Book

Agency/ASIN- B01FIX1MKA.

ii) Design of Machine Tools / D. K Pal, S. K. Basu / Oxford /ISBN: 9788120417779/Product

Code- EBK0013309.



2. Course

Name

Modeling and

Simulation of

Manufacturing

Systems

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0


mark)

Core () PE () OE ()

5. Pre-

requisit

e (if

any)

Computer Aided

Machine Design

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem

()




The objective of this course is to give a sound knowledge of the fundamental aspects of system

simulation, which is used in the analysis of complex system and finds applications in a wide range of

real-life situations. Modeling and Simulation of Manufacturing Systems course is concerned with the

concepts of system, system modeling and simulation, has been expanded to include the details of types

of models and simulation software. This course covers the mathematical and statistical models. This

course provides the knowledge of random number generation and inverse transform techniques. This

course also discusses the analysis of simulation data and application of simulation system in

manufacturing and material handling systems


i) To learn about various types of fuels, their composition and properties.

ii) To introduce modeling, simulation and optimization as it applies to the study and analysis of

manufacturing systems for decision support.

iii) To expose with a wide range of applications for simulation methods and models and to

integrate them with their introduction to operations management.


i) Develop the practical skills necessary to design, implement and analyze discrete-event

simulation systems.

ii) Cover the basic theory underlying discrete-event simulation methodologies in order to enable a

critical understanding of simulation output in managerial environments.

iii) Build the foundations necessary to quickly adapt for future advances in simulation technology.


Unit-1

Number of

lectures = 9

Title of the unit: Introduction to System Simulation

Introduction to system simulation – Applications – Discrete and Continuous simulation – Simulation

models – Simulation procedure– Simulation Examples – General Principles -Simulation software.

Unit – 2

Number of

lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Mathematical and Statistical Models

Review of basic probability and Statistics – Statistical models in simulation - Selecting input

probability distributions.

Unit – 3

Number of

lectures = 7

Title of the unit: Random Numbers

Random number generation-Testing of Random numbers – Techniques for generating random

numbers- Random Variate Generation– Inverse transform techniques-Acceptance-Rejection

techniques- Special properties.

Unit – 4

Number of

lectures =10

Title of the unit: Combustion: Analysis of Simulation Data

Input modeling – Data collection – Identifying the distribution with data- Parameter estimation -

Goodness of fit tests – Fitting a non-stationery Poisson`s process- Selecting input models without

data-Multi Variate and Time Series Input Models- Model Building – Verification, Validation and

Calibration of Simulation Models – Output analysis – Comparison and Evaluation of Alternative

System designs

Unit – 5

Number of

lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Applications

Simulation of Manufacturing and Material Handling systems – Simulation of Computer Systems –

Simulation of Computer Networks








Text Book:

i) Stephen Jerry banks, John S Carson, Barry L Nelson and David M Nicol (2006), Discrete

Event System Simulation, 4th Edition, Pearson Education Asia. ISBN: 978-8-177-58591-9

Reference Books:

i) Manufacturing Systems Modeling and Analysis 2nd ed. 2011 Edition by Guy L.

Curry, Richard M. Feldman (ISBN-13: 978-3642166174, ISBN-10: 9783642166174)

ii) Averill M. Law and W David Kelton (2000), Simulation Modeling and Analysis, 3rd Edition,

McGraw Hill. ISBN: 978-0-071-16537-2.

iii) W David Kelton, Randoll P Sadowski and Debroah A Sasowski (2003), Simulation with

ARENA, 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill. ISBN: 978-0-072-91981-3.

iv) Geoffrey Gordon “System simulation” – Prentice Hall of India, 1992 (ISBN - 10 :


https://www.amazon.com/Guy-L.-Curry/e/B001KJ42UE/ref=dp_byline_cont_book_1

https://www.amazon.com/Guy-L.-Curry/e/B001KJ42UE/ref=dp_byline_cont_book_1

https://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_2?ie=UTF8&text=Richard+M.+Feldman&search-alias=books&field-author=Richard+M.+Feldman&sort=relevancerank

8120301404)


2. Course Name Gas Dynamics

and Jet

Propulsion

L T P



5. Pre-requisite

(if any)

Heat & Mass

Transfer

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem

()




The principles of jet propulsion are of prime significance in designing and constructing aircraft

engines. The primary focus of this course is on the teaching of thermodynamics and gas dynamics in

aircraft engines. This course provides information that will enable the engineering analysis of ramjets

and turbine engines and its separate components including inlets, nozzles, combustion chambers,

compressors.


i) To learn about various types of fuels, their composition and properties

ii) To provide an insight into applications of compressible flows and the fundamentals of jet

propulsion systems.

iii) To formulate and solve problems in one-dimensional steady compressible flow.

iv) To solve problems in two-dimensional compressible flows.


i) Demonstrate the knowledge of major elements in a jet engine and calculate the overall

performance of a jet engine.

ii) Apply the concepts of gas dynamics for applications related to compressible flows and jet

propulsion.

iii) Possess the knowledge of jet engines and aircraft propulsion theories.


Unit-1

Number of

lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Gas Dynamics

Conservation laws for mass - Momentum and energy in steady flow - Velocity of sound - Bulk

modulus of elasticity – Coefficient of Compressibility - Stagnation state - Critical state - Various

regions of flow - Physical significance of Mach number – Crocco Number - Characteristic Mach

number - Critical Mach number - Mach cone - Von – Karma‟s rules for supersonic flow – Differences

between Incompressible and Compressible flows. Properties of atmosphere - Effect of Mach number

on compressibility: T-S and H-S diagrams showing Nozzle and Diff user process.

Comment [6]: No change is required.

Unit – 2

Number of

lectures = 9

Title of the unit: Isentropic Flow

Isentropic flow through a constant area duct – Absence of any of the factors which can trigger a

change in fluid flow behavior like area change - Heat transfer - Friction and work transfer – Non

variation of properties. Isentropic flow through a variable area duct – Mach number variation - Area

ratio as a function of Mach number - Impulse function - Mass flow rate through nozzles and diff

users. Phenomenon of choking – subsonic and supersonic designs - Pressure values for nozzles - Diff

users.

Unit – 3

Number of

lectures = 9

Title of the unit: Flow Through Constant Area Duct

Fanno flow - Fanno curves - Equation and its solution - Variation of flow properties with duct length -

Applications. Isothermal flow with friction – Variation of flow properties – Applications Rayleigh

flow - Rayleigh flow equation - Rayleigh line – Variation of flow properties - Maximum heat transfer

applications. on Isothermal flow with heat transfer and friction - Basic formulation– Elementary

treatment only.

Unit – 4

Number of

lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Normal Shock Gas Dynamics

Flow with normal shock waves - Governing equations - Prandtl–Meyer equation - Impossibility of

rarefaction shock – Mach number downstream of shock - Property variation across shock - Strength

of shock wave - entropy change. Characteristics of flow through a C-D nozzle at various back

pressures. Normal shocks in Fanno and Rayleigh flow. Flow with oblique shock waves (Qualitative

treatment)

Unit – 5

Number of

lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Jet Propulsion

Air craft propulsion – Types of jet engines - Energy flow through jet engines - Thrust - Thrust power

and Propulsive efficiency - Turbojet components - Diff user compressor - Combustion chamber -

Turbines - Exhaust system - Performance of jet engines – Thrust augmentation - Pulse jet and Ram jet

engines. Rocket propulsion – Rocket engines - Basic theory of equation – Thrust effective jet velocity

- Specific impulse - Rocket engine performance - Solid and Liquid propellant rockets - Comparison of

various propulsion systems - Principle and Working of Helicopter.








Text Book:

i) Somasundaram, S.L. (2008) Gas Dynamics and Jet Propulsion New Age International ISBN-

13: 978-8122409925

Reference Books:

i) Mattingly J (1985) Elements of Gas Turbine Propulsion, McGraw-Hill Education India Pvt.

Ltd, ISBN13: 9780070606289


ii) Nicholas Cumpsty (2018) Jet Propulsion Cambridge University Press ISBN:9781316223116

https://www.cambridge.org/core/search?filters%5BauthorTerms%5D=Nicholas%20Cumpsty&eventCode=SE-AU


2. Course

Name

Introduction to

Biomaterials

Science

L T P



5. Pre-requisite

Material

Engineering &

Technology

6. Frequency

(use tick marks)


Sem

()

Every

Sem ()




A biomaterial is any matter, surface, or construct that interacts with biological systems. As a science,

biomaterials are about fifty years old. The study of biomaterials is called biomaterials science. It has

experienced steady and strong growth over its history, with many companies investing large amounts

of money into the development of new products. Biomaterials science encompasses elements of

medicine, biology, chemistry, tissue engineering and science. In this subject student will enables to

learn about biomaterials science, tissue Engineering, bio mineralization and Bio-mimicking materials.


i) To learn about Biomaterials.

ii) Overview on ongoing research in Biomaterials Science.

iii) To learn new concepts in the interface of biology and materials science.

10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of this course, the students will

i) Explain the basic knowledge on the subject of Biomaterials Science.

ii) Apply new researches in the field.



Introduction to Biomaterials Science; Bulk properties of Materials; Surface properties and Surface

characterization of materials; Role of bonding in biomaterials. Polymers; Silicone Biomaterials;

Medical Fibers and Bio textiles; Hydrogels; Smart Polymers; Bioerodable and Bioresorbable

materials; Natural materials; Metals, Ceramics, glasses and glass-ceramics; Pyrolytic carbon;

Composites; Non-fouling surfaces; Physiochemical surface modification for medicinal usage;

Textured and porous materials; Surface immobilized biomolecules.

Unit – 2 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Introduction to Biological Concept

Biochemistry basics (Amino acids, Proteins, Lipids, carbohydrates); Cells and cell injury; Tissues,

matrix and cell-biomaterial interaction; Mechanical forces on cells; Role of adsorbed proteins on

biomaterials; Biological fluids. Inflammation, wound healing and foreign body response; Innate and

adaptive immunity – the immune response to foreign materials; system toxicity and hypersensitivity;

blood coagulation mechanism and blood-materials interaction; Tumorigenesis; Biofilms; Biomaterials

and device related infections.

Unit – 3 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Tissue Engineering

Tissue Components; Overview of Tissue Engineering; Immuno isolation; Synthetic bioresorbable

polymer scaffolds; Stem Cells and Tissue Engineering.

Unit – 4 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Biomineralization and Bio Mimicking

Material

Biomineralization overview; Chiton tooth; Mollusk shells; Other examples of Biomineralization in

nature; Synthesis of materials inspired by biomineralization; Bio-inspired Materials overview; Gecko

foot; Hydrophobicity and Hydrophilicity; Wettability; Lotus leaf as an example; Lbl polymer films;

lipid films; Tomography for investigation of biomineralization.

Unit – 5 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Materials in Biology – Medicines and

Artificial Organs & Miscellaneous

Applications in Cardiology; Applications in Nephrology; Applications in Ophthalmology;

Applications in dentistry; Skin substitutes; Wound dressings and sutures; Bioelectrodes; Biosensors;

Intravenous Catheters; Bio glasses; Hydrogels; Cloning; Biopolymers; Frontiers in biomaterials

science research; Legal and ethical aspects in biomedical sciences; Implant and device failure;

Standardization and Regulation of products using Biomaterials; Sterilization; Implant retrieval and

Evaluation.








Text book:

i) Amar K. Mohanty, Manjusri Misra and Lawrence T. Drzal, Natural Fibers, Biopolymers, and

Bio composites, First Edition, CRC Press. ISBN: 978-0-849-31741-5.

References Books:

i) Allan S. Hoff man, Buddy D. Ratner, Frederick J. Schoen (2012), Biomaterials Science: An

Introduction to Materials in Medicine,3rd Edition, Academic Press Publisher. IBSN: 978-0-

123-74626-9.

ii) Astrid Sigel, Helmut Sigel and K. O. Roland Sigel (2008), Biomineralization: From Nature to

Application, Wiley Publisher. ISBN: 978-0-470-03525-2.

iii) JB Park and RS Lakes (2010), Biomaterials - An Introduction, Springer. ISBN: 978-1-441-

92281-6.



2. Course

Name

Mechanical

Vibrations

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0


mark)

Core () PE () OE ()

5. Pre-

requisite

(if any)

KOM &

DOM

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem

()


Lectures =42 Tutorials =

0

Practical = 0


A structure or a body is said to vibrate if it has a to and fro motion. A greater proportion of human

activities involve vibration in one form or the other. We hear because our eardrums vibrate. The cause

and effects of vibration must be clearly understood. The structures designed to support the high-speed

machines are subjected to inherent unbalance which causes problems. The unbalance may be due to

faulty design or poor manufacture. Because of cyclic vibration, the material of the structure or the

machine component may undergo fatigue failure. Vibration causes fasteners such as nuts of the

machine to become loose. In metal machining processes, vibration may cause chatter, which results in

poor surface finish. If the natural frequency of vibration of a machine or structure equals the forced

frequency caused by external excitation, resonance occurs which causes dangerously large

oscillations and the structure fails. A bridge can collapse due to wind-induced vibration. Critical

instruments mounted on machines may lose their accuracy due to excessive vibrations. Vibrations can

be used for useful works such as vibration testing equipment‟s, vibratory conveyors, hoppers, sieves,

compactors, washing machines.


i) To learn the basics of vibrations including causes and effects of vibrations.

ii) To study the undamped and damped free vibration.

iii) To study the forced vibrations.

iv) To study multi degrees of freedom system.

v) To study vibration measuring instruments.


i) Write differential equation of the given vibration model.

ii) Calculate the frequencies of free or natural, damped and forced vibrations.

iii) Find the response of a vibrating system.

iv) Calculate the natural frequencies and mode shapes of multi degrees of freedom systems.

v) Use vibration measuring instruments.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures =08

Title of the unit: Fundamentals of Vibrations

Terminology, Single degree freedom systems, Response to arbitrary periodic excitations, Duhamel`s

integral, Impulse response function, Virtual work, Lagrange`s equation, Single degree freedom forced

vibration with elastically coupled viscous dampers, System identification from frequency response,

Transient vibration, Laplace transformation formulation.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Two Degree Freedom System

Free vibration of spring-coupled system, Mass coupled system, bending vibrations of two-degree

freedom system, Forced vibration, Vibration Absorber, Vibration Isolation.


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Multi Degree Freedom System

Normal mode of vibration, Flexibility matrix and Stiffness matrix, Eigen value and Eigen vector,

Orthogonal properties, Modal matrix, Modal analysis, Forced vibration by matrix inversion, Modal

damping in forced vibration, Numerical methods for fundamental frequencies.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Vibration of continuous Systems

System governed by wave equations, Vibration of strings, Vibration of rods, Euler`s equation for

beams, Effects of Rotary Inertia and shear deformation, Vibration of plates.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Experimental Methods in Vibration

Analysis

Vibration Measuring Instruments, Vibration Exciters, Vibration Tests – Free and Forced Vibration

Tests. Examples of Vibration Tests, Industrial Case Studies.









Text Book:

i) G K Grover (2003), Mechanical Vibrations, Nem Chand & Bros. Roorkee, ISBN 81-85240-

75-2

Reference Books:

i) William T. Thomson (2005), Theory of vibration with applications, 5th

Edition,

Pearson Education India. ISBN: 978-8-131-70482-0.

ii) R V Dukkipati (2008), Advanced Mechanical Vibrations, Alpha Science. ISBN: 978-1-842-

65222-0.


2. Course Name Cryogenic

Engineering

L T P




any)

Refrigeration &

Air conditioning,

Applied

Thermodynamics

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem ()


Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical =0


Introduction to Cryogenics and its applications, Properties of cryogenic fluids, Properties of materials

at cryogenic temperature, Cryogenic Refrigeration Systems, Gas-liquefaction systems, Cryocoolers,

Cryogenic Insulations, Vacuum Technology, Instrumentation in Cryogenics, Liquid storage and

transfer systems, heat exchangers used in cryogenic systems.


i) To provide in-depth knowledge of low temperature science.

ii) To provide knowledge on the properties of materials at low temperature.

iii) To familiarize with Cryogenic refrigeration systems.

iv) To familiarize with various gas liquefaction systems.

v) Cryogenic storage and transfer lines

10. Course Outcomes (COs): The students will be able to

i) Understand the science of cryogenic temperatures.

ii) Know about Cryogenic refrigeration systems.

iii) Get ideas on cryogenic fluids, cryogenic instrumentation and cryogenic heat exchangers.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 08


Introduction to Cryogenics, properties of cryogenic fluids like Oxygen, Nitrogen, Argon, Neon,

Florin, Helium, Hydrogen. Properties of material at cryogenic temperature- mechanical,

thermal, magnetic and electrical-Super conductivity, application of cryogenic systems in space,

medical, industries, biological etc.


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Cryogenic Refrigeration

Principle and Methods of production of low temperature and their analysis: Joule Thomson

expansion, Adiabatic expansion, Linde Hampson Cycle, Claude & Cascaded System, Magnetic

Cooling, Stirling Cycle Cryo Coolers. Gas liquefaction & separation systems: Liquefaction

systems for Neon. Hydrogen and Helium. Cryogenic Refrigeration systems: Ideal Refrigeration

systems. Refrigeration using liquids and gases as refrigerant- Refrigerators using solids as

working media


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Cryogenic System Requirements

Cryogenics Heat Exchangers, Compressors, Expanders, Effect of various parameters in

performance and system optimization. Various insulations (expanded foams, gas filled, fibrous,

vacuum, multi-layer etc.) and Storage equipment for cryogenic fluids, industrial storage and

transfer of cryogenic fluids


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Cryogenic instrumentation and

safety

Properties and characteristics of instrumentation, strain displacement, pressure, flow, liquid level,

density and temperature measurement in cryogenic range. Safety in cryogenic fluid handling, storage

and use. Safety against cryogen hazards: Physical hazards, Chemical hazards, Physiological hazards,

combustion hazards, oxygen hazards, accidents in cryogenic plants & prevention


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Applications of Cryogenics

Super conductive devices such as bearings, motors, cryotrons, magnets, D.C. transformers, tunnel

diodes, space technology, space simulation, cryogenics in biology and medicine, food preservation

and industrial applications, nuclear propulsions, chemical propulsions








Text Book:

i) Randall F. Barron, “Cryogenics Systems”, Second Edition, Oxford University Press, New

York (1985). (ISBN-10: 0070038201, ISBN-13: 978-0070038202)

Reference Books:

i) Timmerhaus, Flynn, “Cryogenic Process Engineering”, Plenum Press, New York (1989).

ISBN: 978-1-4684-8758-9)

ii) Thomas M. Flynn, “Cryogenic Engineering”, second edition, CRC press, New York (2005),

ISBN: 9780824753672)



2. Course

Name

Power Plant

Engineering

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0


5. Pre-

requisit

e

Engineering

Thermodynamics

6. Frequency

(use tick marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem

()




Power Plant engineering course is concerned with the types, construction, working principles and

performance of various conventional and non-conventional power plants. This course covers the design,

construction, operations and performance of various components of steam, gas turbine, nuclear, hydral

and diesel power plants. The course also focus on various sub components of power plants, such as

steam generators, condensers, cooling towers, fuel and air handling system, super-heaters, inter-coolers,

re-heaters and waste handling systems; to have a proper understanding. This course also discusses the

Steam power plant in detail as 60% of total energy produced in world are generated by thermal power

plants. The syllabus also covers nuclear power plant in detail which is a need of current scenario.


i) To teach students about the working of various power generation Modules and steam cycles.

ii) To introduce students to steam generators, combustion and firing methods in order to make the

fullest use of thermal power potentialities of the country.

iii) To enable students, understand in detail about nuclear, gas turbine, hydro and diesel power plants

which play an important role in power generation.


i) Understand basic power generation types and steam cycles.

ii) Know about the kind of boilers being used in various industries and their applicability.

iii) Solve problems related to gas turbine and Rankine cycles.

iv) Distinguish between various power generation Modules and choose one that meets desired

economic, environmental and social requirements.


Unit-1 Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Introduction to Power Plant

Power plants-Features - Components and layouts-Working principle of Steam - Hydro - Nuclear - Gas

Turbine and Diesel power plants-Selection of site-Analysis of steam cycles-Rankine cycle-Reheating and

Regenerative cycles.

Unit – 2 Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Steam Generators

Boiler classification-Types of Boiler-Fire tube and Water tube boilers-High pressure and Supercritical

boilers-Positive circulation boilers-Fluidized bed boiler-Waste heat recovery boiler-Feed water heaters-

Super heaters- Reheaters-Economizer-Condenser-Cooling tower-Feed water treatment-Air heaters.

Unit – 3 Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Combustion and Firing Methods

Coal handling and preparation-Combustion equipment and firing methods-Mechanical Stokers-

Pulverized coal firing systems-Cyclone furnace-Ash handling systems-Electrostatic precipator-Fabric

filter and Bag house-Forced draft and Induced draft fans-Chimney.

Unit – 4 Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Nuclear and Gas Turbine Power

Plants

Principles of nuclear energy-Energy from nuclear reactions-Energy from fission and fuel Burn up-Decay

rates and Half-Lives-Boiling water reactor-Pressurized water reactor-Pressurized Heavy Water Reactor-

Gas cooled reactor-High temperature gas cooled reactor-Pebble bed reactor-Fast breeder reactor-Liquid

metal fast breeder reactor-reactor materials-Radiation shielding-Waste disposal-Gas turbine power plant-

Open and closed cycles-Intercooling - Reheating and Regenerating-Combined cycle power plant.

Unit –5 Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Hydro and Diesel Power Plants

Classification of Hydro-electric power plants and their applications-Selection of prime movers-

Governing of turbine-Diesel power plant- Subsystems-Starting and stopping-Heat Balance-

Supercharging of Diesel engines.








Text Books:

i) R. K. Rajput, (2007), A Text Book of Power Plant Engineering, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd. 5th

Edition. ISBN 13: 9788131802557

Reference Books:

i) P. K. Nag, (2014), Power Plant Engineering: Steam and Nuclear, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd., 4th

Edition ISBN13 9789339204044.

ii) M.M. El- Wakil, (2010), Power Plant Technology, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 1st Edition,

ISBN 13: 9780072871029

iii) P C Sharma (2013), Power Plant Engineering, S.K. Kataria & Sons; 2013 edition, ISBN-13:

978-9350143841



2. Course

Name

Lean Enterprises

and New

Manufacturing

Technology

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0


mark)

Core () PE () OE ()

5. Pre-

requisit

e

Industrial

Economics &

Management &

Machining

process &

Metrology

6. Frequency

(use tick marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem

()




Lean manufacturing reduces waste in manufacturing processes. It involves producing high quality

products using the least amount of resources possible. The faster a business is able to produce the final

product, the lesser the cost of holding finished inventory and raw materials. Further Cellular

manufacturing employs setup reduction and gives the workers the machine tools to be multi process,

operating multiple processes, owning quality improvements, waste reduction, and simple machine

maintenance. This allows workers to easily self-balance within the cell while reducing lead times,

resulting in the ability for companies to manufacture high quality products at a low cost, on time.


i) To provide overall view of modern management techniques

ii) To study lean manufacturing principles and its benefits

iii) To know about value stream mapping and its associated advantages


i) Identify value in all walks of their life

ii) Use of process mapping and Group Technology in the industry

iii) Enhance the productivity through applications of modern management techniques


Unit-1 Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Introduction to Lean

manufacturing

General - Brief history of lean manufacturing – Just in time – Toyota systems – Pioneers of lean

manufacturing – Ohno and Shingo – Benefits of lean manufacturing – Theory of constraints –

Reduction of wastes.

Unit – 2 Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Lean Manufacturing Principles

Lean manufacturing: - Principles - Basic tools - Techniques - Definition - Assessment tools -

Implementing lean manufacturing –Science behind lean manufacturing – Capacity utilization -

Variability – Delivery.

Unit – 3 Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Strategic Issues

Strategic issues: - Actions - Issues - Focus - Leadership - Management of teams – Training. Lean

accounting: Activity based costing- Product costing - Volume adjusted costing – Focused factory

concept – Building strategic advantage through enterprise wide.

Unit – 4 Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Process Mapping

Value stream and process mapping: - Overview - Where to use - Step by step approach – How to use –

Reduce stream mapping –Present and future states - VSM symbols - Process mapping - Detailed

instructions - limits – facilitation.

Unit –5 Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Cellular Manufacturing

Cellular manufacturing: - Work cell – Cell design - Facility planning – Plant layout – Balancing the

work in work cells – Tact time – Defining - Benefits - Uses - Limitations – Facilities planning tools.

Group technology coding classification - Productivity Improvement Aids - Kaizen – Kanban - 5S -

TPM - Automation - Jidoka – Mistake proofing – Yoko poko Design Root cause analysis - Failure

models and effects








Text Book:

i) R. G. Askin and J. B. Goldberg (2007), Design and Analysis of Lean Production Systems, 1st

Edition, Wiley India Edition. ISBN: 978-8-126-51449-6.

Reference Books:

i) Taiichi Ohno (1988), Toyota Production System: Beyond Large-Scale Production (English

translation ed.), Portland, Oregon: Productivity Press, ISBN 978-1-563-27268-4.

ii) Kigoshi Suzaki (1988), Th e New Manufacturing Challenge, Free Press, New York, Simon &

Schuster ISBN: 978-0-029-32040-2.

iii) Shigeo Shing (1989), Study of Toyota Production System, Portland, Oregon Productivity

Press. ISBN 978-0-915-29917-1.



2. Course

Name

Fluid Power

System

L T P



5. Pre-requisite

Fluid Mechanics

and Fluid

Machinery

6. Frequency

(use tick marks)


Sem

()

Every

Sem ()




A fluid power system has a pump driven by a prime mover (such as an electric motor or IC engine)

that converts mechanical energy into fluid energy. This fluid flow is used to actuate a device such as:

A Hydraulic cylinder or Pneumatic cylinder, A Hydraulic motor or Pneumatic motor, A Rotary

actuator etc.


i) Understanding of basics of hydraulics and pneumatics (pumps and various power supply

sources).

ii) To learn students about the utilization of cylinders, accumulators, valves and various control

components.

iii) To learn about fluid power maintenance and troubleshooting.


i) Find the importance of fluid power technology in industries and to obtain knowledge on

hydraulic and pneumatic components.

ii) Gets exposure to the basics of fluid flow including the physical laws affecting fluid standards

and symbols used in industrial applications.

iii) Gain knowledge of the various components in fluid power industry and solve problems related

to pumps.


Unit-1 Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Introduction to Fluid Power

Definition- Hydraulics Vs Pneumatics – Standards- Application – Basic Principle of Hydraulics-

Pascal‟s Law-Transmission and multiplication of force-Basic properties of hydraulic fluids- liquid

flow- static head pressure-pressure loss – Power-Basic principle of pneumatics: absolute pressure and

Temperature- gas laws- vacuum.

Unit – 2 Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Hydraulic and Pneumatic Power

Supply Source

Hydraulic Pump- graphic symbol- pump types -pump flow and pressure- pump drive torque and

Power- pump efficiency –air compressor- graphic symbol-compressor types-compressor sizing-

vacuum pumps.

Unit – 3 Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Hydraulic and Pneumatic Control

Components

Cylinders-accumulators –FRL-Directional control Valves- Pressure control valves-Flow control

Valves-electronic control components- symbols.

Unit – 4 Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Basic Circuits

DCV controlling single acting, double acting cylinder-counter balance circuit-Fail safe circuit-AND

and OR valve circuit-regenerative circuit-meter in and meter out circuit for extended and retracted

stroke-pressure intensifier circuit-accumulator circuits.

Unit - 5 Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Fluid Power System Maintenance

Introduction, Sealing Devices - Reservoir System - Filters and Strainers - Beta Ratio of Filters - Wear

of Moving Parts - Gases in Hydraulic Fluids - Temperature Control - Troubleshooting.








Text Book:

i) Ilango and Sundararajan (2017), Introduction to Hydraulics and Pneumatics, 3rd Edition,

Prentice hall, ISBN: 978-81-203-4406-8.

Reference Books:

i) M. Rabie (2009), Fluid power Engineering, McGraw-Hill, NY, ISBN: 978-0-071-62246-2.

ii) Espositho (2009), Fluid power with application, 6th edition, Prentice Hall, ISBN: 978- 81-

7758- 580-3.

iii) Robert P. Kokernak (1999), Fluid power technology, 2nd edition, Prentice Hall, ISBN: 978-0-

139-12487-7.



2. Course

Name

Automobile

Engineering

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0


mark)

Core () PE () OE ()

5. Pre-

requisite

(if any)

IC Engines 6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem

()




Automobile engineering is the one of the streams of mechanical engineering. It deals with the various

types of automobiles, their mechanism of transmission systems and its applications. Automobiles are

the different types of vehicles used for transportation of passengers, goods, etc. Basically, all the types

of vehicles work on the principle of internal combustion processes or sometimes the engines are

called as internal combustion engines. Different types of fuels are burnt inside the cylinder at higher

temperature to get the transmission motion in the vehicles. Most of the automobiles are internal

combustion engines vehicles only.


i) To broaden the understanding of students in the structure of vehicle chassis and engines.

ii) To introduce students to steering, suspension, braking and transmission systems.

iii) To introduce students to engine auxiliary systems like heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

and also the importance of alternate fuels.


i) Develop chassis and identify suitable engine for different applications.

ii) Formulate steering, braking and suspension systems.

iii) Select a suitable conventional and automatic transmission system.

iv) Identify the usage of Electrical vehicles / Hybrid vehicles and power plants.

v) Develop chassis and identify suitable engine for different applications.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Introduction to Vehicle Structure and

Alternate Fuels

Vehicle construction - Chassis and body - Specifications - Engine - Types - Construction - Location

of engine - Cylinder arrangement - Construction details - Cylinder block - Cylinder head - Cylinder

liners - Piston – piston rings - Piston pin - Connecting rod - Crankshaft - Valves. Lubrication system -

Types - Oil pumps - Filters - Cooling system - Types - Water pumps - Radiators-Thermostats - Anti-

freezing compounds - Ignition system.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Ignition, Fuel Supply and Emission Control

System

Coil and Magneto - Spark plug - Distributor – Electronic ignition system - Fuel system - Carburetor -

Fuel pumps - Fuel injection systems– Module injector – Nozzle types - Electronic Fuel Injection

system (EFI) - Automobile Emissions - Source of formation – Effects on human health and

environment - Control techniques - Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) - Catalytic converter -


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Transmission System

Clutches - Function - Types - Single plate, Multiple plate and Diaphragm Clutch - Fluid coupling -

Gearbox - Manual - Sliding - Constant - Synchromesh - Overdrive - Automatic transmission - Torque

converter - Continuously variable transmission - Universal joint - Propeller shaft - Hotchkiss drive –

Final drive - Rear axle assembly - Types -Differential - Need - Construction –– Differential locks -

Four wheel drive.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Steering, Suspension and Braking System

Principle of steering - Steering Geometry and wheel alignment - Steering linkages – Steering

gearboxes - Power steering - front axle - Suspension system - Independent and Solid axle – coil, leaf

spring and air suspensions - torsion bar - shock absorbers-Wheels and Tires - Construction - Type and

specification - Tire wear and causes - Brakes - Needs – Classification –Drum and Disc Mechanical -

Hydraulic and pneumatic - Vacuum assist – Retarders.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Instrumentation and Advances in

Automobile Engineering

Dash board instrumentation – Passenger comfort – Safety and security – HVAC – Seat belts – Air

bags – Automotive Electronics - Electronic Control Module (ECU) - Common-Rail Diesel Injection

(CRDI) – Multipoint fuel injection system(MPFI) - Gasoline Direct Injection (GDI) - Variable Valve

Timing (VVT) - Active Suspension System (ASS) - Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) - Electronic

Brake Distribution (EBD) – Electronic Stability Program(ESP) Traction Control System (TCS) -

Global Positioning System (GPS) - X-by-wire - Electric - Hybrid vehicle.








Text Book:

i) Kirpal Singh (2011), Automobile Engineering, 12th

edition, Standard Publications, ISBN:

9788180141775

Reference Books:

i) William H. Crouse (2006), Automotive Mechanics, 10th Edition, McGrawHill/ ISBN:

9780070634350

ii) Joseph Heitner (1999), Automotive Mechanics: Principles and Practices, 2nd

edition, Affiliated


East West Pvt. Ltd, D. Van Nostrand Company publisher, ISBN:978-0442033026.

iii) Bosch Automotive Hand Book (2007), 9th

edition, Robert Bosch GmbH; Publications, ISBN:

978-0837617329

iv) K. Newton and W. Steeds (2001), The motor vehicle, 13th Edition, Iliffe Books Ltd

publisher, ISBN 13: 9780408011181.

https://www.abebooks.co.uk/products/isbn/9780408011181/459195406&cm_sp=snippet-_-srp1-_-PLP2


2. Course Name Total Quality

Management

L T P




any)

Industrial

Engineering,

Probability &

Statistics.

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem ()




To give the students an overview of quality and TQM and explaining the salient contributions of

Quality Gurus like Deming, Juran and Crosby. General barriers in implementing TQM.


i) To learn the basic concepts of quality and quality from organizational point of view.

ii) To learn the concept of total quality management from different philosophical approach.

iii) To learn the internal politics, quality culture, education and training of the organization.

iv) To be aware of international/national Quality standards.

10. Course Outcomes (Cos): Students should be able to understand

i) Need and steps of maintaining Quality environment of the organization.

ii) The TQM approach for manufacturing/service organization at length.

iii) Quality terms like Tolerance and Variability PDCA cycle, Crosby‟s 10 points and Deming‟s

14 Points etc.

iv) The international/national Quality Standards.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 06


Introduction – Need for quality – Evolution of quality – Definitions of quality – Dimensions of

product and service quality – Basic concepts of TQM – TQM Framework –– Barriers to TQM –

Quality statements – Customer focus – Customer orientation, Customer satisfaction, Customer

complaints, Customer retention – Costs of quality.


lectures = 06

Title of the unit: TQM Principles

TQM, Leadership, Lean and JIT Quality Philosophy, Strategic quality planning, Quality Councils,

PDCA cycle, 5s, Kaizen, Contributions of Deming, Juran and Crosby

Unit – 3 Number of Title of the unit: Tools & Techniques for Quality

lectures = 10 management-I

Introduction to Process Quality, Graphical and statistical techniques for Process Quality

Improvement, Graphical tools for data representation, Sampling, sampling distribution, and

hypothesis Testing, Regression, Control charts, Process capability analysis, Measurement system

analysis, Analysis of Variance (ANOVA), Design and Analysis of Experiment (DOE)


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Tools & Techniques for Quality

management-II

Six sigma for Process Improvement, Quality functions development (QFD), QFD process. Failure

mode effect analysis (FMEA) – requirements of reliability, failure rate, FMEA stages, design, process

and documentation. Seven old (statistical) tools. Seven new management tools. Bench marking and

POKA YOKE.


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Quality Systems

Introduction to IS/ISO 9004:2000 – quality management systems – guidelines for performance

improvements. Quality Audits. TQM culture, Leadership – quality council, employee involvement,

motivation, empowerment, recognition and reward- Introduction to software quality.








Text Book:

i) D. C. Montgomery, Introduction to Statistical Quality Control, John Wiley & Sons, 3rd

Edition, ISBN- 978-0470169926.

Reference Books:

i) Dale H. Besterfield et al, Total Quality Management, Third edition, Pearson Education, ISBN-

9789332534452.

ii) Shridhara Bhat K, Total Quality Management – Text and Cases, Himalaya Publishing House,

ISBN- 978-8178662527.



2. Course Name Acoustics and

Noise Control

L T P




any)

Dynamics of

Machinery

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem ()




Our overall aim of this course is to give students the conceptual, analytic, experimental and practical

knowledge they require to work as acoustical engineers or to undertake graduate studies in acoustics.


i) To provide introduction to students the fundamentals of acoustics related to generation,

transmission and control techniques

ii) To provide in depth knowledge to students in machinery acoustics, standards and control

measures at source and path

iii) To introduce students to diagnostics for effective maintenance


i) Solve complicated problems in acoustics

ii) Demonstrate the knowledge of noise and physiological effects

iii) Exposed to acoustic instrumentation and noise control techniques


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Introduction to Acoustics

Introduction to Acoustics- terminology - limits and standards – Sound sources and propagation –

Plane and spherical waves - Near and far field - Free and reverberant field - Anechoic and

Reverberant chambers.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Acoustic evaluation techniques

Room Acoustics - Reverberation time - Acoustic materials - Absorption and absorption coefficient -

Evaluation techniques.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Noise and physiological effects

Noise and Physiological effects - Loudness - Hearing - Mechanism - Weighted - Networks - Noise

standards for traffic


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Acoustic Instrumentation

Comment [7]: No change is required

Acoustic Instrumentation. Sound level and intensity meters - Octave analyzers - Calibration - Sound

power estimation


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Noise control Techniques

Noise control techniques – At source and transmission path - Barriers and Enclosures - Machinery

acoustics and levels








Text Books

i) J.D. Irwin and E.R. Graf, Industrial noise and Vibration control, Prentice Hall Inc.2nd

Edition

ISBN: 9780134615745

Reference Books

i) Bies and Colin. H. Hanson, (2001): Engg. Noise Control, E & FN SPON.3rd

Edition ISBN 0-

415-26714-5

ii) David M. Lipscomb and Arthur C. Taylor (1998) Noise Control Hand Book of Principles and

Practices, Van Nostrand Reinhold Company ISBN: 9780442248116



2. Course

Name

Instrumentation

and Control

Engineering

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0


mark)

Core () PE () OE ()

5. Pre-

requisit

e (if

any)

Metrology,

Dynamics of

Machinery

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem

()




The objective of this course is to present sufficient background in different instruments and sensors and

their use in control system design. This course combines knowledge, techniques, and methodologies

from various sources, using techniques from transform theory and basic principle of classical physics

based upon which different instruments and sensors are built.


i) To introduce a variety of sensors and instruments commonly used in Mechanical Engineering

practice.

ii) To instill a fundamental understanding of various instrumentation and control detection circuits

as they relate to temperature, pressure, flow, and level monitoring.

iii) To learn professional measurement techniques used to engineer thermal and mechanical

systems.

iv) To enable students, apply control engineering techniques to the automatic control systems found

in modern manufacturing, processing and transportation environments.

v) Identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems


i) Understand fundamental elements of instrumentation, measurement and control systems.

ii) Build mathematical models of simple physical systems using transfer functions.

iii) Will be able to design a control system for any required objective by using the theory of control

system and implementing it with various sensors and transducers.



= 08

Title of the unit: Fundamentals of Measuring Systems

General concepts of Mechanical measuring instruments – Elements of a measuring system –

Requirements of measuring instruments – Static and dynamic characteristics of measuring instruments

– Errors in measurements – Introduction to Transducers and Sensors – Classification and types.


= 08

Title of the unit: Measuring Devices - I

Measurement of vibrations – Accelerometer – Measurement of Low, Medium, and High pressures-

Measurement of temperature: bi-metallic thermometer, thermocouple, RTD, thermistor, pyrometer –

Measurement of flow- hot wire anemometer – magnetic flow meter – ultrasonic meter.


= 08

Title of the unit: Measuring Devices - II

Measurement of displacement – Measurement of Force – Proving Ring, Strain gauge, Load cells-

Measurement of torque – Measurement of Speed – Case study assignments.


= 10

Title of the unit: Fundamentals of Control System

Introduction to Control systems – Open and Closed loop systems – servomechanisms. Transfer

function: Block diagram reduction algebra, signal flow graphs – Basics of Controllers – Problems.


= 08

Title of the unit: Response Analysis

Time response of First and Second order systems –Frequency domain analysis – Polar and Bode plots –

Concept of Stability-Routh-Hurwitz Criterion– Problems.







Text Book:

i) Instrumentation And Control Systems Paperback – 1 Jan 2015 by V. Sugumaran, ISBN-

10: 9383828501, ISBN-13: 978-9383828500)

Reference Books:

i) Instrumentation and Control Paperback – 2011by Patranabis D. (ISBN-10: 8120342461, ISBN-

13: 978-8120342460)

ii) Instrumentation and Process Control Paperback – 2019 by D. C. Sikdar. (ISBN-

10: 9789382609049, ISBN-13: 978-9382609049)

iii) J.P. Holman (2004), Experimental Methods for Engineers, Tata McGraw-Hill (ISBN-

10: 0070586748, ISBN-13: 978-0070586741)

iv) I.J. Nagrath and M. Gopal (1999), Control Systems Engineering, New Age Int. Pub (ISBN-

10: 9789386070111, ISBN-13: 978-9386070111)


https://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&field-author=V.Sugumaran&search-alias=stripbooks

https://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&field-author=Patranabis+D&search-alias=stripbooks

https://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&field-author=D.+C.+Sikdar&search-alias=stripbooks


2. Course

Name

Product

Design for

Manufacturing

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0


mark)

Core () PE () OE ()

5. Pre-

requisit

e (if

any)

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem

()




Product design for manufacturing is the general engineering art of designing products in such a way

that they are easy to manufacture. This design practice not only focuses on the design aspect of a part

but also on the product ability. In simple language it means relative ease to manufacture a product,

part or assembly. DFM describes the process of designing or engineering a product in order to

facilitate the manufacturing process in order to reduce its manufacturing costs. This course will impart

knowledge of various methods and approaches used in design of manufacturing. Moreover, students

will get familiar to DFMA software through case studies. In the end of course, student will be able to

utilize the knowledge gained through coursework for the development of new product.


i) To expose with basics of product design and manufacturing.

ii) To introduce principles and evaluation methods of various aspects of designing components.

iii) To teach about the manufacturability requirements and assembly processes.


i) Apply customer-oriented, manufacturing and life cycle sensitive approach to product design

and development with product design principles and structured design methodologies.

ii) Possess methods and approaches for developing, implementing and nurturing an effective

DFM process within the firm.

iii) Demonstrate the knowledge of DFMA software for case studies.

iv) Develop a new product as per the requirement.



= 08

Title of the unit: Introduction to Product design

Introduction to Product design: Asimow‟s Model - Product design practice in Industry - Strength

consideration in product design- Design for stiffness and rigidity.


= 08

Title of the unit: Principles and evaluation methods

Principles and evaluation methods of various aspects of Design for X (machining - sheet metal

working - injection molding - environment- service and repair - etc.).


= 08

Title of the unit: Manufacturability requirements

Manufacturability requirements - Forging design - Pressed component design - Casting design - Die

Casting and special castings.


= 10

Title of the unit: Assembly and assembly process

Assembly and assembly process - principles of Design for assembly and applications

(Boothroyd/Dewhurst Method – case studies using DFMA software).


= 08

Title of the unit: Other supporting techniques

Other supporting techniques for new product development processes such as quality function

deployment - and quality engineering and Taguchi Method.






journal papers; Patents in the respective field.


Text Book:

i) Geoffrey Boothroyd, Peter Dewhurst and Winston Anthony Knight (2009), Product Design for

Manufacture and Assembly, Taylor & Francis e-Library. ISBN: 978-1-420-08927-1.

Reference Books:

i) A.K. Chitale and R.C. Gupta, (2005), Product Design and Manufacturing, 3rd Edition, Printice

Hall of India. ISBN: 978

ii) Karl T. Ulrich and Steven D. Eppinger (2011), Product Design and Development, 3rd Edition,

Tata McGraw.



2. Course Name Nuclear Power

Engineering

L T P




any)

PPE 6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem ()




Nuclear Power Engineering concentrate on the principles, techniques and processes involved in

generation of power from nuclear fuels. This involves studying and exploring various aspects of

science ranging from processing of nuclear fuel to merits and demerits of various nuclear reactors and

from reprocessing of nuclear waste to their safely disposal. Upon completion of this course students

will be able to have better understanding of nuclear processes involved in nuclear power generation,

know working and pros & cons of various reactors and also have understanding of nuclear power

generation and safety rules implemented during power generation from nuclear fuels and nuclear

waste disposal.


i) The student will be exposed to the basic physics of nuclear reactions and operation of nuclear

reactors.

ii) To learn various types of power generation methods, safety and its impact on environment.


i) Know the nuclear fission and fusion processes

ii) Understand the working of a nuclear reactors

iii) Understand power generation and safety aspects


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Nuclear Reactors

Mechanism of nuclear fission – Nuclides - Radioactivity – Decay chains - Neutron reactions - Fission

process – Reactors - Types of reactors – Design and construction of nuclear reactors - Heat transfer

techniques in nuclear reactors - Reactor shielding.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Reactor Materials

Nuclear fuel cycles – Characteristics of nuclear fuels – Uranium – Production and purification of

uranium – Conversion to UF4 and UF6 – Other fuels like Zirconium, Thorium, Berylium.

Unit – 3 Number of Title of the unit: Reprocessing

lectures = 08

Nuclear fuel cycles - Spent fuel characteristics - Role of solvent extraction in reprocessing-

Solvent extraction equipment.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Separation of Reactor Products

Processes to be considered - Fuel element dissolution - Precipitation process – Ion exchange -

Redox - Purex - TTA – Chelation -U235 -Hexone - TBP and Thorax processes - Oxidative slagging

and electro-refining - Isotopes – Principles of isotope separation.


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Waste Disposal and Radiation

Protection

Types of nuclear wastes – Safety control and pollution control and abatement - International

convention on safety aspects – Radiation hazards prevention.








Text Book:

i) Janet Wood (2007), Nuclear Power, Institution of Engineering and Technology.

ISBN: 978-0-863-41668-2.

Reference Books:

i) Samuel Glasstone, Alexander Sesonske (2012), Nuclear Reactor Engineering: Reactor

Systems Engineering, 4th Edition, CBS Publisher. ISBN: 978-1-461-35866-4.

ii) J. Kenneth Shultis, Richard E. Faw, Marcel Dekker (2002), Fundamentals of Nuclear Science

and Engineering, Marcel Dekker. ISBN: 978-0-824-70834-4.

iii) Samuel Glasstone (1994), Nuclear Reactor Engineering: Reactor Design Basics, Volume-1,

4th Edition, Kluwer Academic Publishers. ISBN: 9780412985218

iv) A.E. Walter and A.B. Reynolds (1981), Fast Breeder Reactor, Pergamon Press, ISBN: 978-0-

080-25982-6.



2. Course

Name

Composite

Materials

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0


mark)

Core () PE () OE ()

5. Pre-

requisite

(if any)

MET 6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem

()




Composites are a unique class of materials made from two or more distinct materials that when

combined are better than each would be separately. They are non-corroding, non-magnetic, radar

transparent and they are designed to provide strength and stiffness where it is needed. This course will

describe different types of composites. Student will also get the idea about design and manufacturing

methods involved in making of composites. Joining method and failure theories for composites are

also discussed in this course. Since composites are affordable high-performance material and

expanded commercial as well as industrial utilization, hence this course is quite useful.


i) To understand the properties and design of composite materials.

ii) To familiarize with the manufacturing methods for composites.

iii) To get acquainted with practical requirements associated with joining and manufacturing.


i) Design and manufacture composite materials for various applications.

ii) Conduct mechanical testing of composite structures and analyze failure modes.

iii) Analyze economic aspects of using composites.

iv) Explain the relevance and limitations of the destructive and non-destructive test methods used

for composites.

v) Demonstrate the ability to use appropriate design and analysis tools and techniques.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 6


Definitions: Composites, Reinforcements and matrices, Types of reinforcements, Types of matrices,

Types of composites, Carbon Fibre composites, Properties of composites in comparison with standard

materials, Applications of metal, ceramic and polymer matrix composites.


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Manufacturing Methods

Hand and spray lay-up, press molding, injection molding, resin injection, RRIM, filament winding,

pultrusion, centrifugal casting and prepress. Fibre/Matrix Interface, Theories of adhesion; absorption

and wetting, Inter diffusion, electrostatic, chemical, and mechanical. Measurement of interface

strength. Characterization of systems; carbon fibre/epoxy, glass fibre/polyester, etc. Influence of

interface on mechanical properties of composite.


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Mechanical Properties

Stiffness and Strength: Geometrical aspects – volume and weight fraction. Unidirectional continuous

fibre, discontinuous fibers, Short fiber systems, woven reinforcements – length and orientation

distributions. Mechanical Testing: Determination of stiffness and strengths of unidirectional

composites; tension, compression, flexure and shear. Fracture: Typical fracture processes; effect of

transverse ply. Review of fracture mechanics methods and application to composites. Impact: Typical

impact damage; role of fibre, matrix and interface. Low and high-speed impact test methods. Fatigue:

Behavior of notched and unnotched specimens. Tension testing of composites. Fatigue damage –

Effect of matrix and fibre properties. Implications for component design. Environmental Effects:

Influence of moisture and other contaminants on fibre, matrix, interface and effect on mechanical

properties. Stress corrosion cracking. Influence of high and low temperatures.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Laminates

Plate Stiffness and Compliance, Assumptions, Strains, Stress Resultants, Plate Stiffness and

Compliance, Computation of Stresses, Types of Laminates -, Symmetric Laminates, Anti-symmetric

Laminate, Balanced Laminate, Quasi-isotropic Laminates, Cross-ply Laminate, Angle-ply Laminate.

Orthotropic Laminate, Laminate Moduli, Design Using Carpet Plots, Stiffness Controlled Design,

Design for Bending, Hydrothermal Stresses.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Joining Methods and Failure Theories

Joining –Advantages and disadvantages of adhesive and mechanically fastened joints. Typical bond

strengths and test procedures. Design philosophy and procedures (systems approach). Simple design

studies (pressure vessels, torsion bar); factors of safety. Case studies for failure design process,

materials selection, manufacturing method. Economic aspects of using composites. Stress Analysis:

Free edge stresses; typical distributions, significance of stacking sequence, significance of ply

blocking, effect on failure modes, experimental evidence. Development of engineer‟s theory of

bending for thin walled beams comprising several different materials and analysis of the shear flow

distribution. Buckling; strut buckling, buckling of especially orthotropic plates, significance of

bending-twisting coupling.








Text Book:

i) K.K. Chawla, (2007), Composite Materials, Springer-Verlag, New York.1st Edition.


ISBN 978-0-387-74365-3

Reference Books

i) B. Frank L. Matthews and Rees D. Rawlings (1999), Composite Materials: Engineering and

Science, Woodhead Publishing.1st Edition. ISBN: 9781855734739

ii) Ning Hu (2012), Composites and Their Applications, in Tech Publisher

iii) PavlaTesinova (2011) Advances in Composite Materials: Analysis of Natural and Man-Made

Materials, in Tech Publisher.1st Edition, ISBN 978-953-307-449-8


2. Course Name Nano Materials L T P




any)

MET 6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem ()




Nano and micro electromechanical machines (NEM and MEM) are manufactured in the billions

annually for sensing, ink jet printing, automotive applications, communications, and medicine. In

medicine, bio MEMS promise to revolutionize biotechnology and biomedical engineering through

fabrication of devices under 100 micrometers using novel micro and Nano-fabrication techniques.

Nanofabrication is the group of techniques that allows scientists and engineers to build structures and

devices at the atomic scale. Traditional top-down nanofabrication consists of carving nanoscale

materials from a bulk structure through chemical means or by using beams of electrons or ions to strip

away layers of material. Bottom-up methods create structures by adding atomic layers one at a time

by deposition or by molecular or nanoparticle self-assembly.


i) To understand the basic concepts of Nanotechnology.

ii) To enhance the knowledge of nonmaterial.

iii) To familiarize with the properties of nonmaterial and their applications and explore the

MEMS / NEMS devices and their applications.


i) Use Nanomaterials for various industrial applications.

ii) Design MEMS / NEMS devices for various applications.

iii) Demonstrate the knowledge of devices used in MEMS/NEMS.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Introduction to Nanotechnology

Nanotechnology – Background and definition of nanotechnology –Types of Nano materials

Microstructure – Properties – Application in different fields – Reliability issues of MEMS/NEMS


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Synthesis of Nano materials

Nano materials synthesis and applications – Chemical methods- Gas phase synthesis – Liquid phase

synthesis –Plasma vapor deposition– Spray synthesis – Extrusion forging – ECAP – Characterization:

Description of AFM/FFM and various measurement techniques, TEM.


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Types of Nano materials

Types of Nano materials :Metallic Nano particles – Metallic alloys – Nano wires and rods – Thin

films – Carbon Nanotubes :Structure – Synthesis – Growth mechanisms - Properties – Applications –

Nano wires: Synthesis – Characterization and physical properties – Applications - Polymer ceramic

Nano composites- Biological based Nano materials- Importance of hierarchy and third dimension of

bone – Self-assembly –Applications.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Mechanical Properties of

Nanostructures

Mechanical properties of nanostructures: Melting and solidification of Nano phase materials- Creep in

Nano materials – Experimental techniques for measurement of mechanical properties of Nano

structures - Self assembled mono layers for controlling adhesion - Friction and Wear.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: MEMS/NEMS Devices and

Applications

MEMS devices and applications, NEMS devices and applications, Current challenges and future

trends, MEMS fabrication techniques – Tribological issues in MEMS/NEMS – Lubrication studies

for MEMS/NEMS - Manufacturing strategy – Robust manufacturing – MEMS packaging – Hermetic

and vacuum packaging and applications








Text Book:

i) Charles P. Poole and Frank J. Owens (2007), Introduction to Nanotechnology, John Wiley &

Sons. ISBN: 978-8-126-51099-3.

Reference Books:

i) Jin Zhang, Zhong-lin Wang, Jun Liu, Shaowei Chen and Gang-Yu Liu, (2003), Self

Assembled Nanostructures, Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers. ISBN: 978-0-306-47299-2.

ii) Bharat Bhushan (2007), Hand book of Nanotechnology, Springer Hand Book. ISBN: 978-3-

540-29855-7.

iii) Mark Ratner and Daniel Ratner (2009), Nanotechnology: A Gentle Introduction to the Next

Big Idea, 5th Edition, Pearson Education India. ISBN: 978-8-177-58743-2.



2. Course

Name

Finite Element

Method

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0


mark)

Core () PE () OE ()

5. Pre-

requisite

(if any)

Engineering

Physics

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Eve

n ()

Od

d ()

Eithe

r Sem

()

Ever

y

Sem

()




The aim of the course is to provide the participants an overview on Finite Element Method, Material

models, and Applications in Civil Engineering.


i) Basics of Finite Element Analysis.

ii) Available material models for structural materials, soils and interfaces/joints.

iii) Modelling of engineering systems and Soil–Structure Interaction (SSI).

iv) Importance of interfaces and joints on the behaviour of engineering systems.

v) Implementation of material model in finite element method and applications


At the end of the course, the student will be able to, apply finite element method to solve problems in solid

mechanics, fluid mechanics and heat transfer. Formulate and solve problems in one dimensional

structure including trusses, beams and frames. Formulate FE characteristic equations for two

dimensional elements and analyze plain stress, plain strain, axi-symmetric and plate bending

problems. Implement and solve the finite element formulations using MATLAB.


Unit-1

Number of

lectures = 8


Introduction to Finite Element Method for solving field problems. Stress and Equilibrium. Boundary

conditions. Strain – Displacement relations. Stress – strain relations. One Dimensional Problems:

Finite element modeling coordinates and shape functions. Assembly of Global stiffness matrix and

load vector. Finite element equations, Treatment of boundary conditions, Quadratic shape functions.

Unit – 2

Number of

lectures = 9

Title of the unit: Analysis of Trusses

Analysis of Trusses: Stiffness Matrix for Plane Truss and Space Truss Elements, Stress Calculations.

Analysis of Beams: Element stiffness matrix for two node, two degrees of freedom per node beam

element, Load Vector, Deflection, Stresses

Unit – 3

Number of

lectures = 9

Title of the unit: Modelling in FEM

Finite element modelling of two-dimensional stress analysis with constant strain triangles and

treatment of boundary conditions. Estimation of Load Vector, Stresses Finite element modelling of

Axi-symmetric solids subjected to Axi-symmetric loading with triangular elements. Two

dimensional four nodded Isoparametric elements and numerical integration.

Unit – 4

Number of

lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Heat Transfer Analysis

Steady State Heat Transfer Analysis: one dimensional analysis of Slab, fin and two-dimensional

analysis of thin plate. Analysis of a uniform shaft subjected to torsion


lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Dynamic Analysis

Dynamic Analysis: Formulation of finite element model, element - Mass matrices, evaluation of

Eigen values and Eigen vectors for a stepped bar, truss and beam. Finite element – formulation to 3 D

problems in stress analysis, convergence requirements, Mesh generation. techniques such as semi-

automatic and fully Automatic use of softwares such as ANSYS, NISA, NASTRAN, etc.








Text Book:

i) Tirupathi R. Chandrupatla, Ashok D. Belegundu, Introduction to Finite Elements in

Engineering, Prentice Hall of India, 2012. (ISBN-10: 0132162741, ISBN-13: 978-

0132162746)

Reference Books:

i) Bathe K. J., Finite Element Procedures, PHI 2006. (ISBN-10: 097900490X, ISBN-13: 978-

0979004902)

ii) The Finite Element Method: Its Basis and Fundamentals- Paperback – 22 Aug 2013

by Zeinkiewicz (ISBN-10: 9789351071587, ISBN-13: 978-9351071587)

iii) Esam M. Alawadhi, Finite Element Simulations using ANSYS , CRC Press Taylor and

Francis Group, 2014. (ISBN: 9781482261974)


https://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&field-author=Zeinkiewicz&search-alias=stripbooks


2. Course

Name

Mechatronics L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0


mark)

Core () PE () OE ()

5. Pre-

requisite

(if any)

BOE and Engg.

Lab

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem

()




Mechatronics is a design process that includes a combination of mechanical engineering, electrical

engineering, control engineering and computer engineering. Mechatronics is a multidisciplinary field

of engineering, that is to say, it rejects splitting engineering into separate disciplines. Originally,

mechatronics just included the combination of mechanics and electronics, hence the word is a

combination of mechanics and electronics; however, as technical systems have become more and

more complex the word has been “updated” during recent years to include more technical areas.


i) To introduce integrated approach to the design of complex engineering systems.

ii) To provide knowledge of sensors, actuators and their selection for an application.

iii) To expose interfacing of devices with controllers.


i) Identify the elements of mechatronics system.

ii) Select suitable sensors, actuators and controllers to meet specific requirements.

iii) Demonstrate intelligent mechatronics system for engineering applications.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Introduction to Mechatronics

Introduction to Mechatronics – Conventional and Mechatronics approach in designing products –

Mechatronics design process –Mechatronics in manufacturing – Adaptive and distributed control

systems – Modeling and simulation of Mechatronics Systems.

Unit – 2 Number of Title of the unit: Sensors and Actuators

lectures = 10

Overview of sensors and transducers – Microsensors – Signal conditioning – Operational amplifiers –

Protection – Filtering – Analog and Digital converters. Electro-pneumatics and Electro-hydraulics –

Solenoids – Direct Current motors – Servomotors – Stepper motors – Micro actuators – Drives

selection and application.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Microprocessor based Controllers

Architecture of microprocessor and microcontroller – System interfacing for a sensor, keyboard,

display and motors – Application cases for temperature control, warning and process control systems.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Programmable Logic Controllers

Architecture of Programmable Logic Controllers – Input/output modules – Programming methods –

Timers and counters – Master controls – Branching – Data handling – Analog input/output –

Selection of PLC and troubleshooting.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Intelligent Mechatronics and Case Studies

Fuzzy logic control and Artificial Neural Networks in mechatronics – Algorithms – Computer-based

instrumentation – Real-time Data Acquisition and Control – Software integration – Man-Machine

Interface – Vision system – Mechatronics system case studies.








Text Book:

i) W. Bolton (2008), Mechatronics - Electronic Control Systems in Mechanical and Electrical

Engineering, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall. ISBN: 978-0-273-74286-9.

Reference Books:

i) Devdas Shetty and Richard A. Kolk (2012), Mechatronics System Design, 2nd Edition, C. L.

Engineering, ISBN: 978-8-131-51828-1.

ii) Michael B. Histand and David G. Alciatore (2005), Introduction to Mechatronics and

Measurement systems, McGraw- Hill. ISBN: 978-0-070-64814-2

iii) B.P. Singh (2006), Advanced Microprocessor and Microcontrollers, New Age International

Publisher.ISBN: 978-8-122-41956-6.

iv) A. Smaili and F. Mrad (2008), Mechatronics: Integrated Technologies for Intelligent

Machines, 1st Edition, Oxford University Press. ISBN: 978-0-198-06016-1.



2. Course Name Industrial

Engineering

L T P




any)

Manufacturing

systems and

Statistics

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem ()




This course introduces the concepts of manufacturing economics and its critical parameters.

Introducing thoroughly the concepts of Productivity, Fixed and Variable costs, Materials

management, EOQ, Inventory management, Quality management, Production planning and control

and Management Information systems.


To know the structure, operation and applications of the concepts of Industrial production and

Management

10. Course Outcomes (COs): On successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

i) Define and measure various productivities in industrial manufacturing.

ii) Perform full cost analysis for a manufacturing system.

iii) Understand the concept of Inventory control and its application.

iv) Explain key features of Industrial and Quality Management.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 08


Definition of Industrial Engineering: Objectives, Method study, Principle of motion economy,

Techniques of method study - Various charts, THERBLIGS, Work measurement - various methods,

time study PMTS, determining time, Work sampling, Numericals.

Productivity & Workforce Management: Productivity - Definition, Various methods of measurement,

Factors effecting productivity, Strategies for improving productivity, Various methods of Job

evaluation & merit rating, Various incentive payment schemes, Behavioural aspects, Financial

incentives.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Manufacturing Cost Analysis

Manufacturing Cost Analysis: Fixed & variable costs, Direct, indirect & overhead costs, & Job

costing,

Recovery of overheads, Standard costing, Cost control, Cost variance Analysis - Labour, material,

overhead in volume, rate & efficiency, Break even Analysis, Marginal costing & contribution,

Numericals. Materials Management: Strategic importance of materials in manufacturing industries,

Relevant costs.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Inventory Control

Inventory control models - Economic order quantity (EOQ), Economic batch quantity (EBQ) with &

without shortage, Purchase discounts, Sensitivity analysis, Inventory control systems - P,Q,Ss

Systems, Service level, Stock out risk, determination of order point & safety stock, Selective

inventory control - ABC, FSN, SDE, VED and three dimensional, Numericals.


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Product Quality Management

Product Design and Development: Various Approaches, Product life cycle, Role 3S‟s –

Standardization, Simplification, Specialization, Introduction to value engineering and analysis, Role

of Ergonomics in Product Design. Definition of quality, Various approaches, Concept of quality

assurance systems, Costs of quality, Statistical quality Control (SQC), Variables & Attributes, X, R, P

& C - charts, Acceptance sampling, OC - curve, Concept of AOQL, Sampling plan - Single, Double

& sequential, Introduction to TQM & ISO - 9000.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Production Planning

Introduction to Forecasting - Simple & Weighted moving average methods, Objectives & variables of

PPC, Aggregate planning - Basic Concept, its relations with other decision areas, Decision options -

Basic & mixed strategies, Master production schedule (MPS), Scheduling Operations Various

methods for line & intermittent production systems, Gantt chart, Sequencing – Johnson algorithm for

n-Jobs-2 machines, n- Jobs-3 machines, 2 Jobs n-machines, n-Jobs m-machines Various means of

measuring effectiveness of PPC, Introduction to JIT, Numericals.








Text Books:

i) Industrial Engineering and organization management by S K Sharma and Swati Sharma (2013) SK

Kataria & Sons Publishing House ISBN-13:978-8185749136

Reference Books:

i) Industrial Engineering and production management by Martand Telsang (2006) S Chand; 2nd

Revised Edition 2006 edition ISBN-13: 978-8121917735

ii) Industrial Engineering and Management by O P Khanna Dhanpat Rai Publications (2018)

ISBN-13: 978-8189928353



2. Course Name The Recent

Trends in

Automotive

Technology

L T P




any)

IC Engines,

Automobile

Engineering

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem ()




This course provides students a synopsis of latest trends in automotive industry used in evaluation of

world. This includes understanding the basic principles of various hybrid and electric vehicles with

importance, applications and limitations.


i) Understand the suspension, brakes and safety

ii) Understand the vehicle operation and control

iii) Understand the Electric and Hybrid Vehicles


i) Know the Hybrid, Battery and Magnetic track Vehicle

ii) Describe the computer control in automotive

iii) Describe the working of vehicle for safe ad fast travel

iv) Know the latest trend in Automotive Industry.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 09

Title of the unit: Future of Automotive Industry

Challenges and Concepts for the 21st century, crucial issues facing the industry and approaches to

meet these challenges.

Fuel Cell Technology for Vehicles: What is fuel cell, Type of fuel cell, Advantages of fuel cell?

current state of the technology, potential and challenges, advantages and disadvantages of hydrogen

fuel.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Electrical and Hybrid Vehicles

Types of hybrid systems, Objective and Advantages of hybrid systems. Current status, Future

developments and Prospects of Hybrid Vehicles.

Starts stop operation, Power Assist, Regenerative Braking, Advanced lead acid batteries, alkaline

batteries, and Lithium batteries, Development of new energy storage systems, Deep discharge and

rapid charging ultra-capacitors.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Safety Equipment‟s

Seat belt, regulations, automatic seat belt tightener system, collapsible steering column, tiltable

steering wheel, air bags, electronic system for activating air bags, bumper design for safety. EBD,

ABS, Electronic Braking, Traction and Stability control.


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Collision Warning and

Avoidance, Comfort and Convenience Systems

Collision warning system, causes of rear end collision, frontal object detection, rear vehicle object

detection system, object detection system with braking system interactions.

Steering and mirror adjustment, central locking system, Garage door opening system, tyre pressure

control system, rain sensor system, environment information system


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Latest Engine Technology Features

and 42 Volt Systems

Advances in diesel engine technology. Direct fuel injection Gasoline engine, Diesel particulate

emission control, Throttling by wire. Variable Valve Timing, Method used to affect variable Valve

Timing, Electromagnetic Valves, and Cam less engine actuation. 42 VOLT SYSTEM: Need, benefits,

potentials and challenges, Technology Implications for the Automotive Industry, Technological

revolution that will occur as a result of the adoption of 42-volt systems.








Text Book:

i) Advanced Vehicle Technologies by Heinz Heisler-SAE International Publication,

Butterworth-Heinemann, 2nd

Edition, 2002, ISBN: 0750651318.

Reference Books:

i) Electric and Hybrid Electric vehicles by Ronald K. Jurgen - SAE International Publication

with a Product Code of PT-85, 2002, ISBN: 9780768008333.

ii) Electronic Braking, Traction and Stability control, SAE International, 2006, ISBN:

0768017866

iii) 42-Volt system by Daniel J. Holt, Society of Automotive Engineers, U.S., ISBN: 076801297X



2. Course Name Nano

Technology and

Surface

Engineering

L T P




any)

Automation in

Manufacturing

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem ()




This course provides students a deep knowledge of nanotechnology and surface engineering in

manufacturing industry. This includes understanding the basic principles of synthesis,

characterization of Nano materials various with importance, applications and limitations. It‟s also

given overview of various coating technology.


i) To enable the students, understand the basic concepts of Nanotechnology.

ii) To enhance the knowledge of students in nanomaterials.

iii) To familiarize the students with the properties of nanomaterials and their applications

iv) To teach students the basic concepts of surface engineering and its development

v) To provide students the knowledge of coatings and the formation of technological surface

layers.

vi) To enable the students, understand the basic principles of Laser Technology and Plasma

Coating Technology


i) Use Nanomaterials for various industrial applications

ii) Develop and apply various surface modifications technologies.

iii) Find applications of coating processes in industries


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Introduction to Nanoscience &

Technology

Single crystal, polycrystal and a nanocrystal- Nano in nature- Significance of nanostructures-- Present

and future applications of nanomaterials - Classification of nanomaterials - magic numbers-

Electronic and structural magic numbers - bulk to Nano transition- Size dependent property changes-

Factors leading to changes-Surface to volume ratio and quantum confinement-Surface energy-

Interatomic and intermolecular forces- -Forces acting between nanoparticles- van der Waals forces-

hydrophobic and hydrophilic forces- agglomeration of nanoparticles-stabilization of nanoparticles

Unit – 2 Number of Title of the unit: Synthesis, characterization of

Comment [8]: No change is required

lectures = 08 nanomaterials and mechanical properties

Bottom-up and top down approaches- Inert gas condensation- Ball milling and Sol –gel - lithographic

techniques- Particle size determination- XRD- laser diffraction- SEM, TEM, Raman, Infrared

spectroscopies, AFM and contact angle measurement and porosimeter – phase transitions


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Introduction to surface Engineering

Differences between surface and bulk, Properties of surfaces-wear, corrosion, optical, roughness,

electrical and thermal properties, wettability. Concepts of coating Coatings- Concepts of coatings,

Electroplating and electroplating -Metallic and nonmetallic coatings- Galvanizing – Thermal Spray,

types of thermals spray and their advantages and disadvantages - conventional verses Nano coatings


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Coating Technology

Plasma Coating Technology, Process parameters, thermal and kinetic history of inflight particle,

microstructural features of plasma sprayed coatings, single splat studies, process-structure property

relationship challenges in preparation, plasma spraying of Nano powders - its microstructure –

properties –Liquid precurser plasma spray- applications.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Characterization of Coatings

Coatings –thickness-porosity-hardness, fracture toughness, elastic modulus –adhesion bending

strength-fracture strength- tensile strength- wear and corrosion measurement phase analysis Hard and

soft coatings Caser cladding- laser alloying, Electron beam hardening-ion beam implantation- sol –gel

coatings –electrophoretic deposition –DLC and diamond coatings, antifriction and anti-scratch

coatings








Text Book:

i) Charles P. Poole, Frank J. Owens, (2003), Introduction to Nanotechnology, John Wiley & Sons.,

1st Edition, ISBN:0471079359.

ii) Surface Engineering of Metals, Principles, Equipment‟s and Technologies- Tadeusz Burakowski,

Padeusg and Weirzxhon, CRC press, 1998, 1st Edition, ISBN: 9780849382253

Reference Books:

i) Nanocrystalline Materials, Glieter, Progress in Materials Science Vol. 33, pp. 223- 315, 1989

2

ii) Mechanical alloying and milling, C. Suryanarayana, Progress in Materials Science 46 (2001)

1,184

iii) Guozhong Cao, Nanostructures and Nanomarterials, Imperial college press, 2003

iv) H. Nalwa; Encyclopedia of nanoscience and nanotechnology. American Scientific publishers


v) Surface coatings ASM handbook

vi) Characterization Techniques ASM Handbook

vii) P. Fauchais, A. Vardelle, and B. Dussoubs, "Quo Vadis Thermal Spraying? "Journal of

Thermal Spray Technology, Volume 10(1) March 2001


2. Course Name Supply Chain

and Logistic

Management

L T P




any)

IEM 6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem ()




This is a course in supply chain management (SCM), a term which denotes the integration of key

business processes from end user through original suppliers for the purpose of adding value for the

firm, its key supply chain members, to include customers and other stakeholders. This course presents

a framework for SCM that requires cross-functional integration of key business processes within the

firm and across the network of firms that comprise the supply chain.


i) An understanding of the primary differences between logistics and supply chain management.

ii) An understanding of the individual processes of supply chain management and their

interrelationships within individual companies and across the supply chain.

iii) An understanding of the management components of supply chain management.

iv) An understanding of the tools and techniques useful in implementing supply chain

management.

v) Knowledge about the professional opportunities in supply chain management.


i) Explore opportunities for cost reduction through Supply Chain efficiency.

ii) Understand how optimization can improve revenue streams.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 06

Title of the unit: Logistic Managements

Introduction, Logistics system design, Demand planning, Multiple channel distribution, Multi-echlon

system, Model development, Concept of warehousing, Methods of storage, Primary and secondary

transportation, Logistics information system, Logistics costing


lectures = 06

Title of the unit: Supply Chain Management

Understanding the Supply Chain, Process view, Decision phases and importance of supply chain,

Supply chain management and logistics, supply chain and the value chain, Competitive advantage,

supply chain and competitive performance, changing competitive environment, Supply Chain drivers

and obstacle

Unit – 3 Number of Title of the unit: Matching supply and demand

lectures = 10

The lead-time gap, Improving the visibility of demand, supply chain fulcrum, forecast for capacity,

execute against demand, Demand management and aggregate planning, Collaborative planning,

forecasting and replenishment.


lectures = 12

Title of the unit: Strategic Management

Creating the responsive supply chain Product 'push' versus demand 'pull' The Japanese philosophy,

Foundations of agility, Route map to responsiveness. Strategic lead-time management: Time-based

competition, Lead-time concepts, Logistics pipeline management. Planning and managing inventories

in a supply chain: managing economies of scale in supply chain cycle inventory, managing

uncertainty in supply chain, determining optimal level of product availability.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Transportation, Network Design and

Information Technology in a supply chain

Transportation, facility design network design in a supply chain, extended enterprise and the virtual

supply chain, role of information and information technology in the supply chain, Laying the

foundations for synchronization, 'Quick response' logistics, Production strategies for quick response,

Logistics systems dynamics.








Text Book:

i) Chopra, S. and Meindl, P. “Supply Chain Management”, Prentice Hall, 6th

Edition, 2016,

ISBN: 0133800202

Reference Books:

i) Christopher, M. Logistics & Supply Chain Management, FT Prentice Hall, 5th

Edition, 2016,

ISBN: 1292083794.

ii) John T. Mentzer, J. T. Supply Chain Management, illustrated edition, SAGE Publications

(2001), 1st Edition, ISBN: 1412918057

iii) Michael H. Hugos, M. H. Essentials of Supply Chain Management, John Wiley, (2011), 3rd

Edition, ISBN: 0470942185



2. Course Name Hydrogen and

Fuel Cells

L T P




any)

IC Engines,

Automobile

Engineering

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem ()




This course provides students a brief overview on Hydrogen and Fuel cells. This includes

understanding the newest energy variants. Also give overview how to store and utilize these energies.


i) The objective of the course is to provide comprehensive and logical knowledge of hydrogen

production, storage and utilization. In addition, provides an understanding of various fuel cell

technologies


i) Evaluate the performance of fuel cells under different operating conditions.

ii) Select and defend appropriate fuel cell technology for a given application.

iii) Design and develop suitable hydrogen storage system to be used along with fuel cell system.

iv) Minimize environmental hazards associated with the use of hydrogen storage and fuel cell

technology.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 09

Title of the unit: Introduction of hydrogen energy

systems

Properties of hydrogen as fuel, Hydrogen pathways introduction-current uses, general introduction to

infrastructure requirement for hydrogen production, storage, dispensing and utilization, and hydrogen

production plants.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Hydrogen production processes

Thermal-Steam reformation, thermo chemical water splitting, gasification-pyrolysis, nuclear thermal

catalytic and partial oxidation methods. Electrochemical-Electrolysis, photo electro chemical,

Biological-Anaerobic digestion, fermentation micro-organism, PM based electrolyzer.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Hydrogen Storage and utilization

Physical and chemical properties, general storage methods, compressed storage-composite cylinders,

glass micro sphere storage, zeolites, metal hydride storage, chemical hydride storage and cryogenic

storage, carbon-based materials for hydrogen storage.

Overview of hydrogen utilization, IC Engines, gas turbines, hydrogen burners, power plant, domestic

cooking gas, marine applications, hydrogen dual fuel engines.


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Fuel cells

History – principle - working - thermodynamics and kinetics of fuel cell process – performance

evaluation of fuel cell – comparison on battery Vs fuel cell, Types of fuel cells – AFC, PAFC, SOFC,

MCFC, DMFC, PEMFC, microbial fuel cells, relative merits and demerits.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Applications of fuel cells

Fuel cell usage for domestic power systems, large scale power generation, Automobile, Space,

economic and environmental analysis on usage of hydrogen and fuel cell. Future trends in fuel cells,

portable fuel cells, laptops, mobiles, submarines.








Text Book:

i) Sorenson B, Hydrogen and Fuel Cells: Emerging Technologies and Applications, Bent

Sorenson, Academic Press (2005), ISBN:0126552819.

Reference Books:

i) Hordeski MF, Alternative Fuels: The Future of Hydrogen, CRC Press, 3rd

Edition, 2013,

ISBN: 9781466580244.

ii) Busby RL, Hydrogen and Fuel Cells: A Comprehensive Guide, Penn Well Books, American

Edition, (2005), ISBN: 1593700431.



2. Course Name Industrial

Safety

Engineering

L T P




any)

Workshop

Technology

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem ()




This course provides students a brief overview on Industrial Safety. This includes understanding the

safety precautions in various manufacturing processes. Also give overview on safety in finishing and

testing.


i) Possess a mastery of Health safety and environment knowledge and safety management skills,

to reach higher levels in their profession.

ii) Effectively communicate information on Health safety and environment facilitating

collaboration with experts across various disciplines so as to create and execute safe

methodology in complex engineering activities.

iii) Competent safety Engineer rendering professional expertise to the industrial and societal

needs at national and global level subject to legal requirements.

10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of the course,

i) Apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science, Engineering fundamentals and an engineering

specialization for hazard identification, risk assessment and control of occupational hazards. b.

ii) Design, Establish, Implement maintain and continually improve an occupation health and

management system to improve safety.

iii) Conduct investigations on unwanted incidents using root cause analysis and generate

corrective and preventive action to prevent recurrence and occurrence of such incidents.

iv) Design complex man machine systems using human factors engineering tools so as to achieve

comfort, worker satisfaction, efficiency, error free and safe workplace environment.

v) Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams and in multi-

disciplinary settings so as to provide practical solutions to safety problems.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Safety in metal working and wood

working machines

General safety rules-turning machines-boring machines-milling, planning and grinding machines-

general safety principles-safety in the use of sawing machines-wood working equipment‟s. CNC

machines-need for selection and care of cutting tools – preventive maintenance, periodical checks for

safe operation – associated hazards and prevention.


lectures = 09

Title of the unit: Principles of Machine Guarding

Guarding during maintenance-Zero Mechanical State (ZMS) – Definition – Policy for ZMS –

guarding of hazards point of operation, protective devices-machine guarding-types-fixed guard-

interlock guard-automatic guard-trip guard-electron eye-positional control guard-fixed guard fencing.

Selection and suitability: lathe-drilling-boring-milling-grinding-shaping-sawing-shearing- presses-

forge hammer-flywheels-shafts-couplings-gears sprockets wheels and chains- pulleys and belts-

authorized entry to hazardous installations-benefits of good guarding systems.


lectures = 09

Title of the unit: Safety in Welding and Gas Cutting

Gas welding and oxygen cutting-resistances welding, arc welding and cutting-common hazards-

personal protective equipment-training-safety precautions in brazing, soldering and metalizing –

explosive welding – selection, care and maintenance of the associated equipment and instruments –

safety in generation, distribution and handling of industrial gases-colour coding – flashback arrestor –

leak detection-pipe line safety-storage and handling of gas cylinders.


lectures = 10

Title of the unit:

Safety in Cold Farming and Hot Working of Metals

Cold working-power presses-point of operation safe guarding-auxiliary mechanisms

feeding and cutting mechanism-hand or foot-operated presses-power press electriccontrols-power

press set up and die removal-inspection and maintenance-metal sheers- press brakes. Hot working

safety in forging-hot rolling mill operation – safe guards in hot rolling mills – hot bending of pipes –

hazards and control measures. Safety in gas furnace operation – cupola-crucibles-ovens-foundry

health hazards-work environment-material handling in foundries-foundry production cleaning and

finishing foundry processes.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit:

Safety in Finishing, Inspection and Testing

Safety in grinding-heat treatment operations-electro plating-paint shops-sand and shot blasting-safety

in inspection and testing-dynamic balancing-hydro testing-valves-boiler drums and headers-

pressure vessels-air leak test-steam testing-safety in radiography- personal monitoring devices-

radiation hazards – engineering and administrative controls, Indian Boilers Regulation. Health and

welfare measures in engineering industry-pollution control in engineering industry-industrial waste

disposal.








Text Books:

i) Safety Management by John V. Grimaldi and Rollin H. Simonds, All India Travelers Book

seller, New Delhi, 5th

Edition. ISBN: 0939874989


Reference Books:

i) “Occupational safety Manual” BHEL, Trichy, 1988.

ii) “Accident Prevention Manual” – NSC, Chicago, 1982.

iii) Indian Boiler acts and Regulations, Government of India

iv) Safety in the use of wood working machines, HMSO, UK 1992.

v) Health and Safety in welding and Allied Processes, welding Institute, UK, High Tech.

Publishing Ltd., London, 2002 5th

Edition. ISBN: 9781855735385


2.Course Name Plant Layout

and Material

Handling

L T P

3.Course Code 3 0 0

4.Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()

5.Pre-requisite (if

any)

6.Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem ()

Every

Sem ()



8.Course Description

Introduction to Plant Layout and Material Handling Objectives and Functions of Plant Layout and

Material Handling Introduction to Layout and its Importance Types of layouts Selection and

specifications of layouts Implementation and follow up of layouts Introduction to CORELAP,

ALDEP and CRAFT, CORELAP and ALDEP concepts Introduction to Group Layout and Fixed

Position Layout Quadratic assignment model. Branch and bound method Introduction to Material

Handling Relationship of material handling to plant layout Methods to minimize cost of material

handling Ergonomics of Material Handling equipment.

9.Learning objectives

i) Plan, analyze and design to improve manufacturing and services facilities. ii) Explore equipment requirements for a specific process. iii) Summarize the benefit of an efficient material handling system. iv) Understand what effect process layout has on the material handling system. v) Apply the techniques to evaluate and design material handling and storage systems. vi) Visualize plant layout and material handling in industries.

10.Course Outcomes (COs):

i) Understand proper material handling engineering techniques regarding hoisting and

conveying equipment.

ii) Understand toxic hazards of materials being handled, such as chemicals, dusts and poisons

11.Unit wise detailed content

Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 08


Introduction Criteria, Strategies/Tactics, Sustainability and Eco-Efficiency in Facility Design, Basic

Planning, Alternative Machine Arrangements, Flow Lines, Location Models, Act/Building Details,

Aisles and Security, Storage, Shipping and Receiving, Offices, Specialized Areas.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Workstations

Workstations, Unit Loads & Containers, Conveyors, Vehicles, Lifting Devices, Workstation Material

Handling, Ethics in Facility Design Facilities design procedure and planning strategies, Production,

activity and materials flow analysis, Space requirements and personnel services design

considerations.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Layout construction techniques

Systematic layout planning; activity relationship analysis, pair wise exchange, graph-based

construction algorithmic. Material Handling: Material handling principles; material handling

equipment and material handling systems.


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Computerized Layout and

Analytical Methods

ALDEP, CORELAP, CRAFT, BLOCPLAN, etc. Warehouse operations: function, storage operations.

Manufacturing operation: JIT, TQM, AM, CIM, SCM, Facility systems, Quantitative models: Layout

model, waiting line, AS/RS, simulation model, etc.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Assessment and Evaluation

Assessment and evaluation of layout alternatives Projects, Use Spiral software to practice plant layout

design, apply mathematical and engineering techniques such as systematic layout planning approach,

quantitative model, cost estimate to solve practical facility layout problem.

12.Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component






13.Books Recommended

Text Book:

i) Plant Layout and Material Handling, by- S. C. Sharma, Jain Brothers, Khanna Publishers;

Third edition, 2000, ISBN: 8174093192 Reference Books:

i) Plant Layout and Material Handling, by- James M. Apple, John Wiley & Sons, 3rd

Edition,

ISBN: 0471071714. ii) Plant Layout and Material Handling, by- Fred E. Meyers, Prentice Hall. Latest Edition, ISBN:

0130134759 iii) Facility Layout and Location: An Analytical Approach, by Richard L, Francis, Pearson India,

2nd

Edition, ISBN: 0132992310 iv) Plant Layout and Material Handling, by- B. K. Aggarwal, Jain Brothers, Latest Edition, 2017,

ISBN: 8186321780


MINOR

SPECIALIZATION

ROBOTICS


2. Course

Name

Robotics

Engineering and

Application

L T P


4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE () MS ()

5. Pre-requisite

Robotics 6. Frequency

(use tick marks)


Sem ()

Every

Sem ()




Introduction to Robotics, Components, Types and classification, control, sensing, static and dynamic

properties. Grippers, types, mechanisms for actuation & design. Industrial robots‟ specifications.

Selection based on the Application. Kinematics: Direct and Inverse Kinematics for industrial robots.

Differential Kinematics for planar serial robots. Trajectory planning: Introduction Cartesian space

scheme, adaptive control, and Servo system for robot control. Programming of Robots and Vision

System.


i) To familiarize the students with the concepts and techniques in robotic engineering and

control, manipulator kinematics & dynamics, application and selection of robotic system for

various industrial scenarios.

ii) Make the students acquainted with the theoretical aspects of Robotics

iii) Enable the students to acquire practical experience in the field of Robotics through case

studies.

iv) Make the students to understand the importance of robots in various fields of engineering.

v) Expose the students to various robots and their operational details.


i) Understand the basic components of robots.

ii) Differentiate types of robots and robot grippers.

iii) Model forward and inverse kinematics of robot manipulators.

iv) Analyze forces in links and joints of a robot.

v) Programme a robot to perform tasks in industrial applications.


Unit-1 Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Fundamentals of Robotic Systems

Introduction to Robotics, Components of a robotic system, Types and classification of Robots,

applications Drives and actuators, control components (Serial manipulator & Parallel Manipulator),

Sensors and Transducers (force, velocity, displacement, optical, proximity etc.), Components

of Industrial robotics-precession of movement-resolution, accuracy & repeatability-

Dynamic characteristics- speed of motion, load carrying capacity & speed of response.

Unit - 2 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Robotic actuation and specification

Grippers – Mechanical Gripper-Grasping force-Engelberger-g-factors-mechanisms for actuation,

Magnetic gripper, vacuum cup gripper-considerations in gripper selection & design. Industrial robots‟

specifications. Selection based on the Application.

Unit - 3 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Kinematics in Robots

Kinematics-Manipulators Kinematics, Rotation Matrix, Homogenous Transformation Matrix, D-H

transformation matrix, D-H method of assignment of frames. Direct and Inverse Kinematics for

industrial robots. Differential Kinematics for planar serial robots

Unit - 4 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Robotic Navigation

Trajectory planning: Joint space scheme- Cubic polynomial fit-Obstacle avoidance in operation

space-cubic polynomial fit with via point, bleding scheme. Introduction Cartesian space

scheme. Control- Interaction control, Rigid Body mechanics, Control architecture- position,

path velocity, and force control systems, computed torque control, adaptive control, and Servo system

for robot control.

Unit - 5 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Programming in Robots

Programming of Robots and Vision System-Lead through programming methods-

Teach pendent- overview of various textual programming languages like VAL etc. Machine

(robot) vision








Text Book

i) Industrial Robotics / Groover M P /McGraw Hill. (ISBN-10: 0071004424, ISBN-13: 978-0071004428)

Reference Books:

i) John J. Craig (2008), Introduction to Robotics: Mechanics and Control, 3rd Edition, Pearson

Education. ISBN: 978-8-131-71836-0.

ii) Theory of Applied Robotics /Jazar/Springer. (ISBN- 978-1-4419-1750-8)

iv) Richard D. Klafter, Thomas A. Chmielewski and Michael Negin, (2010), Robotic Engineering

An Integrated Approach, 1st Edition, Prentice-hall of India. ISBN: 978-8-120-30842-8.

v) S. R. Deb and Sankha Deb (2009), Robotics Technology and Flexible Automation, 2nd


vi) Robert Joseph Schilling (2007), Fundamentals of Robotics: Analysis and Control, Prentice

Hall India. ISBN: 978-8-120-31047-6.



2. Course

Name

Electronics &

Instrumentation

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0


mark)


5. Pre-

requisite

6. Frequency

(use tick marks)


Sem ()

Every

Sem ()




This course deals with the basics of Electrical and Electronic devices &measuring instruments used in

laboratory and industry. In the process they learn different type of instruments like PMMC, Moving

Iron, Electrodynamometer which includes voltmeter, ammeter, wattmeter, energy meter, power factor

meter, frequency meter, Q meter, etc. along with structure of some basic electronic devices. Students

will also learn about different AC and DC bridges to obtain various electrical parameters. Display

devices which include DVM, CRO, and DSO etc. are also learnt to analyze electrical signals in the

course.


i) Understand the structure of basic electronic devices.

ii) Be exposed to active and passive circuit elements.

iii) To know the necessity of different measuring instruments and their design principle.

iv) To understand the working principle of different measuring instruments and technical solutions

to handle different errors.

v) To learn the architecture and working principle of advanced measuring instrument and their

applications.


i) Explain the structure and working operation of basic electronic devices.

ii) Able to identify and differentiate both active and passive elements

iii) Learn units, dimensions, standards and errors and basics of different types of measuring

instruments to measure different electrical quantities

iv) Apply their knowledge to measure electrical quantities using standard analog and digital

measuring instruments.


Unit-1 Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Fundamentals of Electronics

PN junction diode –structure, operation and V-I characteristics, Half Wave and Full Wave Rectifier, –

Display devices- LED, Laser diodes, Zener& reverse Zener diode characteristics. BJT, JFET,

MOSFET- structure, operation, characteristics.

Unit - 2 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Philosophy of Measurement &

Analog Measurement of Electrical Quantities

Unit & dimensions, standards, Errors, Characteristics of Instruments and measurement system, basics

of statistical analysis. PMMC instrument, DC ammeter, DC voltmeter, Ohm meter, Moving Iron

instrument, Electrodynamics Wattmeter, errors and remedies, Three Phase Wattmeter, Power in three

phase system, Energy meter

Unit - 3 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Measurement: Instrument

Transformer

Instrument Transformer and their applications in the extension of instrument range, Introduction to

measurement of speed, frequency and power factor.

Unit - 4 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Measurement of Parameters

Different methods of measuring low, medium and high resistances, measurement of inductance &

capacitance with the help of AC Bridges- Wheatstone, Kelvin, Maxwell, Hay's, Anderson, Owen,

Heaviside, Campbell, Schering, Wien bridges, Wagner Earthling device, Q Meter.

Unit - 5 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: AC Potentiometer & Magnetic

Measurement

Polar type & Co-ordinate type AC potentiometers, application of AC Potentiometers in

electrical measurement. Ballistic Galvanometer, Flux meter. Digital Measurement: Concept of

digital measurement, Digital voltmeter, Frequency meter, Power Analyzer and Harmonics

Analyzer, Electronic, Multimeter. DSO and its applications.








Text Book:

i) E.W. Golding & F.C. Widdis, “Electrical Measurement &Measuring Instrument”, A.W.

Wheeler & Co. Pvt. Ltd. India. (ISBN-10: 8190630725, ISBN-13: 978-8190630726)

Reference Books:

i) A.K. Sawhney, “A corse in Electrical & Electronic Measurement & Instrument”, Dhanpat Rai

& Sons. (ISBN-9788177001006, 8177001000)

ii) Forest K. Harries, “Electrical Measurement”, Willey Eastern Pvt. Ltd. India. (ISBN-

10: 0471353760, ISBN-13: 978-0471353768)

iii) W. D. Cooper, “Electronic Instrument & Measurement Technique”, Prentice Hall


International. (ISBN-10: 0132507218, ISBN-13: 978-0132507219)


2. Course Name Electronics &

Instrumentation

Lab

L T P




any)

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)


Sem ()

Every

Sem ()



8. Brief Syllabus

This Lab deals with the basics of Electrical and Electronic devices &measuring instruments used in industry. In

the process they learn different type of instruments like PMMC, Moving Iron, Electrodynamometer which

includes voltmeter, ammeter, wattmeter, energy meter, power factor meter, frequency meter, Q meter, etc.

along with structure of some basic electronic devices. Students will also learn about different AC and DC

bridges to obtain various electrical parameters. Display devices which include DVM, CRO, and DSO etc.


i) Understand the structure of basic electronic devices.

ii) Be exposed to active and passive circuit elements.

iii) To know the necessity of different measuring instruments and their design principle.

iv) To understand the working principle of different measuring instruments and technical solutions to handle

different errors.

v) To learn the architecture and working principle of advanced measuring instrument and their applications.


i) Explain the structure and working operation of basic electronic devices.

ii) Able to identify and differentiate both active and passive elements

iii) Learn units, dimensions, standards and errors and basics of different types of measuring instruments to

measure different electrical quantities

iv) Apply their knowledge to measure electrical quantities using standard analog and digital measuring

instruments.

v) Work with various electronic measurement devices

11. Experimental content

Sr. No. Title CO covered 1 To find the value of unknown resistor using Wheatstone bridge. i, ii, iv

2 To find the value of unknown capacitance and inductance using

Maxwell‟s bridge.

i, ii, iv

3 To find the value of unknown capacitance using Wein‟s series and parallel i, ii, iii, iv

bridge. 4 Measurement of frequency using Lissajous method. ii, iii

5 To study and verify characteristic of variable resistor transducer (strain

gauge).

iii, iv

6 To study and verify characteristic of LVDT iii, iv

7 To study and verify characteristic of Thermocouple/RTD. iii, iv

8 To analyze analog and digital multi meter for various measurements v

9 To verify the performance characteristics of compensated attenuator. v

10 To demonstrate the functionality of function generator and its use as a test

and measurement equipment.

iv, v

11 Measurement of LCRQ meter. iv, v

12 To demonstrate the functionality of IC tester and test various ICs. v

13 To demonstrate the functionality of distortion meter. v


2. Course Name Control

Systems

L T P



mark)

Core () PE

()

OE

()

MS ()

5. Pre-requisite

(if any)

None 6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem

()




Basic elements of control system, open loop control system, closed loop control system, basic

elements of a servo mechanism, Examples of automatic control systems, introduction to Laplace

transform. Transfer function, block diagram, reduction of block diagram, problems on block diagram,

Mason‟s formula signal flow graph. Time & Frequency Response Analysis: Standard test signals,

time response of first and second-order system, time constant, time response of second order system,

time response specifications, steady-state errors and error constants, problems in first and second

order system. Stability: Routh-Hurwitz Criterion, Root Locus, Bode Plotting using semi log graph

paper, State Space Analysis of Control Systems.


i) To understand the different ways of system representations such as Transfer

function representation and state space representations, and to assess the systems‟ static and

dynamic response

ii) To assess the system performance using time domain analysis and methods for improving it.

iii) To assess the system performance using frequency domain analysis and techniques for

improving the performance

iv) To design various controllers and compensators to improve system performance.


i) Improve the system performance by selecting a suitable controller and/or a compensator for a

specific application

ii) Apply various time domain and frequency domain techniques to assess the system

performance.

iii) Apply various control strategies to different applications (example: Power systems, electrical

drives etc.

iv) Test system Controllability using state space representation and applications of state space

representation to various systems.


Unit-1

Number of

lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Introduction to Control systems

Elements of control systems, concept of open loop and closed loop systems, Examples and

application of open loop and closed loop systems, brief idea of multivariable control systems,

Representation of physical system (Electro-Mechanical) by differential equations. Transfer function,

POLES and ZEROS of a control system, Determination of transfer function: block diagram reduction

techniques and signal flow graph method, Laplace transformation function, inverse Laplace

transformation. Constructional and working concept of AC servomotor, synchronous and stepper

motor

Unit – 2

Number of

lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Time Response Analysis

First Order and Second Order System: Characteristic Equations, response to step, ramp and parabolic

inputs, Transient response analysis, steady state errors and error constants, Transient & steady state

analysis of LTI systems. Error analysis: Steady state error, Static and Dynamic error coefficients.

Unit – 3

Number of

lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Frequency Domain Analysis

Frequency response, correlation between time and frequency responses, polar and inverse polar plots,

Bode plots, Nyquist Plot, Stability in Frequency domain: Nyquist stability criterion, assessment of

relative stability: gain margin and phase margin, M and N Loci, Nichols chart.

Unit – 4

Number of

lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Stability analysis

Concept of stability and necessary conditions, Routh-Hurwitz criteria and limitations. Root Locus

Technique: The root locus concepts, construction of root loci. The design problem and preliminary

considerations lead, lag and lead-lag networks, design of closed loop systems using compensation

techniques in time domain and frequency domain.

Unit – 5

Number of

lectures = 08

Title of the unit: State Space Analysis of Control Systems

Concepts of state, state variables and state model, derivation of state models from block diagrams,

Diagonalization- Solving the Time invariant state Equations- State Transition Matrix and its

Properties.








Text Book:

i) „Automatic Control Systems‟, by HasanSaeed. (ISBN-10: 9350141337, ISBN-13: 978-

9350141335)

Reference Books:

i) “N. K. Sinha”, “Control Systems”, New Age International (P) Limited Publishers, 3rdEdition,

1998. (ISBN-10: 8122433537, ISBN-13: 978-8122433531)

ii) Norman N. Nise, “Control Systems Engineering”, John wiley, 6th Edition, 2011. (ISBN-

10: 0470917695, ISBN-13: 978-0470917695)

iii) Katsuhiko Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 3rd edition,

1998. (ISBN-10: 8120340108, ISBN-13: 978-8120340107)



2. Course Name Control Systems

Lab L T P




any)

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem ()

Every

Sem ()



8. Brief Syllabus

Basic elements of control system, Examples of automatic control systems, introduction to Laplace transform.

Transfer function. Time & Frequency Response Analysis: Standard test signals, time response of first and

second-order system, time constant, time response of second order system, time response specifications,

steady-state errors and error constants, problems in first and second order system. Root Locus, Bode Plotting

using semi log graph paper, PID controllers & State Space Analysis of Control Systems


i) To understand the different ways of system representations such as Transfer

function representation and state space representations, and to assess the systems‟ static and

dynamic response

ii) To assess the system performance using time domain analysis and methods for improving it

iii) To assess the system performance using frequency domain analysis and techniques for

improving the performance

iv) To design various controllers and compensators to improve system performance.


i) Improve the system performance by selecting a suitable controller and/or a compensator for a

specific application

ii) Apply various time domain and frequency domain techniques to assess the

system performance

iii) Apply various control strategies to different applications (example: Power systems, electrical

drives etc…)

iv) Test system Controllability using state space representation and applications of state space

representation to various systems.

v) Familiarize with techniques of stability checks via various models


Sr. No. Title CO covered 1 Step, ramp and impulse response i, ii

2 Identification of damping in second order ii

3 Time domain analysis ii

4 Stability analysis using routh- hurwitz method iv

5 Stability analysis of linear system using various graphical methods iii, iv

6 Frequency response analysis using bode plot iii

7 Frequency response analysis using polar plot iii

8 Design of PID Controller for first order and second order systems i, ii, iii

9 Design of PID Controller for speed control of DC Motor System. i, ii, iii

10 Design of PID Based controller for Twin Rotor Multi Input Multi Output

System

i, ii, iii

11 Root locus from a transfer function iii

12 State model from transfer function v

13 Response of a state model v

1. Name of the Department Mechanical Engineering

2. Course

Name

Hydraulics &

Pneumatics

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0


mark)

Core () PE

()

OE

()

MS ()

5. Pre-

requisite

(if any)

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem

()


Lectures = s42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0


Introduction to Hydraulic and Pneumatic Systems, basic principles, components, accessories, basic

circuit design, ISO/ANSI symbols for hydraulic and pneumatic components, Electro-pneumatics,

vacuum technology, case studies, Introduction to Automation in hydraulic and Pneumatic Systems.


i) To learn the basic principles of Hydraulics and Pneumatics.

ii) To be able to design a Hydraulic, Pneumatic or Electro- Pneumatics Circuit for a specified

problem at hand.

iii) To analyze the performance of such systems based on their capacity and Power Transmission

capability.

iv) This course will give an appreciation of the fundamental principles, design and operation of

hydraulic and pneumatic machines, components and systems and their application in recent

automation revolution.

10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

i) Identify and analyze the functional requirements of a power transmission system for a given

application.

ii) Design an appropriate hydraulic or pneumatic circuit or combination circuit like electro-

pneumatics for a given application.

iii) Visualize how the hydraulic/pneumatic circuit will work to accomplish the function.

iv) Selection and sizing of components of the circuit.


Unit-1 Number of Title of the unit: Introduction to hydraulics

lectures = 8

Introduction, fluid power principles, Basic Hydraulic Systems-Major advantages and disadvantages,

physical properties, characteristics & functions of hydraulic Oils, Classification- Mineral based, Fire

resistant& Biodegradable Oils, Filters, Contaminations. Major components of Hydraulic systems:

Hydraulic Pumps, Motors and Actuators, Hydraulic Valves and Hydraulic System Accessories.

Unit – 2

Number of

lectures = 9

Title of the unit: Design of hydraulic circuits

Hydraulic Symbols as per ISO/ANSI, Basic hydraulic circuits, Selection of various components and

valves for hydraulic circuits, Industrial hydraulic circuits, Power losses in flow control circuits, Case

studies of various basic hydraulic circuits, Exercises.

Unit – 3

Number of

lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Introduction to Pneumatics

Introduction, Pneumatics, Air properties, Basic Requirements for Pneumatic System, Applications,

Pneumatic fundamentals, Components of a Pneumatics system: Service unit, Directional valves, Air

Compressor, Air filtration and dehumidification, Actuators and Accessories. Vacuum Technology

Unit – 4

Number of

lectures = 9

Title of the unit: Design of Pneumatic Circuits

Pneumatics Symbols as per ISO/ANSI, Basic pneumatic circuits, Development of single Actuator

Circuits, Development of multiple Actuator Circuits, Cascade method for sequencing, Case studies

of various basic Pneumatics circuits.


lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Electro- Pneumatics

Basic Electrical Theories, Basic Electrical Components, Electro-Magnetism, Electro-Pneumatic

Components, Electrical Logic Control Components, Electro-Pneumatics Circuit Design, Case

Studies, Introduction to Automation in hydraulic and Pneumatic Systems.








Text Book

i) Shanmugasundaram K., “Hydraulic and Pneumatic controls”, Chand & Co, 2006 (ISBN-

10: 8121926351, ISBN-13: 978-8121926355)

Reference Books

i) Majumdar, S.R., “Oil Hydraulics Systems- Principles and Maintenance”, Tata McGraw Hill,

2001, (ISBN-10: 0071406697, ISBN-13: 978-0071406697)

ii) Majumdar, S.R., “Pneumatic Systems – Principles and Maintenance”, Tata McGraw Hill,

2007, (ISBN-10: 0074602314, ISBN-13: 978-0074602317)

iii) Srinivasan. R, "Hydraulic and Pneumatic Control", 2nd

Edition, Tata McGraw - Hill

Education, (ISBN-8182090245, 9788182090248)



2. Course Name Hydraulics &

Pneumatics Lab

L T P




any)

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem ()

Every

Sem ()



8. Brief Syllabus

Introduction to Hydraulic and Pneumatic circuits, basic principles, components, accessories, basic circuit design,

ISO/ANSI symbols for hydraulic and pneumatic components, Electro-pneumatics, vacuum technology,

Automation in hydraulic and Pneumatic Systems.


i) To learn the basic principles of Hydraulics and Pneumatics.

ii) To be able to design a Hydraulic, Pneumatic or Electro- Pneumatics Circuit for a specified

problem at hand.

iii) To analyze the performance of such systems based on their capacity and Power

Transmission capability.

iv) This course will give an appreciation of the fundamental principles, design and operation

of hydraulic and pneumatic machines, components and systems and their application in

recent automation revolution.


i) Identify and analyze the functional requirements of a power transmission system for a given

application.

ii) Design an appropriate hydraulic or pneumatic circuit or combination circuit like electro-

pneumatics for a given application.

iii) Visualize how the hydraulic/pneumatic circuit will work to accomplish the function.

iv) Selection and sizing of components of the circuit.

v) Vacuum technology


Sr. No. Title CO covered 1 To demonstrate the motion of a single acting cylinder and double acting

cylinder.

iii, iv

2 To demonstrate the use of memory valve and quick exhaust valve with

double acting cylinder.

iii, iv

3 To demonstrate the use of dual pressure valve and shuttle valve with

single acting cylinder.

iii, iv

4 To perform AND & OR logic for forward stroke of a double acting

cylinder using two manual control.

iii, iv

5 To control the speed of a double acting cylinder using metering in and

metering out flow control valve (Speed controlling operation).

iii, iv

6 To perform single and multicycle operation of a double acting cylinder

using roller lever valve and memory valve.

iii, iv

7 Hydraulic Counter-balancing circuit. i, ii

8 To operate two double acting cylinders electro pneumatically (Sequence

of operation: A+B+A-B-).

iii, iv, v

9 To demonstrate the use of an inductive sensor with double acting cylinder

and double solenoid valve.

iii, iv

10 To demonstrate the auto reset of a counter after the operation of a double

acting cylinder after „n‟ cycles using double solenoid valve.

iii, iv

11 To study Vacuum technology on vacuum bench. iii

12 Hydraulic Unloading circuit. i, ii

13 Study of hydraulics and Pneumatics circuit, based on the industrial

application.

i, ii, iii, iv, v

Thermal Engineering

1. Name of the Department Mechanical Engineering

2. Course

Name

Solar and

Nuclear Power

Engineering

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0

4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE

()

OE

()

MS ()

5. Pre-

requisite

(if any)


(use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem

()




It offers to eligible candidates in-depth training in various aspects of design, manufacture, testing,

control, and evaluation of thermal power equipment. Thermal power plants have an increasingly

dominant role to play in the vital power generation sector.


i) To enable the students, understand solar radiation received on the earth and fundamentals of

solar thermal engineering.

ii) To enable students, know about solar thermal devices like cookers, pumps, ponds etc.

iii) To introduce students to solar flat plates and solar concentrators.

iv) To teach students about solar power generation.


i) Estimate solar radiation received on a surface.

ii) Predict and analyses the performance of solar devices.

iii) Identify and integrate solar thermal devices in various applications.


Unit-1

Number of lectures

= 8

Title of the unit: Solar Radiation & Nuclear Reactors

Unit -1

Sun Earth relationship – Solar radiation components – Measurement Mechanism of nuclear fission –

Nuclides - Radioactivity

Unit – 2

Number of lectures

= 8

Title of the unit: Solar Flat Plate Collectors & Reactor

Materials

Theory of Flat Plate Collectors – Performance Evaluation – Collector Testing – Natural and Forced

Circulation – System Configurations – Applications - Nuclear fuel cycles – Characteristics of nuclear

fuels.

Unit – 3

Number of lectures

= 8

Title of the unit: Solar Thermal Devices – I

Solar Air Heaters: Theory and Applications – Solar drying: Theory, design, performance analysis and

types – Solar Desalination: Theory and Performance analysis.

Unit – 4

Number of lectures

= 8

Title of the unit: Solar Thermal Devices – II

Solar Cooking Devices – Solar cooling: Absorption, adsorption and passive systems – Solar Thermal

Pumps – Energy Storage – Solar Ponds.

Unit – 5

Number of lectures

= 10

Title of the unit: Solar Concentrators and Power

Generation & Waste Disposal

Solar concentrator types – Optics – Performance analysis – Design considerations – Tracking – Solar

Electric Power Generation Systems – Economics of Solar thermal systems & devices. Types of

nuclear wastes – Safety control and pollution control and abatement








Text Book:

i) Y. Goswami, F. Kreith and J. F. Kreider, (2000), Principles of Solar Engineering, 2nd

Edition,

CRC Press, ISBN-10: 9781560327141

Reference Books:

i) S. P. Sukhatme, Solar Energy, (2017), 4th

Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, ISBN-10: 9352607112

ii) M.M. El-Wakil (1962), Nuclear Power Engineering, McGraw-Hill, ISBN-10: 0070193002

iii) J.R. Lamarsh (1966), Introduction to Nuclear Reactor Theory, Wesley, ISBN-10: 0201041200



2. Course

Name

Design of Thermal

Systems

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0


()

OE

()

MS ()

5. Pre-

requisite

(if any)

Thermodynamics 6. Frequenc

y (use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem

()




Design and analysis of thermofluidic systems using principles of thermodynamics, fluid mechanics

and heat transfer.


i) Design a heat exchanger.

ii) Optimize the conceptual design of a heat engine and refrigeration system.

iii) Design a thermofluidic system involving moving fluids, heat transfer, and conversion of

energy between heat and work.


i) Synthesize the knowledge and skills acquired in their previous curriculum, in the context of

realistic design project.

ii) Reduce their problem in mathematical modelling and solve the problem using numerical

simulation by choosing the design variables which affects the problem.

iii) Address a broad range of requirements such as economic analysis for adapting a new

technology

iv) Understand and solve the optimization problem for single variable and multivariable using the

classical optimization technique.


Unit-1

Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Introduction

Introduction to engineering design, Thermal systems, Basic Considerations in design, Conceptual

design, Steps in the design process, Computer-aided design of thermal systems, Material selection,

Properties and characteristics for thermal systems.

Unit – 2

Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Modelling

Modelling of thermal systems, Types of models, Interaction between models, Mathematical

modelling, physical modelling and dimensional analysis, Curve fitting.

Unit – 3

Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Simulation

Numerical modelling and simulation, Solution procedure, Numerical model for a system, System

simulation, Methods for numerical simulation. Acceptable design of a thermal system, Design of

system from different application

Unit – 4

Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Economic Consideration

Economic consideration, Introduction, Calculation of interest, Worth of money as a function of time,

Series of payments, Raising capital, Economic factor in design, Cost comparison, rate of return,

Application to thermal systems.

Unit – 5

Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Optimization

Optimization in design, Basic concepts, Mathematical formulation, Optimization methods, Calculus

methods, Search methods, Optimization of thermal systems, Optimization of unconstrained problems,

Conversion of constrained to unconstrained, Optimization of constrained problems








Text Book:

i) Design and Optimization of Thermal systems – Yogesh Jaluria – CRC Press, 2007, 2nd

Edition, ISBN: 0849337534.

Reference Books:

i) Optimization of Engineering Design – Kalyanmoy Deb – PHI, 2nd

Edition, 2012, ISBN:

8120346785.

ii) Design of thermal systems – W.F. Stoecker -TMH Publication, Latest Edition, ISBN:

0070616205.



2. Course

Name

Design of

Thermal Systems

Lab

L T P

3. Course

Code

0 0 2


()

OE

()

MS ()

5. Pre-

requisite

(if any)


(use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem

()




Design and analysis of thermofluidic systems using principles of thermodynamics, fluid mechanics

and heat transfer.


i) Design a heat exchanger.

ii) Optimize the conceptual design of a heat engine and refrigeration system.

iii) Design a thermofluidic system involving moving fluids, heat transfer, and conversion of

energy between heat and work.


i) Synthesize the knowledge and skills acquired in their previous curriculum, in the context of

realistic design project.

ii) Reduce their problem in mathematical modelling and solve the problem using numerical

simulation by choosing the design variables which affects the problem.

iii) Address a broad range of requirements such as economic analysis for adapting a new

technology

11. Lab Component


1 Thermal aspects of heat exchanger design i, ii

2 Design of double pipe Heat exchanger i, ii

3 Timkers model & TEMA standards i, ii, iii

4 Bell Deware‟s method for shell and tube type heat exchanger design i, ii, iii

5 Design of Reboilers and estimation of loss of energy in the pipe i, ii, iii

6 Analysis and design regenerative heat exchanger i, ii, iii

7 Circulated fluidized bed combustion boiler i, ii, iii

8 Design of compact heat exchanger i, ii, iii

9 Design of plate type heat exchanger i, ii, iii

10 Heat exchange networking i, ii, iii

11 To simulate the given configuration of a thermal system To i, ii, iii

12 Exercise on IC Engine Simulation code (FIRE & BOOST software) i, ii, iii

13 To develop knowledge-based system for optimization Shell and Tube

Heat Exchanger/Plate Heat Exchanger.

i, ii, iii

14 To simulate the piping system using Hardy-Cross method of simulation i, ii, iii

15 To perform exercises on equation fit and testing the goodness of fit. i, ii, iii

16 To optimize typical thermal system i, ii, iii

17 To optimize typical energy system i, ii, iii


2. Course

Name

Advance Heat Transfer L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0


()

OE

()

MS ()

5. Pre-

requisit

e (if

any)

Heat and Mass Transfer 6. Frequenc

y (use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem

()


Lectures = 42 Tutorials

= 0

Practical = 0


The course is intended to build up necessary fundamentals for the understanding of the physical

behavior of conduction and convection.


i) To develop the ability to use the heat transfer concepts for various applications like finned

systems, turbulence flows, high speed flows.

ii) To analyse the thermal analysis and sizing of heat exchangers and to learn the heat transfer

coefficient for compact heat exchanges.

iii) To achieve an understanding of the basic concepts of phase change processes and mass

transfer.


i) Develop ability to apply the basic principles of classical heat transfer in real engineering

application

ii) Analyze the analytical and numerical solutions for heat transfer problem.

iii) Understand the basic concepts of turbulence and their impact on heat transfer


Unit-1

Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: External Flow and Forced

Convection

Introduction, Exact and approximate integral solutions for the flow over flat plate, hydrodynamic &

thermal boundary layer, boundary layer thickness, drag coefficient , mean drag coefficient, The local

& average heat transfer coefficient, mass flow through the boundary, Turbulent flow over flat plate,

Reynolds analogy, Reynolds-Colburn analogy, Drag & heat transfer in mixed boundary layer, Flow

over curved surfaces, Cylinder, Sphere, Cross flow over banks of tubes, Numericals.

Unit – 2

Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: External Flow and Forced

Convection

Introduction, Exact and approximate integral solutions for the flow over flat plate, hydrodynamic &

thermal boundary layer, boundary layer thickness, drag coefficient , mean drag coefficient, The local

& average heat transfer coefficient, mass flow through the boundary, Turbulent flow over flat plate,

Reynolds analogy, Reynolds-Colburn analogy, Drag & heat transfer in mixed boundary layer, Flow

over curved surfaces, Cylinder, Sphere, Cross flow over banks of tubes, Numericals.

Unit – 3

Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Internal Flow and Forced

Convection

Introduction, Entrance region, Fully developed region, Mean velocity, Mean temperature, Governing

differential equation and velocity profile for fully developed laminar tube flow, Hagen-Poiseuille

equation, Fanning friction coefficient, Heat transfer for fully developed laminar tube flow: Governing

differential equation, heat transfer coefficient for constant wall temperature and constant wall heat

flux boundary conditions, Velocity distribution in turbulent flow through pipe, Fluid friction,

Convection Correlations for turbulent flow in tubes: Reynolds Analogy, Reynolds-Colburn analogy,

Dittus- Boelter equation, Sieder and Tate equation, Petukhov expression, Numericals

Unit – 4

Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Two phase Heat Transfer and

Heat Exchangers

Heat Transfer with Change of Phase: Laminar film condensation on a vertical plate, Drop-wise

condensation, Boiling regimes, Nucleate and film boiling, Heat pipe.

Classification and selection of heat exchangers, Some important definitions, Heat Exchanger

Analysis: Use of LMTD, Multiphases heat exchangers, Effectiveness NTU Method, Plate heat

exchanger, evaporative tubular heat exchanger, Evaporative Effectiveness, Dry out heat flux, Design

of Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger, Simulation of heat exchangers, Pressure drop and Pumping

power, Optimization of heat exchanger size, Numericals.

Unit – 5

Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Radiations

Review of basic laws for radiation-, Black body concept, gray body radiation, Solar radiations,

Radiation between surfaces- Shape factor and correlations, Radiation exchange between surfaces in

black enclosure, Network representation, Radiation exchange in gray enclosure, apparent emissivity

of a cavity, Radiation shields, Radiations in emitting and absorbing media.








Text Book:

i) Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, Sarit K. Dass, Narosa Publishing House, New

Delhi, 2009, ISBN: 1842655817

Reference Books:

i) Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer Frank P. Incropera, Published by John Wiley &

Sons, New York, 6th

Edition, 2006, ISBN: 0471457280

ii) Heat & Mass Transfer P.K. Nag, Published by Tata-McGraw hill, New Delhi, 2011, 3rd

Edition, ISBN: 9780070702530

iii) Heat Transfer J.P. Holman, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 9th



0070634513


2. Course

Name

Advance Heat

Transfer Lab

L T P

3. Course

Code

0 0 2


()

OE

()

MS ()

5. Pre-

requisite

(if any)

Heat and Mass

Transfer

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem

()




The course is intended to build up necessary fundamentals for the understanding of the physical

behavior of conduction and convection.


i) To develop the ability to use the heat transfer concepts for various applications like finned

systems, turbulence flows, high speed flows.

ii) To analyses the thermal analysis and sizing of heat exchangers and to learn the heat transfer

coefficient for compact heat exchanges.

iii) To achieve an understanding of the basic concepts of phase change processes and mass

transfer.


i) Develop ability to apply the basic principles of classical heat transfer in real engineering

application

ii) Analyze the analytical and numerical solutions for heat transfer problem.

iii) Understand the basic concepts of turbulence and their impact on heat transfer

11. Lab Component


1 Experiment on “Heat transfer through composite wall at different

temperature”

i, ii

2 Experiment on “Thermal conductivity of insulating powder (Asbestos

powder)”

i, ii

3 Experiment on “Heat transfer in turbulent flow” i, ii, iii

4 Experiment on “Heat transfer by forced convection” i, ii, iii

5 Experiment on “Heat transfer coefficient in natural convection” i, ii, iii

6 Experiment on “Heat transfer by radiation: Stefan-Boltzmann Law” i, ii, iii

7 Experiment on “Drop and Film wise condensation” i, ii, iii

8 Experiment on “Unsteady state conduction heat transfer” i, ii, iii

9 Experiment on “Thermal conductivity of metal rod” i, ii, iii


2. Course

Name

Computational

Fluid Dynamics

L T P



5. Pre-requisite

Fluid Mechanics 6. Frequency

(use tick marks)


Sem ()

Every

Sem ()




Computational Fluid Dynamics is one of the fastly-evolving fields engineering which takes essential

concepts from continuum mechanics, numerical analysis, computer programming and data structures

and applies to almost all engineering problems where fluid flow occurs. This course enables a

thorough understanding of the basics of CFD like the governing equations, meshing issues, heat

transfer applications and the method of finite differences.


i) To understand the mathematical basis and evolution of the governing equations of fluid flow

and heat transfer.

ii) To solve one and two-dimensional partial differential equations using traditional CFD tools.

iii) To learn meshing methods and intricacies and techniques of discretization.

iv) To apply the various finite differencing schemes to CFD problems.

v) To learn the algorithms for standard CFD problems.


i) Use the knowledge of CFD techniques, basic aspects of discretization and grid generation.

ii) Solve fluid flow fields using CFD methods.

iii) Model fluid flow problems and heat transfer.


Unit-1 Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Introduction and Governing

Equations

Introduction - Impact and applications of CFD in diverse fields - Governing equations of fluid

dynamics – Continuity – Momentum and energy - Generic integral form for governing equations -

Initial and Boundary conditions - Classification of partial differential equations – Hyperbolic -

Parabolic - Elliptic and Mixed types - Applications and relevance.

Unit - 2 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Discretization

Basic aspects of discretization - Discretization techniques – Finite difference - Finite volume and

Finite Element Method– Comparison of discretization by the three methods - Introduction to Finite

differences - Difference equations - Uniform and non-uniform grids - Numerical errors - Grid

independence test - Optimum step size.

Unit - 3 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Grid Generation and

Transformation

Grid generation – Transformation of non-uniform grids to uniform grids - General transformation of

the equations - Form of the governing equations suitable for CFD - Compressed grids - Boundary

fitted co-ordinate systems – Elliptic grid generation -Adaptive grids - Modern developments in grid

generation.

Unit - 4 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Numerical Heat Transfer

Steady one-dimensional, two and three-dimensional conduction - Steady one-dimensional convection

and diffusion – Transient one-dimensional and two-dimensional conduction – Explicit - Implicit -

Crank-Nicolson - ADI scheme – Stability criterion.

Unit - 5 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Calculation of Flow Field

Discretization of convection - Diffusion – Central difference, upwind, hybrid and power law

schemes - Representation of the pressure - Gradient term and continuity equation – Staggered

grid - Momentum equations - Pressure and velocity corrections – Pressure Correction equation -

Numerical procedure for SIMPLE algorithm - Boundary conditions for the pressure correction

method. Stream function – Vorticity method - Discussion of case studies.








Text Book:

i) J.D. Anderson, Jr., (2012), Computational Fluid Dynamics – Th e basics with applications,

McGraw-Hill, ISBN: 978-1-259-02596-9.

Reference Books:

i) John D. Ramshaw (2011), Elements of Computational Fluid Dynamics, Imperial College

Press. ISBN: 978-1-848-16695-0.

ii) Oleg Zikanov (2010), Essential Computational Fluid Dynamics, John Wiley & Sons. ISBN:

978-0-470-42329-5.



2. Course

Name

Computational

Fluid Dynamics

Lab

L T P



5. Pre-requisite

Fluid Mechanics 6. Frequency

(use tick marks)


Sem ()

Every

Sem ()




Computational Fluid Dynamics is one of the fastly-evolving fields engineering which takes essential

concepts from continuum mechanics, numerical analysis, computer programming and data structures

and applies to almost all engineering problems where fluid flow occurs. This course enables a

thorough understanding of the basics of CFD like the governing equations, meshing issues, heat

transfer applications and the method of finite differences.


i) To understand the mathematical basis and evolution of the governing equations of fluid flow

and heat transfer.

ii) To solve one and two-dimensional partial differential equations using traditional CFD tools.

iii) To learn meshing methods and intricacies and techniques of discretization.

iv) To apply the various finite differencing schemes to CFD problems.

v) To learn the algorithms for standard CFD problems.


i) Use the knowledge of CFD techniques, basic aspects of discretization and grid generation.

ii) Solve fluid flow fields using CFD methods.

iii) Model fluid flow problems and heat transfer.

11. Lab Component


1 To study of governing equations applicable in fluid flow and heat

transfer; introduction, features and applications of commercial and open

source tools for CFD/FEM analysis.

i

2 To draw 2D and 3D structured grid generation by using Salome software. i, ii

3 To draw 3D unstructured grid generation by using Salome software. i, ii

4 To study incompressible internal laminar flows in two-dimensional

geometry.

i, iii

5 To study incompressible internal turbulent flows in two-dimensional i, iii

geometry.

6 To study incompressible external laminar flows in two-dimensional

geometry.

i, iii

7 To study incompressible external turbulent flows in two-dimensional

geometry.

i, iii

8 To study compressible flows in two-dimensional geometry. i, iii

9 Numerical simulation of the following flow problems using commercial

software packages: Flow over an airfoil.

i, ii, iii


software packages: Supersonic flow over a wedge

i, ii, iii


software packages: Flat plate boundary layer.

i, ii, iii


software packages: Laminar flow through pipe.

i, ii, iii


software package Flow past a cylinder.

i, ii, iii

Machine Design


2. Course Name Design for Manufacture

and Assembly

L T P



5. Pre-requisite

(if any)

Design for Mechanical

Elements

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem ()

Every

Sem

()

7. Total Number of Lectures, (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)



The Design for Manufacturing and assembly is challenging subject that includes design principles for

manufacturability and Influencing factors on Design. To learn about the machining, casting and

environmental consideration while design. The aim of present course is to introduce and aware

students about the basic design process with general design principles which based on different

aspects of manufacturing as well assembly.


i) To study various factors influencing the manufacturability of components

ii) To study applications of various casting, forging and welding processes

iii) To study life cycle assessment of the product.


i) To know various Environmental objectives affecting design

ii) To know general design principles for manufacturability.

iii) Introduction of basic design process based on different aspects of manufacturing.

iv) Student will have idea about different criteria made on design such as machining and casting.

v) They also have knowledge on Environment factors.



Strength and mechanical factors, mechanisms selection, evaluation method, Process capability:

Feature tolerances, Geometric tolerances, Assembly limits, Datum features, and Tolerance stacks.

Unit – 2 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Factors Influencing Design

Working principle, Material, Manufacture, Design- Possible solutions, Materials choice, Influence of

materials on form design, form design of Welded members, forgings and castings.

Unit – 3 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Component Design-I

Machining Consideration: Design features to facilitate machining: drills, milling cutters, keyways,

Doweling procedures, counter sunk screws, Reduction of machined area, simplification by separation,

simplification by amalgamation, Design for machinability, Design for economy, Design for

clampability, Design for accessibility, Design for assembly.

Unit – 4 Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Component Design-II

Casting Consideration: Redesign of castings based on parting line considerations, minimizing core

requirements, machined holes, redesign of cast members to obviate cores. Identification of

uneconomical design, Modifying the design, group technology, Computer Applications for DFMA

Unit – 5 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Design for the Environment:

Introduction, Environmental objectives, Global issues, Regional and local issues, Basic DFE methods,

Design guide lines, Example application, Lifecycle assessment, Basic method, Environmentally

responsible product assessment, Weighted sum assessment method, Lifecycle assessment method,

Techniques to reduce environmental impact, Design to minimize material usage, Design for

disassembly, Design for recyclability, Design for remanufacture, Design for energy efficiency, Design

to regulations and standards.








i) Kevien Otto and Kristin Wood, Product Design. Pearson Publication, 2004.

ii) Product design and development, by K.T. Ulrich and S.D. Eppinger, Tata McGraw Hill

iii) Boothroyd, G, Heartz and Nike, Product Design for Manufacture, Marcel Dekker, 1994.



2. Course Name Mechanism and

Manipulator Design

L T P




any)

KOM, DOM, Robotics

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem ()

Every

Sem ()




This course includes basically kinematics of Machines consists of Kutzbach and Grublers criterion,

links, pairs, chains. It covers Dimensional synthesis of mechanism. It consists Actuation and

transmission systems and rigid body dynamics.


i) The course aims to study different types of mechanism.

ii) To understand the basics of manipulator.


i) Understand the links, pairs and chains.

ii) Understand the different mechanisms uses in machines.

iii) Understand the anatomy of manipulators.

iv) Understand the basic design of the manipulators.

v) Understand the dynamics of manipulators.


Unit-1 Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Mechanism Design

Kinematics and Dynamics, Mechanisms and Machines, Plane and Space Mechanisms, Kinematic

Pairs, Kinematic Chains, Kinematic Diagrams, Kinematic Inversion, Mobility and range of movement

- Kutzbach and Grubler‟s criterion, Number Synthesis, Grashof‟s criterion, Plane motion of a rigid

body, Instantaneous Centre (IC) of Velocity, Velocity and Acceleration Diagrams, Velocity and

Acceleration analysis, Corioli‟s component of acceleration.

Unit – 2 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Mechanism Synthesis

Dimensional synthesis of mechanism; motion, path and function generation, precision point approach,

Chebyshev spacing, Three position synthesis, graphical approach for four link mechanisms,

Advanced synthesis solutions, branch and order defects, Analytical methods, straight line mechanisms

Unit – 3 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Manipulator Kinematics

Classification, Actuation and transmission systems, Homogeneous Co-ordinate transformations, DH

notations, Inverse and forward kinematics

Unit – 4 Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Manipulators Dynamics

Rigid body dynamics, Manipulator dynamics by Newtonian and Lagrangian approach.

Unit – 5 Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Motion planning and control

Joint and Cartesian space trajectory planning and generation, Classical control concepts using the

example of control of a single link, Independent joint PID control, Control of a multi-link

manipulator, Non-linear model based control schemes, Simulation and experimental case studies on

serial and parallel manipulators, Control of constrained manipulators, Cartesian control, Force control

and hybrid position/force control, Advanced topics in non-linear control of manipulators.








Text Book:




ii) Robotics and Control by R K Mittal and I J Nagrath, Mcgraw Hill,2003, ISBN:

9780070482937

Reference Books:

i) Richard D. Klafter, Thomas A. Chmielewski and Michael Negin, (2010), Robotic Engineering

an Integrated Approach, 1st Edition, Prentice-hall of India. ISBN: 978-8-120-30842-8.

ii) S. R. Deb and Sankha Deb (2009), Robotics Technology and Flexible Automation, 2nd


iii) Robert Joseph Schilling (2007), Fundamentals of Robotics: Analysis and Control, Prentice

Hall India. ISBN: 978-8-120-31047-6.

iv) John J. Craig (2008), Introduction to Robotics: Mechanics and Control, 3rd Edition, Pearson

Education. ISBN: 978-8-131-71836-0.



2. Course Name Mechanism and

Manipulator

Design Lab

L T P




any)

KOM, DOM,

Robotics

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem ()

Every

Sem ()




This course includes basically kinematics of Machines consists of Kutzbach and Grublers criterion,

links, pairs, chains. It covers Dimensional synthesis of mechanism. It consists Actuation and

transmission systems and rigid body dynamics.


i) The course aims to study different types of mechanism.

ii) To understand the basics of manipulator.


i) Understand the links, pairs and chains.

ii) Understand the different mechanisms uses in machines.

iii) Understand the anatomy of manipulators.

iv) Understand the basic design of the manipulators.

v) Understand the dynamics of manipulators.

11. Lab Component


1 Create various types of linkage mechanism in CAD and simulate for

motion outputs and study the relevant effects.

i, ii

2 Creation of various joints like revolute, planes, spherical, cam follower

and study the degree of freedom and motion patterns available.

i, ii

3 To design a cam profile by using the requirement graph using on-line

engineering handbook and verify the same using a 3D mechanism on

CAD.

i, ii

4 Simulations of Gears and Gear trains in Solidworks i, ii

5 Modeling and analysis of four bar mechanism and its inversions. i, ii

6 Modeling and analysis of single slider crank mechanism and its

inversions.

i, ii

7 Modeling and analysis of double slider crank mechanism and its i, ii

inversions.

8 Acceleration and velocity analysis of single slider crank mechanism i, ii

9 Acceleration and velocity analysis of double slider crank mechanism i, ii

10 To study of robot anatomy. iii, iv

11 To study different types of robots. v

12 To study Denavit- Hartenberg parameters of Robotics. iii, iv, v


2. Course Name Advanced Tribology L T P



5. Pre-requisite

(if any)

Fluid Mechanics

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem ()

Every

Sem ()




To provide broad based understanding of the subject “Tribology” and its technological significance,

syllabus includes the genesis of friction, the theories/laws of sliding and rolling friction and the effect

of viscosity. To learn about consequences of wear, wear mechanisms, wear theories and analysis of

wear problems and to get knowledge about different bearing materials.


i) To know theories of hydrodynamic

ii) To understand the nature of engineering surfaces, their topography and learn about surface

characterization techniques

iii) To learn about the importance and types of lubrication techniques.


i) Understanding of the subject and its technological significance.

ii) Understanding the theories/laws of sliding and rolling friction and the effect of viscosity


iv) Get basic idea on consequences of wear, wear mechanisms, wear theories and analysis of wear

problems

v) get knowledge about different bearing materials



Tribology in design, tribology in industry Viscosity, flow of fluids, viscosity and its variation

absolute and kinematic viscosity, temperature variation, viscosity index determination of viscosity,

different viscometers, Tribological considerations Nature of surfaces and their contact; Physic

mechanical properties of surface layer, Geometrical properties of surfaces, methods of studying

surfaces; Study of contact of smoothly and rough surfaces.

Unit – 2 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Friction and wear

Role of friction and laws of static friction, causes of friction, theories of friction, Laws of rolling

friction; Friction of metals and non-metals; Friction measurements. Definition of wear, mechanism of

wear, types and measurement of wear, friction affecting wear, Theories of wear; Wear of metals and

non-metals.

Unit – 3 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Surface Roughness

Standardization, measurement with contacting and non-contacting instruments, Statistical analysis of

surface, characteristics of the surface, tribological behaviour of asperities contact. Behaviour of

Tribological components: Plain & Antifriction Bearings: selection, effect of frictional torque, factors

affecting performance, failure modes, bearing lubrication. Gears: friction & stresses, wear, lubrication

& failure. Failure Case Studies.

Unit – 4 Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Lubricants

Types and specific field of applications. Requisite properties of lubricants. Viscosity, its

measurement, effect of temperature and pressure on viscosity, standard grades of lubricants, selection

of lubricants. Lubricant Rheology, Lubrication Types, Basic equation of lubrication.

Unit – 5 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Hydrodynamic Bearings

Mechanism of pressure development, classification, Idealized Journal Bearing, oil film thickness,

pressure distribution, load carrying capacity. Failure Case Studies. Elasto hydrodynamic Lubrication:

Theoretical considerations, line and point contacts, film thickness equations, different regimes in EHL

contact








Text Book:

i) Engineering Tribology, Prasanta Sahoo, PHI Learning Private Ltd, New Delhi, 2011, ISBN-

978-8120327245

Reference Books:

i) Tribology: Friction and Wear of Engineering Materials, Butterworth- Heinemann,1992,

ISBN:9780340561843

ii) Engineering Tribology, John Williams, Cambridge university press, ISBN-13: 978-

0521609883



2. Course Name Advanced

Tribology Lab

L T P




any)

Fluid

Mechanics

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem ()

Every

Sem ()




To provide broad based understanding of the subject “Tribology” and its technological significance,

syllabus includes the genesis of friction, the theories/laws of sliding and rolling friction and the effect

of viscosity. To learn about consequences of wear, wear mechanisms, wear theories and analysis of

wear problems and to get knowledge about different bearing materials.


i) To know theories of hydrodynamic

ii) To understand the nature of engineering surfaces, their topography and learn about surface

characterization techniques

iii) To learn about the importance and types of lubrication techniques.


i) Understanding of the subject and its technological significance.

ii) Understanding the theories/laws of sliding and rolling friction and the effect of viscosity


iv) Get basic idea on consequences of wear, wear mechanisms, wear theories and analysis of wear

problems

11. Lab Component


1 To perform experiment on the journal bearing test rig for the

measurement of Pressure and Temperature distribution in the fluid film

of hydrodynamic journal bearings at different loads and speeds. To

analyze the real time results obtained through data acquisition system for

predicting the performance characteristics of bearing.

i, ii

2 To perform experiment on the journal bearing test rig for investigating

the fluid film thickness of hydrodynamic journal bearings at different

loads and speeds. To analyze the real time results obtained through data

acquisition system for predicting the performance characteristics of

bearing.

i, ii

3 To measure the frictional torque in hydrodynamic journal bearings at

different loads and speeds on journal bearing test rig. To analyze the real

time results obtained through data acquisition system for predicting the

performance of bearing.

i, ii

4 To determine wear preventive (WP) and extreme pressure (EP) behavior

of lubricants on four ball tester and to measure viscosity of lubricants

with the help of viscometer.To analyze the real time results obtained

through data acquisition system for predicting behavior of lubricants.

i, ii, iv

5 To determine the friction and wear characteristics in sliding contacts

under various normal loads and speeds on wear and friction monitor. To

analyze the real time results obtained through data acquisition system for

predicting tribological characteristics.

i, iii, iv

6 The modeling and analysis hydrodynamic/hydrostatic bearings using

software (ARMD).

i, ii, iii


2. Course Name FEM/FEA L T P



5. Pre-requisite

(if any)

Mechanics, SOM 6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem ()

Every

Sem ()




The finite element analysis (FEA) is among one of the most powerful tools for the numeric solution

of wide range of engineering problems. The application ranges from deformation and stress analysis

of civil and mechanical structures, automotive components, aircraft designs, heat flux analysis, fluid

flow problems, electrical magnetic flux problem. Upon completion, students should be able to solve

the problems in solid mechanics and heat transfer using FEA.


i) To enable the students, understand the mathematical and physical principles underlying the

Finite Element Method (FEM) as applied to solid mechanics and thermal analysis.

ii) To understand the characteristics of various finite elements.

iii) To develop finite element equations for simple and complex domains.


i) To introduce the concepts of Mathematical Modeling of Engineering Problems.

ii) To appreciate the use of FEM to a range of Engineering Problems.



Historical Background – Mathematical Modeling of field problems in Engineering – Governing

Equations – Discrete and continuous models – Boundary, Initial and Eigen Value problems–

Weighted Residual Methods – Variational Formulation of Boundary Value Problems – Ritz

Technique – Basic concepts of the Finite Element Method.

Unit – 2 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: One-Dimensional Problems

One Dimensional Second Order Equations – Discretization – Element types- Linear and Higher order

Elements – Derivation of Shape functions and Stiffness matrices and force vectors- Assembly of

Matrices – Solution of problems from solid mechanics and heat transfer. Longitudinal vibration

frequencies and mode shapes. Fourth Order Beam Equation –Transverse deflections and Natural

frequencies of beams.

Unit – 3 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Two-Dimensional Scalar

Variable Problems

Second Order 2D Equations involving Scalar Variable Functions – Variational formulation –Finite

Element formulation – Triangular elements – Shape functions and element matrices and vectors.

Application to Field Problems – Thermal problems – Torsion of Non circular shafts –Quadrilateral

elements – Higher Order Elements.

Unit – 4 Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Two-Dimensional Vector

Variable Problems

Equations of elasticity – Plane stress, plane strain and axisymmetric problems – Body forces and

temperature effects – Stress calculations – Plate and shell elements.

Unit – 5 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Isoparametric Formulation

Natural co-ordinate systems – Isoparametric elements – Shape functions for iso parametric elements –

One and two dimensions – Serendipity elements – Numerical integration and application to plane

stress problems – Matrix solution techniques – Solutions Techniques to Dynamic problems –

Introduction to Analysis Software








Text Book:

i) Reddy. J.N., “An Introduction to the Finite Element Method”, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill,

2005, ISBN 13: 9780070607415.

Reference Books:

i) Seshu, P, “Text Book of Finite Element Analysis”, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New

Delhi, 2007, ISBN-10: 8120323157

ii) Rao, S.S., “The Finite Element Method in Engineering”, 3rd Edition, Butterworth Heinemann,

2004, ISBN-13: 978-9380931555.

iii) Robert D. Cook, David S. Malkus, Michael E. Plesha, Robert J. Witt, “Concepts and

Applications of Finite Element Analysis”, 4th Edition, Wiley Student Edition, 2002, ISBN-

13: 978-0471356059.

iv) Chandrupatla & Belagundu, “Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering”, 3rd Edition,

Prentice Hall College Div, 4th

Edition, 2015, ISBN-10: 9332551820


https://www.abebooks.com/products/isbn/9780070607415?cm_sp=bdp-_-ISBN13-_-PLP


2. Course Name FEM/FEA L T P




any)

Mechanics,

SOM

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem ()

Every

Sem ()




The finite element analysis (FEA) is among one of the most powerful tools for the numeric solution of

wide range of engineering problems. The application ranges from deformation and stress analysis of

civil and mechanical structures, automotive components, aircraft designs, heat flux analysis, fluid

flow problems, electrical magnetic flux problem. Upon completion, students should be able to solve

the problems in solid mechanics and heat transfer using FEA.


i) To enable the students, understand the mathematical and physical principles underlying the

Finite Element Method (FEM) as applied to solid mechanics and thermal analysis.

ii) To understand the characteristics of various finite elements.

iii) To develop finite element equations for simple and complex domains.


i) To introduce the concepts of Mathematical Modeling of Engineering Problems.

ii) To appreciate the use of FEM to a range of Engineering Problems.



1 Introduction to MATLAB i

2 MATLAB code for analysis of spring systems i

3 MATLAB code for One-Dimensional elasticity problems i

4 MATLAB code for plane truss analysis i, ii

5 MATLAB code for beam analysis i, ii

6 MATLAB code for 2-D frame analysis i, ii

7 MATLAB code for plane stress analysis using CST element i, ii

8 MATLAB code for one-dimensional heat conduction considering

convection

i, ii

9 Bars of constant cross section area, tapered cross section area and

stepped bar in ANSYS

ii

10 Trusses in ANSYS Ii

11 Beams – Simply supported, cantilever, beams with point load, UDL,

beams with varying load etc. in ANSYS

i, ii

12 Stress analysis of a rectangular plate with a circular hole in ANSYS i, ii

13 Thermal Analysis – 1D & 2D problem with conduction and convection

boundary conditions in ANSYS

i, ii

Manufacturing

Engineering


2. Course

Name

Rapid

Manufacturing

Technologies

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0


()

OE

()

MS ()

5. Pre-

requisi

te (if

any)

Material Engineering

& Technology 6. Frequenc

y (use tick

marks)

Eve

n ()

Od

d

()

Eithe

r Sem

()

Ever

y

Sem

()




The syllabus includes importance of rapid additive manufacturing in advance manufacturing process

and technology used in Rapid manufacturing. Data formats to acquire knowledge, techniques and

skills to select relevant additive and rapid manufacturing process. It also includes case studies to

explore the potential of rapid manufacturing in different industrial sectors.


i) To explore technology used in rapid manufacturing.

ii) To understand importance of additive manufacturing in advance manufacturing process.

iii) To understand the potential of rapid manufacturing in different industrial sectors through case

studies.

10. Course Outcomes (COs): On course completion students will be

i) Able to define the various process used in Rapid Manufacturing

ii) Able to analyze and select suitable process and materials used in Rapid Manufacturing.

iii) Able to apply knowledge of rapid manufacturing for various real-life applications.

iv) Able to apply technique of reverse engineering for geometry transformation in Rapid

Manufacturing.


Unit-1 Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Introduction to rapid manufacturing

Introduction to Rapid Manufacturing, Customization and Mass Customization, Classification of

Rapid Manufacturing Processes (Additive/Subtractive/Formative, Process Chain for Additive and

Other Rapid Manufacturing Processes.

Unit – 2 Number of lectures = 6 Title of the unit: Data Conversion

Data Formats for additive and Other Rapid Manufacturing Processes and associated details. Data

Conversion for Layered/additive manufacturing and Associated Difficulties.

Unit – 3 Number of lectures = 12 Title of the unit: Layered Manufacturing

Data Validity Checks for Layered Manufacturing, Data repair procedures for Layered Manufacturing,

Data repair procedures for Layered Manufacturing, Fused Deposition Modelling of Polymers,

Ceramics and Metals.

Unit – 4 Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Laminated object Manufacturing

Extruder deposition System, Laminated Object Manufacturing and Laminated Tooling Systems,

Shaped Deposition Manufacturing and Modular configuration, Stereo lithography and other liquid-

based systems.

Unit – 5 Number of lectures =6 Title of the unit: Rapid manufacturing case study

Rapid Manufacturing Processes: Subtractive, Rapid Manufacturing Processes: Formative, Process

selection, Applications and Case studies







Text Book:

i) Kau Gibson, I, Rosen, D W., and Stucker, B., Additive Manufacturing Methodologies, 2nd

Edition, 2015, ISBN: 1493921126. Reference Books:

i) Additive Manufacturing Technologies, Rapid Prototyping to Direct Digital Manufacturing by

Ian Gibson, David Rosen and Brent Stucker, Springer, 2010, DOI: 10.1007/978-1-4419-1120-

9. ii) Hopkinson, N, Haque, R., and Dickens, P., Rapid Manufacturing: An Industrial Revolution

for a Digital Age: An Industrial Revolution for the Digital Age, Wiley, 2005



2. Course

Name

Machine Tool

Technology

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0


5. Pre-

requisite

(if any)

6. Frequenc

y (use tick

marks)

Even () Odd

()

Either

Sem ()

Every

Sem

()




Study of different machine tools and hence educates the students about the scope of the subject. To

train the students in the metal cutting domain so as to equip them with adequate knowledge about the

various processes. To emphasize upon the prominent theories, concepts and constructional features of

machines related to them. To provide an insight about the super finishing operations of gear

generating. To lay groundwork for further studies in manufacturing stream.

9. Learning objectives: i) The course provides students with fundamental knowledge and principles of tool design. ii) To demonstrate the fundamentals of machining tool guide ways. iii) Understand the basics of press tool engineering and jigs- fixtures. iv) To develop fundamental knowledge of gear generating processes.

10. Course Outcomes (COs): The curriculum of the Department is designed to satisfy the diverse

needs of students.

i) Understand the cutting tool geometry, mechanism of machine tool design.

ii) Design locating and clamping devices to produce a component.

iii) Select a machining operation and corresponding machine tool for a specific application in real

time.

iv) Understand the gear generation process with applications, advantages and disadvantages



= 08

Title of the unit: Introduction Machine Tools Design

General requirement of machine tool design, engineering design process applied to machine tool,

Desisn of machine tool structure, bed column, housing, materials and profile of machine tool

requirement.


= 08

Title of the unit: Design of Machine Tool Guide ways.

Functions, requirement, types of slide ways, plastic slideways, functions, requirements, types,

aerostatic sideways.


= 08

Title of the unit: Gear Generating Process

Introduction to Gear generating process, gear shaping, gear hobbling, Gear shaving, copying machine.


= 10

Title of the unit: Press Tool Engineering

Design of punches and dies. Classification based on operation classification based on constructional

and operation. Design of drawing dies, factors affecting drawing, design procedure for drawing die


= 08

Title of the Unit: Design of Jigs and Fixtures

Introduction to jigs and mixture, types of Jigs and fixtures locations, Design of jigs, design of fixture.

Applications.

12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant






Text Book:

i) PC Sharma, A text book of Production Engineering, S. Chand, 2009, ISBN: 8121901111.

Reference Books:

i) Rao PN; Manufacturing Technologies, 2017, Fourth Edition, McGraw Hill Education,

ISBN:1259062570.

ii) Victor Repp and Williard McCarthy, Machine Tool Technology, Career Education, ISBN:

0026715708.



2. Course

Name

Machine Tool

Technology

Lab

L T P

3. Course

Code

0 0 2


mark)

Core () PE

()

OE

()

MS ()

5. Pre-

requisite

(if any)

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Eithe

r Sem

()

Ever

y

Sem

()




Study of different machine tools and hence educates the students about the scope of the subject. To

train the students in the metal cutting domain so as to equip them with adequate knowledge about the

various processes. To emphasize upon the prominent theories, concepts and constructional features of

machines related to them. To provide an insight about the super finishing operations of gear

generating. To lay groundwork for further studies in manufacturing stream.

9. Learning objectives: i) The course provides students with fundamental knowledge and principles of tool design. ii) To demonstrate the fundamentals of machining tool guide ways. iii) Understand the basics of press tool engineering and jigs- fixtures. iv) To develop fundamental knowledge of gear generating processes.


needs of students.

i) Understand the cutting tool geometry, mechanism of machine tool design.

ii) Design locating and clamping devices to produce a component.

iii) Select a machining operation and corresponding machine tool for a specific application in real

time.

iv) Understand the gear generation process with applications, advantages and disadvantages

11. Lab Component


1 Tool grinding (to provide tool angles) on tool-grinder machine. i

2 Experiments on turning and facing on lathe i

3 To perform step turning and thread cutting on lathe. i

4 To perform taper turning operation on lathe i, ii

5 To perform knurling, drilling operation on lathe. i, iii

6 To study the characteristic features of Milling machine and shaper

machine.

i, iv

7 To perform Gear cutting on Milling machine. i, ii, iii

8 Machining a block on shaper machine. i, v

9 Finishing of a surface on surface-grinding machine. ii

10 Drilling holes on drilling machine and study of twist-drill. iii

11 Study of different types of tools and its angles & materials. iv

12 Experiment on jigs/Fixtures and its uses ii


2. Course

Name

Non-

Conventional

Machining

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0


mark)

Core () PE

()

OE

()

MS ()

5. Pre-

requisit

e (if

any)

Fundamentals of

Machining

Processes

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Eve

n ()

Od

d ()

Eithe

r Sem

()

Ever

y

Sem

()




This course is designed to understand advance manufacturing process within the Mechanical

Engineering curriculum. Students will explore advance manufacturing process over conventional

manufacturing process known as non-conventional manufacturing. The nonconventional

manufacturing is designed to prepare interested students for future careers manufacturing industry

where non-conventional machines are used.

9. Learning objectives: Students undergoing this course are expected to:

i) Acquire a functional understanding of non-traditional manufacturing equipment.

ii) Understand the terminology used in non-traditional manufacturing industries.

iii) To provide knowledge on the classification of non-traditional machining process.

iv) Know about various process parameters and their influence on performance and their

applications.


i) Understand the need of Non-Traditional Machining Processes and able to Classify various

processes

ii) Recognize the role of mechanical energy in non-traditional machining processes.

iii) Apply the knowledge on machining electrically conductive material through electrical energy

in non-traditional machining processes.

iv) Understand the concept of machining the hard material using chemical energy and

electrochemical energy.

v) Familiarity with various thermal energy based nontraditional machining processes.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 6

Title of the unit: Non-conventional machining methods

Non-Conventional Machining Methods: Classification of non-traditional machining methods, their

comparative study with traditional machines, economic considerations, applications and limitations,


lectures = 6

Title of the unit: Mechanical energy-based process

Principle, process parameter and classifications of AJM, determination and evaluation of MRR and

applications and limitations.


lectures = 12

Title of the unit: Numerical control and Thermal based

Process

Concepts and types, position and motion control constructional features of NC machines CNC and

DNC. Ultrasonic Machining, Principle, applications and process parameters, purpose of slurry

selection, analysis of process parameters. Plasma Arc Machining: Principles and applications.

Electron Beam Machining Principle, advantages and limitations


lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Electrical energy Based Process

Electric Discharge Machining, Principle and applications, mechanism of metal removal, basic EDM

circuits, evaluation of metal removal, calculation of metal removal rate and optimization of MRR,

selection of tool material and dielectrics


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Electro chemical energy-based process

Principle and classification of ECM, Chemical machining and electro chemical machining, etchants

maskant, techniques of applying maskant, process parameters, surface finish and MRR applications

principles of ECM Equipment, surface roughness. Determination and evaluation of MRR,

Electrochemistry of ECM, selection of electrolytes and analysis of ECM, Electro Chemical Grinding.







Text Book:

i) PN Rao; Manufacturing Technology; Vol-I, Fourth Edition, 2017, Mc Graw Hill Education,

ISBN: 1259062570 Reference Books:

i) Amitabh Gosh and A.K. Mallik, “Manufacturing Science”, Affiliated East-West Press Pvt.

Ltd., Second Edition, 2010, ISBN: 8176710636. ii) PC Sharma, A text book of Production Engineering, S. Chand, 2009, ISBN: 8121901111.



2. Course

Name

Non-

Conventiona

l Machining

Lab

L T P

3. Course

Code

0 0 2


mark)

Core () PE

()

OE

()

MS ()

5. Pre-

requisite

(if any)

Fundamentals

of Machining

Processes

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Eve

n ()

Od

d ()

Eithe

r Sem

()

Ever

y

Sem

()




This course is designed to understand advance manufacturing process within the Mechanical

Engineering curriculum. Students will explore advance manufacturing process over conventional

manufacturing process known as non-conventional manufacturing. The nonconventional

manufacturing is designed to prepare interested students for future careers manufacturing industry

where non-conventional machines are used.

9. Learning objectives: Students undergoing this course are expected to:

i) Acquire a functional understanding of non-traditional manufacturing equipment.

ii) Understand the terminology used in non-traditional manufacturing industries.

iii) To provide knowledge on the classification of non-traditional machining process.

iv) Know about various process parameters and their influence on performance and their

applications.


i) Understand the need of Non-Traditional Machining Processes and able to Classify various

processes

ii) Recognize the role of mechanical energy in non-traditional machining processes.

iii) Apply the knowledge on machining electrically conductive material through electrical energy

in non-traditional machining processes.

iv) Understand the concept of machining the hard material using chemical energy and

electrochemical energy.

11. Lab Component


1 Electric Discharge Machining i, ii, iii, iv

2 Electro-Chemical Machining i, ii, iii, iv

3 Laser Beam Machining i, ii, iii, iv

4 Electron Beam machining i, ii, iii, iv

5 Abrasive Jet Machining i, ii, iii, iv

6 Water Jet Machining i, ii, iii, iv

7 Ultra-Sonic Machining i, ii, iii, iv

8 Chemical Machining i, ii, iii, iv

9 Abrasive Water Jet Machining i, ii, iii, iv

10 Photo Chemical Milling i, ii, iii, iv

11 Electro Jet Drilling i, ii, iii, iv


2. Course

Name

Non-Destructive

Evaluation and

Testing

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0


mark)

Core () PE

()

OE

()

MS ()

5. Pre-

requisit

e (if

any)

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Eve

n ()

Od

d

()

Eithe

r Sem

()

Ever

y

Sem

()




This course provides students a synopsis of non-destructive evaluation and testing methods used in

evaluation of welds. This includes understanding the basic principles of various NDT methods with


9. Learning objectives: i) To calibrate the instrument and evaluate the component for imperfections. ii) To list and define different defects that occurs in welding shown through Non-Destructive

Evaluation/ Testing. iii) Understanding of Different defect types and select the appropriate NDT methods for the

specimen 10. Course Outcomes (COs): On course completion Students will be able to

i) Identify the types of equipment used for each Non-Destructive evaluation and testing

ii) Explain the purpose of the Equipment, Application, and standard techniques required to

perform major non-destructive and destructive examinations of welds.

iii) Know to specific Code, Standard, or Specification related to each testing method.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Introduction of Non-Destructive testing.

Introduction to non-destructive testing, Non-destructive methods for testing weld jobs and general

stages of weld inspection and testing, visual inspection, leak test, dye test, x ray test, particle

inspections, fluorescent penetrate inspection, ultrasonic inspection.


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Surface and Methods

Liquid Penetrate Testing – Principles, types and properties of liquid penetrates developers,

advantages and limitations of various methods, Testing Procedure, Interpretation of results. Magnetic

Particle Testing- Theory of magnetism, inspection materials Magnetization methods, Interpretation

and evaluation of test indications, Principles and methods of demagnetization, Residual magnetism.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Thermography and eddy current testing

Thermography- Principles, Contact and non-contact inspection methods, Techniques for applying

liquid crystals, Advantages and limitation, infrared radiation and infrared detectors, Instrumentations

and methods, applications.


lectures = 6

Title of the unit: Eddy Current Testing

Eddy Current Testing-Generation of eddy currents, Properties of eddy currents, Eddy current sensing

elements, Probes, Instrumentation, Types of arrangement, Applications, advantages, Limitations,

Interpretation/Evaluation.


lectures = 10

Title of the Unit: Radiography

Principle, interaction of X-Ray with matter, imaging, film and film less techniques, types and use of

filters and screens, geometric factors. Pentameters, Exposure charts, Radiographic equivalence.

Fluoroscopy- Xerox-Radiography, Computed Radiography, Computed Tomography.







Text Book:

i) Baldev Raj, T.Jayakumar, M.Thavasimuthu “Practical Non-Destructive Testing”, Wood Head

Publishing, 2009, ISBN: 1855736004 Reference Books:

i) Ravi Prakash, “Non-Destructive Testing Techniques”, New Age International Private Limited;

1st edition (1 January 2010), ISBN: 8122425887 ii) Chuck Hellier, “Handbook of Non-Destructive Evaluation” Second Edition, Mc Graw Hill

Education, 2012, ISBN: 0071777148. iii) J Prasad, C G Krishnadas Nair, “Non-Destructive Test and Evaluation of Materials”, Mc

Graw Hill Education, 2007, ISBN: 0070620849.



2. Course

Name

Non-

Destructive

Evaluation

and Testing

Lab

L T P

3. Course

Code

0 0 2


mark)

Core () PE

()

OE

()

MS ()

5. Pre-

requisite

(if any)

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Eve

n ()

Od

d

()

Eithe

r Sem

()

Ever

y

Sem

()




This course provides students a synopsis of non-destructive evaluation and testing methods used in

evaluation of welds. This includes understanding the basic principles of various NDT methods with


9. Learning objectives: i) To calibrate the instrument and evaluate the component for imperfections. ii) To list and define different defects that occurs in welding shown through Non-Destructive

Evaluation/ Testing. iii) Understanding of Different defect types and select the appropriate NDT methods for the

specimen 10. Course Outcomes (COs): On course completion Students will be able to

i) Identify the types of equipment used for each Non-Destructive evaluation and testing

ii) Explain the purpose of the Equipment, Application, and standard techniques required to

perform major non-destructive and destructive examinations of welds.

iii) Know to specific Code, Standard, or Specification related to each testing method.

11. Lab Component


1 Dye penetration inspection i, ii, iii

2 Eddy current testing i, ii, iii

3 Magnetic particle inspection i, ii, iii

4 Ultra-sonic testing (Acoustic resonance technology) i, ii, iii

5 Visual inspection i, ii, iii

6 Electromagnetic testing i, ii, iii

7 Magnetic Flux Leakage testing i, ii, iii

8 Infra-red and Thermal Testing i, ii, iii

9 LASER testing i, ii, iii

10 Scanning electron Microscopy i, ii, iii

11 X-ray Diffraction testing i, ii, iii

12 Transmission Electron Microscopy i, ii, iii

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Acoustic_resonance_technology

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Visual_inspection

Automotive Design &

Development


2. Course

Name

Advanced

Automotive

Electronics

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0


mark)

Core () PE

()

OE

()

MS ()

5. Pre-

requisite

(if any)

Basics of

Electronics

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Eve

n ()

Odd

()

Eithe

r Sem

()

Ever

y

Sem

()




Automotive electronics are electronic systems used in vehicles, including engine management,

ignition, radio, carputers, telematics, in-car entertainment systems and others. Ignition, engine, and

transmission electronics are also found in trucks, motorcycles, off-road vehicles, and other internal

combustion-powered machinery such as forklifts, tractors, and excavators. Related elements for

control of relevant electrical systems are found on hybrid vehicles and electric cars as well.

9. Learning objectives: i) To understand the concepts of Automotive Electronics and its evolution and trends. ii) Automotive systems & subsystems overview. iii) To understand sensors and sensor monitoring mechanisms aligned to automotive systems,

different signal conditioning techniques, interfacing techniques and actuator mechanisms. iv) To understand, design and model various automotive control systems using Model based

development technique. v) To understand role of Microcontrollers in ECU design and choice of appropriate Hardware

and Software. vi) To describe various communication systems, wired and wireless protocols used in vehicle

networking. 10. Course Outcomes (COs):

i) Obtain an overview of automotive components, subsystems, design cycles, communication

protocols and safety systems employed in today‟s automotive industry ii) Interface automotive sensors and actuators with microcontrollers. iii) Develop, simulate and integrate control algorithms for ECUs with hardware


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Engine/Vehicle Sensors

Introduction, basic sensor arrangement, types of sensors, oxygen sensors, fuel metering/vehicle speed

sensors, detonation sensor. Flow sensor. Throttle position sensors. Solenoids, stepper motors, and

relays.


lectures = 12

Title of the unit: Electronic Fuel Injection and Ignition

system

Introduction, feedback carburettor system (FBC), types of gasoline fuel injection system, Throttle

body injection and multi-port of point fuel injection, injection system control. Robert Bosch gasoline

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carputer

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Telematics

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/In_car_entertainment

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Forklifts

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tractors

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Excavators

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hybrid_vehicles

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electric_cars

fuel injection system controls. Fuel air ration sensing. Turbo charged engine fuel system.

Advantages of electronic ignition system, principle of operation, high energy ignition distributors

operation, simplified operational diagram for a distributor less ignition system, Electronic spark

timing /control.


lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Digital Engine Control System

Open loop and close loop control system, Engine Control Module (ECM), engine cooling and warm

up control, Acceleration, detonation and idle speed control-integrated engine system, exhaust

emission control engineering, on-board diagnostics, diagnostics, future automotive electronic systems


lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Warning and alarm instruments

Brake actuation warning system, traficators, flash system, oil pressure warning system, engine over

heat warning system, air pressure warning system, speed warning system, door lock indicators, gear

neutral indicator, horn design, permanent magnet horn, air & music horns.


lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Dash board amenities, Comfort and Safety

Car radio and stereo, courtesy lamp, time piece, cigar lamp, car fan, wind shield wiper, window

washer, instrument wiring system and electromagnetic interference suppression, wiring circuits for

instruments, electronic instruments, dash board illumination.

seats, mirrors and sun-roofs, central locking and electronic windows, cruise control, in-car

multimedia, security, airbag and belt tensioners, other safety and comfort systems, advanced comfort

and safety systems, New developments in comfort and safety, the system approach to control &

instrumentation, Antilock braking system (ABS). Electronic Ride Microprocessor control.







Text Book:

i) Robert N. Brandy, “Automotive Computers & Digital Instrumentation”, Prentice Hall

Eaglewood, Cliffs, Reston Pub Co, ISBN: 0835902633

Reference Books:

i) Wiliam B. Ribbens- Understanding Automotive Electronics, Allied Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 5th

Revised Edition, ISBN: 0750670088.

ii) Tom Denton- Automobile Electrical & Electronic Systems, Allied Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 3rd

Edition, 2004, ISBN: 0768014972



2. Course

Name

Engine Design L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0


mark)

Core () PE () OE

()

MS ()

5. Pre-

requisite

(if any)


(use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Eithe

r Sem

()

Ever

y

Sem

()




This course develops competence in IC Engine Systems and Systems Modeling, and is oriented to

graduate students who are interested in designing, testing, analyzing, or controlling next generation

IC engine systems.

9. Learning objectives: i) To make students familiar with the design and operating characteristics of modern internal

combustion engines.

ii) To apply analytical techniques to the engineering problems and performance analysis of

internal combustion engines.

iii) To study the thermodynamics, combustion, heat transfer, friction and other factors affecting

engine power, efficiency and emission.

iv) To introduce students to the environmental and fuel economy challenges facing the internal

combustion engine.

v) To introduce students to future internal combustion engine technology and market trends.


needs of students.

i) Differentiate among different internal combustion engine designs.

ii) Recognize and understand reasons for differences among operating characteristics of different

engine types and designs

iii) Learn to compare and contrast experimental results with theoretical trends, and to attribute

observed discrepancies to either measurement error or modeling limitations

iv) Develop an ability to optimize future engine designs for specific sets of constraints (fuel

economy, performance, emissions)


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 08


Design procedure of theoretical analysis, design considerations, material selection & actual design of

components - cylinder block deign, cylinder head design, piston & piston pin design, piston ring

design, connecting rod design, crankshaft design, flywheel design, design of valve mechanism


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Design Parameters

Engine balancing, firing order, longitudinal forces, transverse forces, pitching moments, yawing

moments, Engine layout, major critical speed & minor critical speed, design of engine mounting,

design of cooling system, design principles of exhaust & inlet systems,


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Fundamentals of Engine Modelling

Governing equations, Equilibrium charts of combustion chemistry, Chemical reaction rates,

Approaches of modeling, Model building and integration methods. Gas exchange through valves,

engine and porting geometry, exhaust gas recirculation, valve lift curves.


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Thermodynamic Combustion Models of

Engines

Single zone models, premixed and diffusive combustion models, combustion heat release using

Wiebe function, wall heat transfer correlations, ignition delay, internal energy estimations, two-zone

model, applications of heat release analysis. for drawing die


lectures = 08

Title of the Unit: Mathematical Models of SI Engines

Simulation of Otto cycle at full throttle, part throttle and supercharged conditions, progressive

combustion, Autoignition Modeling, single zone models, multi-zone models and mass burning rate

estimation, SI engine with stratified charge. Friction in pumping, in piston assembly, bearings and

valve train etc. Friction estimation for warm and the warm-up engines.







Text Book:

i) William Harry Crouse- Engine Design, Tata McGraw Publication, Delhi, 2017, ISBN:

9780070634350

Reference Books:

i) Internal Combustion Engine Modeling, J.I. Ramos, Hemisphere Publishing Corporation,

1989.

ii) Modeling Engine Spray and Combustion Processes, G. Stiesch, Springer Verlag, 2003, ISBN:

9783662087909

iii) Giles J. G.- Engine Design, Lliffe Book Ltd., London, Latest Edition, ASIN: B0000COABL

iv) William Harry Crouse- Engine Design, Tata McGraw Publication, Delhi, 2017, ISBN:

9780070634350

v) Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals, John B Heywood, McGraw-Hill, 1988, ISBN:

007028637X



2. Course

Name

Engine Design

Lab

L T P

3. Course

Code

0 0 2


mark)

Core () PE () OE

()

MS ()

5. Pre-

requisite

(if any)


(use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Eithe

r Sem

()

Ever

y

Sem

()




This course develops competence in IC Engine Systems and Systems Modeling, and is oriented to

graduate students who are interested in designing, testing, analyzing, or controlling next generation

IC engine systems.

9. Learning objectives: i) To make students familiar with the design and operating characteristics of modern internal

combustion engines.

ii) To apply analytical techniques to the engineering problems and performance analysis of

internal combustion engines.

iii) To study the thermodynamics, combustion, heat transfer, friction and other factors affecting

engine power, efficiency and emission.

iv) To introduce students to the environmental and fuel economy challenges facing the internal

combustion engine.

v) To introduce students to future internal combustion engine technology and market trends.


needs of students.

i) Differentiate among different internal combustion engine designs.

ii) Recognize and understand reasons for differences among operating characteristics of different

engine types and designs

iii) Learn to compare and contrast experimental results with theoretical trends, and to attribute

observed discrepancies to either measurement error or modelling limitations

iv) Develop an ability to optimize future engine designs for specific sets of constraints (fuel

economy, performance, emissions)

11. Lab Component


1 Performance test on Gasoline engine i, iv

2 Performance & emission test on Genset diesel engine i, iv

3 Performance & emission test on CNG engine i, iv

4 Swirl & Flow tests of ports on steady state flow-bench. i, ii, iii

5 Designing automobile parts and assemblies using CATIA, PRO-

Engineering like softwares.

i, ii, iii

6 Stress Analysis using software like ANSYS. i, ii, iii

7 Manufacturing Simulation using software like DELMIA. i, ii, iii


2. Course

Name

Design of

Transmission

Systems

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0


mark)

Core () PE

()

OE

()

MS ()

5. Pre-

requisite

(if any)

Mechanical

Machine

Design

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Eve

n ()

Odd

()

Eithe

r Sem

()

Ever

y

Sem

()




Transmission system is most important part of any automotive vehicle. Often transmission refers

simply to the gearbox that uses gears and gear trains to provide speed and torque conversions from a

rotating power source to another device. But in broad understanding transmission also refers to refers

to the whole drive train, including clutch, gearbox, prop shaft (for rear-wheel drive), differential, and

final drive shafts. In design of transmission system course, student learns to design various

components of transmission such as gears, bearings, clutches, brakes, cams etc. After going through

the course, students will be able to understand the design aspects of a transmission system and the

materials which are used to make them.

9. Learning objectives: i) To understand the various elements involved in a transmission system.

ii) To design the system based on input and output parameters.

iii) To produce working drawings of the system involving pulleys, gears, clutches and brakes.


i) Design pulleys, chain drives, rope drives and belt drives.

ii) Determine performance requirements in the selection of commercially available transmission

drives.

iii) Design Brakes and Clutches

iv) Design various types of gear boxes.

v) Know the applications of the various systems, materials used to make them, and methods

used.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Design of bearing and flexible power

transmission systems

Design of sliding contact bearing using Sommer field number – Design using Mckee‟s equation –

Selection of rolling contact bearings. Design of Belts – Flat Belts and Pulleys – V Belts and Pulleys –

Design of chain drives – Wire ropes.


lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Spur Gear

Gear geometry – Kinematics – Forces on gear tooth – Stresses in Gear tooth – Selection of gear

material based on bending stress and contact stress – Design of Spur gear – Power transmitting

capacity. Computer – Aided Spur gear Design and Analysis.


lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Helical, Bevel and Worm Gears

Parallel Helical Gears – Kinematics – Tooth proportions – Force analysis – Stresses in Helical gear –

Design of helical gear – Crossed Helical gears – Straight Bevel gears – Kinematics – Force analysis –

Stresses in straight bevel gear tooth – Design of bevel gear – Worm gearing – Kinematics – Forces -

Friction and Efficiencies – Stresses in worm gear tooth.


lectures = 8

Title of the unit: Design of Gear boxes

Design of Speed reducers – Design of multi speed gear boxes for machine tools – Structural

and ray diagrams.


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Motion control: clutches, brakes and cams

Internal – Expanding Rim clutches and Brakes, External- Contracting Rim clutches and Brakes

– Band type Clutches – Core clutches and Brakes – Energy considerations – Temperature rise –

Friction materials.







Text Book:

i) P. Kanniah, „Design of Transmission Elements‟, SciTech Pvt. Ltd., 2015, ISBN 978-81-8-

963-8733.

Reference Books:

i) Joseph Edward Shigley and Charles, R. Mischke (2011), Mechanical Engineering Design, 9th

Edition, McGraw –Hill International Editions, ISBN: 978-0-071-07783.

ii) V B Bhandari, “Design of Machine Elements”, TMH Publications, Fourth Edition, 2017,

ISBN: 9789339221126.

iii) Sundaraja Moorthy T.V. and Shanmugam, „Machine Design‟, Nandhini Publications, 2017,

Third Edition, ISBN: 8192549364



2. Course

Name

Design of

Transmission

Systems Lab

L T P

3. Course

Code

0 0 2


mark)

Core () PE

()

OE

()

MS ()

5. Pre-

requisite

(if any)

Mechanical

Machine

Design

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Eve

n ()

Odd

()

Eithe

r Sem

()

Ever

y

Sem

()




Transmission system is most important part of any automotive vehicle. Often transmission refers

simply to the gearbox that uses gears and gear trains to provide speed and torque conversions from a

rotating power source to another device. But in broad understanding transmission also refers to refers

to the whole drive train, including clutch, gearbox, prop shaft (for rear-wheel drive), differential, and

final drive shafts. In design of transmission system course, student learns to design various

components of transmission such as gears, bearings, clutches, brakes, cams etc. After going through

the course, students will be able to understand the design aspects of a transmission system and the

materials which are used to make them.

9. Learning objectives: i) To understand the various elements involved in a transmission system.

ii) To design the system based on input and output parameters.

iii) To produce working drawings of the system involving pulleys, gears, clutches and brakes.


i) Design pulleys, chain drives, rope drives and belt drives.

ii) Determine performance requirements in the selection of commercially available transmission

drives.

iii) Design Brakes and Clutches

iv) Design various types of gear boxes.

v) Know the applications of the various systems, materials used to make them, and methods

used.

11. Lab Component


1 Study on Gear Box iv

2 Study of manual steering Mechanism iv, v

3 Study of power steering Mechanism. iv, v

4 Study of suspension System. i

5 Study of braking system. ii, iii

6 Study of clutches (Centrifugal, Claw, Single and multiple, Conical). iii

7 Study on Differential Gear Mechanism of Rear Axle. ii

8 Study of Car Chassis. i

9 Visit of an Automobile factory. i, ii, iii, iv, v


2. Course

Name

Automotive

Fuels and

Emissions

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0


mark)

Core () PE

()

OE

()

MS ()

5. Pre-

requisite

(if any)

NIL 6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Eve

n ()

Odd

()

Eithe

r Sem

()

Ever

y

Sem

()




After completing this course, students will have a broad and fundamental understanding of Internal

Combustion Engines. Topics range from an overview of IC Engines and its different types of

combustion process in SI Engine, CI Engine normal combustion and abnormal combustion and

performance evaluation of IC Engine heat balance sheet and learn the working of gas turbines and

performance evaluation of gas turbine and method to improve efficiency of gas turbine In addition,

students will learn common evaluation terminology, of IC Engine and gas turbine used and career

options available within this field.

9. Learning objectives: i) To give an overview of Internal Combustion Engines, their classification, applications,

operation and processes. ii) To give complete knowledge of type of fuels used in IC engines and the fuel supply systems. iii) To describe combustion phenomena in IC engines. iv) To explain the different performance analysis of IC engines. v) To explain the effects of exhaust emission on human health and various pollution norms. vi) To explain the Gas Turbine with various operating cycles.


i) Analyze the effect of various operating variables on engine performance. ii) Identify fuel metering and fuel supply systems for different types of engines. iii) Understand normal and abnormal combustion phenomena in SI and CI engines. iv) Evaluate performance Analysis of IC Engine and Justify the suitability of IC Engine for

different application v) Understand the conventional and non-conventional fuels for IC engines and effects of

emission formation of IC engines, its effects and the legislation standards. 11. Unit wise detailed content

Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 10


Estimate of petroleum reserve, need for alternate fuel, availability and comparative properties of

alternate fuels, CNG, LPG, Alcohol, Vegetable oil and Bio-gas


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: CNG and LPG

CNG and LPG: Availability, properties, modifications required in SI and CI engines, performance

and emission characteristics, storage, handling and dispensing, safety aspects. Alcohol - Manufacture

of alcohol, properties, blending of Methanol and Ethanol, engine design modifications required and

effects of design parameters, performance and emission characteristics, durability. Types of vegetable

oils for engine application, esterification, biogas, properties, engine performance and emission

characteristics


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Hydrogen and Fuel cells

Production methods, properties, performance and emission characteristics, storage and handling,

safety aspects, Working principle, classification, description of fuel cell systems, fuel cell

components, properties of fuel cell, general performance characteristics, emission characteristics,

merits and demerits, vehicle design and layout aspects.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Emissions from SI & CI Engines and its

Control

Emission formation in S.I. engines – Hydrocarbons – Carbon monoxide – Nitric Oxide, Lead

particulates – Polynuclear aromatic hydro carbon emission – Effects of design and operating variables

on emission formation in spark ignition engines – Controlling of pollutant formation in engines –

Thermal reactors – Catalytic converters – Charcoal Canister Control for evaporative emission –

Positive crank case ventilation system for UBHC emission reduction. Chemical delay – Significance

– Intermediate compound formation – Pollutant formation on incomplete combustion – effect of

operating variables on pollutant formation – Controlling of emissions – Driving behaviour –

Fumigation – Exhaust gas recirculation – Air injection – Cetane number effect.


lectures = 08

Title of the Unit: Emission Measurement and Test procedure

Measurement of CO, CO2, by NDIR. Hydrocarbon by FID – Chemiluminescent detector for NOx

measurement, Smoke meters – Dilution tunnel technique for particulate measurement. Procedures on

Engine and Chassis Constant Volume Sampling procedures –Emission Test– Sampling probes and

valves – Quantifying emissions –Dynamometers.







Text Book:

i) Ganesan.V, Internal Combustion Engines, Tata McGraw Hill, 4th

Edition, 2017,

ISBN:9781259006197

Reference Books:

i) Crouse.W.M, Anglin.A.L., Automotive Emission Control, McGraw Hill, 1995, ISBN:

007014639X

ii) Springer.G.S, Patterson.D.J, Engine Emissions, pollutant formation, Plenum Press, 1986

iii) Patterson, D.J, Henin.N.A, Emissions from Combustion engines and their Control, Anna

Arbor Science, 1985

iv) Linden. D, Handbook of Batteries and Fuel Cells, McGraw Hill, 3rd


0/07/135978/8

v) Maxwell et al, Alternative Fuel: Emission, Economic and Performance, SAE, ISBN:

9781560915232



2. Course

Name

Automotive

Fuels and

Emissions

Lab

L T P

3. Course

Code

0 0 2


mark)

Core () PE

()

OE

()

MS ()

5. Pre-

requisite

(if any)

NIL 6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Eve

n ()

Odd

()

Eithe

r Sem

()

Ever

y

Sem

()


Lectures = o Tutorials = 0 Practical = 28


After completing this course, students will have a broad and fundamental understanding of Internal

Combustion Engines. Topics range from an overview of IC Engines and its different types of

combustion process in SI Engine, CI Engine normal combustion and abnormal combustion and

performance evaluation of IC Engine heat balance sheet and learn the working of gas turbines and

performance evaluation of gas turbine and method to improve efficiency of gas turbine In addition,

students will learn common evaluation terminology, of IC Engine and gas turbine used and career

options available within this field.

9. Learning objectives: i) To give an overview of Internal Combustion Engines, their classification, applications,

operation and processes. ii) To give complete knowledge of type of fuels used in IC engines and the fuel supply systems. iii) To describe combustion phenomena in IC engines. iv) To explain the different performance analysis of IC engines. v) To explain the effects of exhaust emission on human health and various pollution norms. vi) To explain the Gas Turbine with various operating cycles.


i) Analyze the effect of various operating variables on engine performance. ii) Identify fuel metering and fuel supply systems for different types of engines. iii) Understand normal and abnormal combustion phenomena in SI and CI engines. iv) Evaluate performance Analysis of IC Engine and Justify the suitability of IC Engine for

different application v) Understand the conventional and non-conventional fuels for IC engines and effects of

emission formation of IC engines, its effects and the legislation standards. 11. Lab Component


1 Performance & emission test on Heavy duty diesel engine (transient

Dyno)

i, v

2 Study of Emission test for SI Engine 2 wheelers on Chassis

Dynamometer.

i, v


Dynamometer.

v


Dynamometer.

v

5 Analysis of Carbonyl Compound from exhaust emission using HPLC. i, ii, iii,

6 Chemical Characterization of Gasoline and Diesel Fuel. iv

Open Electives

1. Name of the Department- Civil Engineering

2. Course Name Air and Noise

Pollution

L T P




any)

Environment

Science

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem ()




Increased air and noise pollution is the common impact of industrialization lead to the several

dangerous and untreatable impacts on human beings. Students learn about air pollutants, particulates

and gaseous pollutants, effects of air pollution on human beings, elements of atmosphere and

dispersion of pollutants, meteorological factors, principles and design of air pollution control

measures, air quality monitoring, air pollution control measures, sources of noise pollution,

environmental and industrial noise and effects of noise pollution.


i) To understand the aspects of atmospheric pollution and its flow.

ii) To know about the issues such as atmospheric composition, monitoring, acidic deposition,

urban air quality.

iii) To understand the use and application of air quality models for the identification of plume

flow.


i) The main chemical components and reactions occur in the atmosphere and examine the factors

responsible for perturbing this.

ii) The Implementation of the methods for monitoring and modeling spatial and temporal patterns

of pollution

iii) The air pollution issues at a range spatial scales and how these are relaxed.

iv) The environmental impacts of atmospheric pollutants and assess their concentration.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Sources and Effects of Air Pollution

Classification of air pollutants – Particulates and gaseous pollutants – Sources of air pollution –

Source inventory – Effects of air pollution on human beings, materials, vegetation, animals –

global warming-ozone layer depletion, Sampling and Analysis – Basic Principles of Sampling –

Source and ambient sampling – Analysis of pollutants – Principles.


lectures = 11

Title of the unit: Transport of Air Pollution

Elements of atmosphere and dispersion of pollutants – Meteorological factors – Wind roses –

Lapse rate - Atmospheric stability and turbulence – Plume rise – Dispersion of pollutions –

Gaussian dispersion models – Applications


lectures = 09

Title of the unit: Control of Air Pollution

Concepts of control – Principles and design of control measures – Particulates control by

gravitational, centrifugal, filtration, scrubbing, electrostatic precipitation – Selection criteria for

equipment, gaseous pollutant control by adsorption & absorption, condensation, combustion –

Pollution control for specifi c major industries.


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Air Quality Management

Air quality standards – Air quality monitoring – Air pollution control eff orts – Zoning – Town

planning regulation of new industries – Legislation and enforcement – Environmental Impact

Assessment – Methods.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Noise Pollution & Control

Sound and Noise: Sources of noise pollution – environmental and industrial noise; effects of

noise pollution- fundamentals of sound generation - propagation, sound measurement - sound

level meters – types, components, Noise prevention & control measures, environmental and

industrial noise - noise control legislation.








Text Book:

i) M N Rao& H V N Rao (2007), Air Pollution, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, 26th

reprint, New Delhi.

Reference Books:

i) Noel De Nevers (2010), Air Pollution Control Engineering, 2nd Edition, Waveland Press, Inc.,

Long Grove, Illinois.

ii) Singal, S.P. (2000), Noise Pollution and Control, First Edition, Narosa Publishing House, New

Delhi.

iii) Rao C.S. (2006) Environmental Pollution Control Engineering, 2nd edition, New Age

International, New Delhi.

iv) William L. Heumann (1997), Industrial Air Pollution Control Systems, McGraw Hill

Professional, New York



2. Course Name Non-Conventional

Energy Resources

L T P




any)

Environment Science 6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem ()




In order to reduce the load on the non-renewable sources of energy and minimize the impacts caused

by them, it is essential to shift from the non-renewable to different forms of renewable sources of

energy. Students will learn about Primary energy sources, direct energy conversion, comparison with

conventional energy, solar thermal applications, energy from the wind, hydro Power, description &

principles of working and basic design aspects of renewable sources of energy. Upon completion,

students should be able to design the solar plants, wind power station, hydro power station and

implement different application of renewable sources of energy.


i) Create awareness about the different forms of Energy and then utilization for sustainability

ii) To give an idea about the utilization of waste as renewable energy for the future generations to

come.

iii) Design the solar collector, solar cell.


i) Identify the forms of energy and then use as energy resource

ii) Implement the methods involved in converting different source to energy

iii) Design the plant, based on the principles and form of resources



10

Title of the unit: Primary Energy Sources

Primary energy sources, direct energy conversion, comparison with conventional energy,

conversion devices, Solar energy – Principles of solar energy collection, solar radiation,

measurements, instruments, data and estimation, type of collectors, characteristics and design

principles of different types of collectors, testing of collectors.

Unit – 2 Number of lectures =

11

Title of the unit: Solar Thermal Applications

Solar thermal applications - water heaters and air heaters performance and applications - simple

calculations - solar cooling, solar drying, solar ponds, solar tower concepts, solar furnace.


09

Title of the unit:

Energy from the wind - general theory of wind mills - design aspects of horizontal axis and

vertical axis wind mills, applications- Energy from tides and waves - working principles of tidal

plants and ocean thermal energy conversion plants - power from geothermal energy - principle

of working of geothermal power plants.


10

Title of the unit:

Hydro Power: Types, site identification, head and flow measurement, discharge curve, estimation of

power potential and system components. Energy from bio-mass, bio-gas plants - various types -

design principles of bio-gas plant applications- Energy from wastes – wastes burning power plants -

utilization of industrial and municipal wastes – energy from the agriculture wastes.


08

Title of the unit:

Description, Principles of working and basic design aspects only – Magneto-hydrodynamic systems-

thermo–electric generators, thermionioc generators - fuel cells, solar cells, types, EMF generated,

power output - losses and efficiency and applications








Text Book:

i) GD Rai (2010), Non-Conventional Energy Sources, 1st Edition, Khanna Publishers.

Reference Books:

i) Bent Sorensen (2010), Renewable Energy: Physics, Engineering, Environmental Impacts,

Economics &Planning, Fourth Edition, Academic Press, 4th edition.

ii) William H. Kemp (2009), The Renewable Energy Handbook, Aztext Press; Third Edition.

iii) Bent Sorensen (2004), Renewable energy, Third edition, Academic Press.



2. Course Name Urban Water

Resources

Management

L T P




any)

Environment

Science

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem ()




Student will study the ways in which water availability and use are matched, and seek to develop

alternative land use and water allocation policies, including legal and institutional arrangements from

the local watershed to the basin scale and beyond.


i) To introduce the concepts of urbanization and its impact on the natural water cycle

ii) The student is exposed to the use the urban storm water models for better storm water

management.

iii) Students also exposed for the preparation of urban storm water master plan and different types

of operation and maintenance.


i) Apply appropriate management techniques for planning, operating and maintaining the

different components of urban and drainage system.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Urban Hydrologic Cycle

Water in the urban eco-system – Urban Water Resources – Major problems – Urban

hydrological cycle – Storm water management objectives and limitations – Storm water

policies – Feasibility consideration


lectures = 11

Title of the unit: Urban Water Resources Management

Models

Types of models – Physically based – conceptual or unit hydrograph based – Urban surface runoff

models – Management models for flow rate and volume control rate – Quality models.


lectures = 09

Title of the unit: Urban Storm Water Management

Storm water management practices (Structural and Non-structural Management measures) –

Detention and retention concepts – Modelling concept – Types of storage – Magnitude of storage –

Hydraulic analysis and design guidelines – Flow and storage capacity of urban components – Temple

tanks.


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Master Plans

Planning and organizational aspects – Inter dependency of planning and implementation of goals and

measures – Socio – economics financial aspects – Potential costs and benefit measures – Measures of

urban drainage and flood control benefits – Effective urban water user organizations.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Operation And Maintenance

General approaches to operations and maintenance – Complexity of operations and need for

diagnostic analysis – Operation and maintenance in urban water system – Maintenance

Management System – Inventories and conditions assessment – Social awareness and

involvement.








Text Book:

i) Geiger, W.F., Marsalek, F., and Zuidena, F.C., (Ed), manual ondrainage in urbanized areas –

Vol.1 and Vol.II, UNESCO,

Reference Books:

i) Hengeveld, H. and C. De Voch.t (Ed)., Role of Water in Urban Ecology

ii) Martin, P. Wanelista and Yousef, A. Yousef., Storm Water Management, John Wiley and son

iii) Neil S. Grigg., Urban Water Infrastructure Planning, Management and Operations, John Wiley

and Sons (2004), Renewable energy, Third edition, Academic Press.



2. Course Name Geoinformatics L T P




any)

Surveying 6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem ()




This course is intended to provide an introduction to the techniques used in radar remote sensing. The

course covers the underlying principles of the measurement techniques and the interaction of

microwaves with natural surfaces. The course focuses on the role of satellite radar systems and their

application to monitoring aspects of the Earth‟s surface, including snow and ice, oceanic wind fields,

agriculture and forestry.


i) To prepare the students for successful careers in Geospatial Industries and Information

Technology that meet the needs of India and other Countries.

ii) To develop the professional ability among the students to collect various Geospatial relates

from various platform, data, analysis and synthesis that create user oriented real-world

applications.

iii) To provide an opportunity for students to work as part of teams on multidisciplinary projects

iv) To provide students with a sound foundation in the mathematical, scientific and engineering

fundamentals necessary to formulate, solve and analyze engineering and multidisciplinary

problems and to prepare them for graduate studies.

v) To promote student‟s awareness of the life-long learning and to introduce them to professional

ethics and codes of professional practice.


i) Will acquire basic knowledge in B.E (Geoinformatics) and engineering.

ii) Will acquire the ability to model and development of application in Geospatial arena interprets

and analyze data, and report results.

iii) Will acquire the ability to develop Geospatial system that meets desired specifications and

requirements.

iv) Will acquire the ability to function on engineering and science laboratory teams, as well as on

multidisciplinary problem-solving teams.

v) Will acquire the ability to identify, formulate and solve Geometrics related problems.

vi) Will acquire an understanding of their professional and ethical responsibilities.

vii) Will be able to communicate effectively in both verbal and written forms.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 11

Title of the unit: Photogrammetric Survey

Basic principles, elevation of a point, determination of focal length of lens, aerial camera, scale

of a vertical photograph, relief displacement of a vertical photograph, height of object from

relief displacement, scale of a tilted photograph, tilt distortion, relief displacement of a tilted

photograph, combined effects of tilt and relief, flight planning for aerial photography, selection

of altitude, interval between exposures, crab and drift, stereoscope parallax, parallax in aerial

stereoscopic views, parallax equations. Photogrammetry – analog, analytical and digital

photogrammetry.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Remote Sensing

Introduction, concepts and physical basis of Remote Sensing, Electromagnetic spectrum, radiation

laws, atmospheric effects, image characteristics. Remote sensing systems; sources of remote sensing

information, spectral quantities spectral signatures and characteristics spectral reflectance curves for

rocks, soil, vegetation and water. Introduction to Aerial and space borne platforms. Optical, thermal

and microwave sensors and their resolution, salient features of some of operating Remote Sensing

satellites


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Digital image processing

Introduction, image rectification and restoration, image enhancement, image transformation,

manipulation, image classification, fusion. Applications of remote sensing to civil engineering.


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: GIS system

Definition terminology and data types, basic components of GIS software, data models, data

acquisition, both raster‟s based and vector-based data input and data processing and management

including topology, overlaying and integration and finally data product and report generation. GIS

applications in civil engineering.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Global Navigation Satellite System

GPS, GLONASS, GALILEO, GPS: Space segment, Control segment, User segment, GPS

satellite signals, Datum, coordinate system and map projection, Static, Kinematic and

Differential GPS, GPS Applications








Text Book:

i) Sateesh Gopi, R Sath Kumar & N Madhu “Advanced Surveying GIS & Remote Sensing”

Pearson Education.

Reference Books:


i) Kang T Shung Chang “Introduction of Geographic Information Systems” TMH.

ii) Campbell, “Introduction to Remote Sensing” 3/e, CRC Press Taylor & Francis Group.

iii) Chen, “Signal and Image Processing for Remote Sensing” CRC Press Taylor & Francis

Group.


2. Course Name Natural

Disaster

Mitigation and

Management

L T P




any)

NIL 6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem ()




With the increases in the numbers of interventions by the human beings with the natural processes

and by the implication on load on the environment, natural disasters are common in the today‟s world.

Students learn natural disasters around the world and risk assessment, disaster mitigation,

preparedness, response and recovery, earthquake, geological, geo-morphological aspects, landslides,

severe weather & tornadoes, cyclones, floods and droughts. Upon completion, students should be able

to Map, conduct modeling, risk analysis and loss estimation, natural disaster risk analysis and apply

prevention and mitigation measures to reduce the impacts.


i) To understand the aspects of atmospheric pollution and its flow.

ii) To know about the issues such as atmospheric composition, monitoring, acidic deposition,

urban air quality

iii) To understand the use and application of air quality models for the identification of plume

flow.


i) The types of natural and environmental disasters and its causes.

ii) About organizational and Administrative strategies for managing disasters.

iii) About the early warning systems, monitoring of disasters effect and necessity of rehabilitation.

iv) About the engineering and non-engineering controls of mitigating various natural disasters.

v) Learn methodologies for disaster risk assessment with the help of latest tools like GPS, GIS,

Remote sensing, information technologies, etc.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 11

Title of the unit: Natural Disasters – Overview

Introduction- Natural Disasters around the world- Natural Disaster Risk Assessment- Earth and

its characteristics – Environmental Change and Degradation - Climate Change - Global

warming – Human Dimensions of Global environment Change – Disaster mitigation,

preparedness, response and recovery- comprehensive emergency management Early warning

systems and Disaster Preparedness– Rehabilitation, Vulnerable Populations - Logistics and

Services, Food, Nutrition and Shelter -Role of UN Red cross and NGOs


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Plate Tectonics& Earthquakes

Introduction and Review - Natural Disasters -Principles, Elements, and Systems - Geological-Geo-

morphological aspects, - Earthquake- Geology, Seismology, Characteristics and dimensions–

Landslides- Human impact on the mountainous terrain and its relationship with Rainfall, liquefaction

etc.- Tsunami - Nature and characteristics.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Critical climate system aspects and

Processes

Oceanic, Atmospheric and Hydrologic cycles - Severe Weather & Tornadoes, Cyclones, Floods and

Droughts - Global Patterns -Mitigation & Preparation – Drought – Famine- nature & dimensions –

Drought Assessment & Monitoring.


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Natural hazards Assessment and

Communication

Mapping - Modeling, risk analysis and loss estimation – Natural disaster risk analysis - prevention

and mitigation - Applications of Space Technology (Satellite Communications, GPS, GIS and Remote

Sensing and Information / Communication Technologies (ICT) in Early warning Systems - Disaster

Monitoring and Support Centre– Information Dissemination – Mobile Communications etc.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Administrative mechanisms

Comm Module and Social organizations – Education and Training – Establishment of capacity

building among various stakeholders – Government - Educational institutions – Use of Multi-

media knowledge products for self-education.








Text Book:

i) Edward A Keller, Robert H Blodgett (2007), Natural Hazards: Earth‟s Processes as Hazards,

Disasters, and Catastrophes,

Reference Books:

i) Pearson Prentice Hall, 2nd Edition.

ii) Edward Bryant (2005), Natural Hazards, Cambridge University Press, New York. ISBN: 978-

0521537438

iii) Robert L Kovach Earth‟s Fury (1995), An Introduction to Natural Hazards and Disasters,

Prentice Hall.

iv) Davi Alexander (1993), Natural Disasters, Routledge. ISBN: 9781857280937




Geology

L T P




any)


tick marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem ()




Engineering Geology is the application of the geological sciences to Civil Engineering practice for the

purpose of recognizing the location, design, construction, operation and maintenance of engineering

projects such as Dams, Barrages, Bridges, High rise buildings and other such important projects.

Students will be able to know the details of rock formation and study of rock cycle. Students will be

able to identify different minerals and find their properties. They will understand the various

geological features e.g. folds and faults. They will be able to select geologically suitable sites for

massive Civil Constructions work.


i) The overall objective of lecture portion of engineering geology is to demonstrate the

importance of Geology in making engineering decisions specially site selection of engineering

projects.

ii) Introduce the fundamentals of engineering properties of earth materials for their use in civil

engineering constructions.

iii) Develop quantitative skills and frame work for solving basic engineering geology problems

related to geological features and geological hazards and remedial measures thereof.


i) Characterize and classify various minerals and rocks on the basis of their engineering

properties.

ii) Assess geological hazards and develop mitigation frameworks.

iii) Use seismic and electrical methods to investigate subsurface and develop a native construction

plan


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Minerals and Rocks

Relevance and importance of Engineering Geology in Civil Engineering. Minerals - their

physical properties, rock forming minerals, Physical and engineering properties of igneous,

metaphoric and sedimentary rocks.

Unit – 2 Number of Title of the unit: Interior Structure of earth

lectures = 11

Earth‟s interior is based on seismic models, Earth‟s geomagnetic field, Plate tectonics and continental

drift theory, study of earth‟s geological structures – fold, faults and joints, Geological factors affecting

Civil Engineering constructions, Geological maps- their uses and interpretation.


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Weathering and Soils

The atmosphere, Weather and climate, Ocean structure and composition, Rock decay and weathering.

Soil origin and formation, classification and its engineering importance, Slope stability, rock and soil

slope stability analysis


lectures = 05

Title of the unit: Ground Water

Characteristic of ground water, Global distribution of water, Hydro Geological Cycle, Darcy‟s Law,

laboratory permeability tests, Types of aquifers, Water level fluctuations, Surface and subsurface

geophysical methods, Groundwater contamination, Artificial recharge of groundwater, Seawater

intrusion and harvesting of rainwater.


lectures = 06

Title of the unit: Earth Processes

Resources, minerals, water & energy, Natural hazards, Brief description on cause and formation

of flood, cyclone, volcano, earthquake, tsunami and landslides, Global warming and the

greenhouse effect, Future of the Earth.








Text Book:

i) GD Rai (2010), Non-Conventional Energy Sources, 1st Edition, Khanna Publishers.

Reference Books:

i) William H. Kemp (2009), The Renewable Energy Handbook, Aztext Press; Third Edition.

ii) Bent Sorensen (2004), Renewable energy, Third edition, Academic Press.



2. Course Name Solid Waste

management

L T P




any)


tick marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem ()




Solid waste management, the collecting, treating and disposing of solid material that is discarded

because it has served its purpose or is no longer useful. Improper disposal of municipal solid waste

can create unsanitary conditions, and these conditions in turn can lead to pollution of the environment

and to outbreaks of vector borne disease, that is, disease spread by rodents and insects. The tasks of

solid waste management present complex technical challenges. They also pose a wide variety of

administrative, economic and social problems that must be managed and solved.


i) To gain insight into collection, transfer and transport of municipal solid waste

ii) Understand the design and operation of municipal solid waste landfill

iii) Understand the design and operation of resource recovery facility.


i) Understand solid waste and its composition

ii) Understand various processes involved in solid waste collection, segregation and

transportation.

iii) Design solid waste disposal facility


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Municipal Solid Waste Management

Definition of solid waste–waste generation–major, sources and types of solid waste – sampling

and characterization – Determination of composition of MSW–storage and handling of solid

waste – Future changes in waste composition.


lectures = 11

Title of the unit: Collection of Solid Waste

Waste collection systems, analysis of collection system–alternative techniques for collection system.

Need for transfer operation, transport means and methods, transfer station types and design

requirements


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Transportation of Solid Waste

Need for transfer operation, transport means and methods, transfer station types and design

requirements


lectures = 05

Title of the unit: Process of Solid Waste and Energy

recovery

Unit operations for separation and processing, Materials Recovery facilities, Waste transformation

through combustion and aerobic composting, anaerobic methods for materials recovery and treatment

– Energy recovery – Incinerators


lectures = 06

Title of the unit: Disposal of Solid Wastes

Land farming, Landfills: Design and operation including: site selection, Geo-environmental

investigations, engineered sites, liners and covers, leachate control and treatment, gas recovery and

control, including utilization of recovered gas (energy), and landfill monitoring and reclamation,

Requirements and technical solution, designated waste landfill remediation–Integrated waste

management facilities. Economics of the on-site /offsite waste management options.








Text Book:

i) George Techobanoglous et al," Integrated Solid Waste Management ", McGraw-Hill

Publication, 1993

Reference Books:

i) Handbook of Solid Waste Management by Frank Kreith, George Tchobanoglous, McGraw

Hill Publication

ii) Bagchi, A., Design, Construction, and Monitoring of Landfills, (2ndEd). Wiley Interscience,

iii) 1994. ISBN: 0-471-30681-9.

iv) Sharma, H.D., and Lewis, S.P., Waste Containment Systems, Waste Stabilization, and

Landfills: Design and Evaluation. Wiley Interscience, 1994.ISBN: 0471575364.


http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/search-handle-url?%5Fencoding=UTF8&search-type=ss&index=books&field-author=George%20Tchobanoglous

1. Name of the Department- Computer Science Engineering

2. Course Name Ethical

Hacking

L T P



5. Pre-requisite

(if any)

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem ()



8. Brief Syllabus

This course helps students to aware about new Technology. This course covers Ethical Hacking, Foot

Printing and Social Engineering and Network Protection System & Hacking Web Servers


i) To understand how intruders, escalate privileges. ii) To understand Intrusion Detection, Policy Creation, Social Engineering, Buffer Overflows and

different types of Attacks and their protection mechanisms

iii) To learn about ethical laws and tests.


i) Identify and analyse the stages an ethical hacker requires to take in order to compromise a

target system.

ii) Identify tools and techniques to carry out a penetration testing.

iii) Critically evaluate security techniques used to protect system and user data.

iv) Demonstrate systematic understanding of the concepts of security at the level of policy and

strategy in a computer system


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 12

Title of the unit: Ethical Hacking

UNIT I - ETHICAL HACKING: Types of Data Stolen From the Organizations, Elements of

Information Security, Authenticity and Non-Repudiation, Security Challenges, Effects of Hacking,

Hacker – Types of Hacker, Ethical Hacker, Hacktivism - Role of Security and Penetration Tester,

Penetration Testing Methodology, Networking & Computer Attacks – Malicious Software (Malware),

Protection Against Malware, Intruder Attacks on Networks and Computers, Addressing Physical

Security – Key Loggers and Back Doors


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Foot Printing and Social Engineering

FOOT PRINTING AND SOCIAL ENGINEERING: Web Tools for Foot Printing, Conducting

Competitive Intelligence, Google Hacking, Scanning, Enumeration, Trojans & Backdoors, Virus &

Worms, Proxy & Packet Filtering, Denial of Service, Sniffer, Social Engineering – shoulder surfing,

Dumpster Diving, Piggybacking.

Data Security: Physical Security – Attacks and Protection, Steganography – Methods, Attacks and

Measures, Cryptography – Methods and Types of Attacks, Wireless Hacking, Windows Hacking,

Linux Hacking


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Network Protection System & Hacking

Web Servers

NETWORK PROTECTION SYSTEM & HACKING WEB SERVERS: Routers, Firewall &

Honeypots, IDS & IPS, Web Filtering, Vulnerability, Penetration Testing, Session Hijacking, Web

Server, SQL Injection, Cross Site Scripting, Exploit Writing, Buffer Overflow, Reverse Engineering,

Email Hacking, Incident Handling & Response, Bluetooth Hacking, Mobiles Phone Hacking


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Ethical Hacking Laws and Tests

ETHICAL HACKING LAWS AND TESTS: An introduction to the particular legal, professional

and ethical issues likely to face the domain of ethical hacking, ethical responsibilities, professional

integrity and making appropriate use of the tools and techniques associated with ethical hacking –

Social Engineering, Host Reconnaissance, Session Hijacking, Hacking - Web Server, Database,

Password Cracking, Network and Wireless, Trojan, Backdoor, UNIX, LINUX, Microsoft, NOVEL

Server, Buffer Overflow, Denial of Service Attack, Methodical Penetration Testing







Text Book:

i) Michael T. Simpson, Kent Backman, James E. “Corley, Hands On Ethical Hacking and

Network Defense”, Second Edition, CENGAGE Learning, 2010.

Reference Books:

i) Steven DeFino, Barry Kaufman, Nick Valenteen, “Official Certified Ethical Hacker Review

Guide”, CENGAGE Learning, 2009-11-01.

ii) Whitaker & Newman, “ Penetration Testing and Network Defense” , Cisco Press,

Indianapolis, IN, 2006.



2. Course Name Internet of

Things

L T P




any)

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem ()



8. Brief Syllabus

This course helps students to aware about new Technology. This course covers Microcontroller,

Embedded System and knowledge of latest Software.


i) Vision and Introduction to IoT. ii) Understand IoT Market perspective. iii) Data and Knowledge Management and use of Devices in IoT Technology. iv) Understand State of the Art – IoT Architecture. v) Real World IoT Design Constraints, Industrial Automation and Commercial Building

Automation in IoT.

10. Course Outcomes (COs): At the end of the course the student will be able to:

i) Understand the vision of IoT from a global context.

ii) Determine the Market perspective of IoT.

iii) Use of Devices, Gateways and Data Management in IoT.

iv) Building state of the art architecture in IoT.

v) Application of IoT in Industrial and Commercial Building Automation and Real-World

Design


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Vision and Introduction to IoT.

M2M to IoT-The Vision-Introduction, From M2M to IoT, M2M towards IoT-the global context, A

use case example, Differing Characteristics


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Understand IoT Market perspective.

M2M to IoT – A Market Perspective– Introduction, Some Definitions, M2M Value Chains, IoT

Value Chains, An emerging industrial structure for IoT, The international driven global value chain

and global information monopolies.

M2M to IoT- An Architectural Overview– Building an architecture, Main design principles and

needed capabilities, An IoT architecture outline, standards considerations


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Data and Knowledge Management and

use of Devices in IoT Technology.

M2M and IoT Technology Fundamentals- Devices and gateways, Local and wide area networking,

Data management, Business processes in IoT, Everything as a Service (XaaS), M2M and IoT

Analytics, Knowledge Management

Understand State of the Art – IoT Architecture. 10 IoT Architecture-State of the Art –

Introduction, State of the art, Architecture Reference Model- Introduction, Reference Model and

architecture, IoT reference Model.


lectures = 12

Title of the unit: Real World IoT Design Constraints,

Industrial Automation and Commercial Building

Automation in IoT.

IoT Reference Architecture- Introduction, Functional View, Information View, Deployment and

Operational View, Other Relevant architectural views. Real-World Design Constraints- Introduction,

Technical Design constraints-hardware is popular again, Data representation and visualization,

Interaction and remote control.

Industrial Automation- Service-oriented architecture-based device integration, SOCRADES: realizing

the enterprise integrated Web of Things, IMC-AESOP: from the Web of Things to the Cloud of

Things,

Commercial Building Automation - Introduction, Case study: phase one-commercial building

automation today, Case study: phase two- commercial building automation in the future.







Text Book:

i) Jan Holler, Vlasios Tsiatsis, Catherine Mulligan, Stefan Avesand, Stamatis Karnouskos,

David Boyle, “From Machine-to-Machine to the Internet of Things: Introduction to a New

Age of Intelligence”, 1st Edition, Academic Press, 2014.

Reference Books:

i) Vijay Madisetti and Arshdeep Bahga, “Internet of Things (A Hands-on-

Approach)”, 1stEdition, VPT, 2014.

ii) Francis daCosta, “Rethinking the Internet of Things: A Scalable Approach to Connecting

Everything”, 1st Edition, Apress Publications, 2013


1. Name of the Department- Computer science

2. Course Name Software

Project

Management

L T P



5. Pre-requisite

(if any)

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem ()



8. Brief Syllabus

This course is an introduction to the basic processes of project management for instructional design

projects. Students will be introduced to organizational issues, methods of planning, and techniques for

managing the business and creative processes that determine the success of a project. Students will

learn to use project management software for organizing, scheduling and monitoring project progress.

The experiences provided in the class will provide “real-world” examples and ask students to apply

and expand their student‟s academic program of study. The overall purpose of the class is to blend

theoretical aspects of project management to the pragmatic situations the student will face in industry

or in academic environments. The outcome of the course will provide the foundation for developing

technology-based project plans, management and experience in project management


The objective of this course is to

i) Define and highlight importance of software project management ii) Describe the software project management activities iii) Train software project managers and other individuals involved in software project iv) Planning and tracking and oversight in the implementation of the software project

management process.

10. COURSE OUTCOMES: On completion of this course, the students will be able to

i) Describe and determine the purpose and importance of project management from the

perspectives of planning, tracking and completion of project

ii) Compare and differentiate organization structures and project structures

iii) Implement a project to manage project schedule, expenses and resources with the application

of suitable project management tools.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures =

Title of the Unit: Introduction and Software Project

Planning

Fundamentals of Software Project Management (SPM), Need Identification, Vision and Scope

document, Project Management Cycle, SPM Objectives, Management Spectrum, SPM Framework,

Software Project Planning, Planning Objectives, Project Plan, Types of project plan, Structure of a

Software Project Management Plan, Software project estimation, Estimation methods, Estimation

models, Decision process.


lectures = 08

Title of the Unit: Project Organization and Scheduling

Unit II: Project Organization and Scheduling Project Elements, Work Breakdown Structure (WBS), Types of WBS, Functions, Activities and

Tasks, Project Life Cycle and Product Life Cycle, Ways to Organize Personnel, Project schedule,

Scheduling Objectives, Building the project schedule, Scheduling terminology and techniques,

Network Diagrams: PERT, CPM, Bar Charts: Milestone Charts, Gantt Charts.


lectures = 08

Title of the Unit: Project Monitoring and Control

Dimensions of Project Monitoring & Control, Earned Value Analysis, Earned Value Indicators: 23

Budgeted Cost for Work Scheduled (BCWS), Cost Variance (CV), Schedule Variance (SV), Cost

Performance Index (CPI), Schedule Performance Index (SPI), Interpretation of Earned Value

Indicators, Error Tracking, Software Reviews, Types of Review: Inspections, Deskchecks, Walk

through, Code Reviews, Pair Programming


lectures = 08

Title of the Unit: Software Quality Assurance and

Testing

Testing Objectives, Testing Principles, Test Plans, Test Cases, Types of Testing, Levels of Testing,

Test Strategies, Program Correctness, Program Verification & validation, Testing Automation &

Testing Tools, Concept of Software Quality, Software Quality Attributes, Software Quality Metrics

and Indicators, The SEI Capability Maturity Model CMM), SQA Activities, Formal SQA

Approaches: Proof of correctness, Statistical quality assurance, Clean room process.


lectures = 10

Title of the Unit: Project Management and Project

Management Tools

Software Configuration Management: Software Configuration Items and tasks, Baselines, Plan for

Change, Change Control, Change Requests Management, Version Control, Risk Management: Risks

and risk types, Risk Breakdown Structure (RBS), Risk Management Process: Risk identification, Risk

analysis, Risk planning, Risk monitoring, Cost Benefit Analysis, Software Project Management

Tools: CASE Tools, Planning and Scheduling Tools, MS-Project.







Text Book:

i) “Project Management: The Managerial Process with MS” - Clifford F. Gray and Erik W.

Larson, Mc Graw Hill.

Reference Books:

i) Software Project Management - M. Cotterell, Tata McGraw-Hill Publication.

ii) Software Project Management - Royce, Pearson Education


iii) Software Project Management - Kieron Conway, Dream Tech Press

iv) Software Project Management - S. A. Kelkar, PHI Publication


2. Course Name E-Commerce L T P



5. Pre-requisite

(if any)

Web

development

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem ()



8. Brief Syllabus

This course introduces the concepts, vocabulary, and procedures associated with E-Commerce and

the Internet. The student gains an overview of all aspects of E-Commerce. Topics include

development of the Internet and E-Commerce, options available for do-ing business on the Internet,

features of Web sites and the tools used to build an E-Commerce web site, marketing issues, payment

options, security issues, and customer service.

9. Learning objectives: The objective of this course is to:

i) Discuss fundamentals of e-commerce, types and applications. ii) Evaluate the role of the major types of information systems in a business environment and

their relationship to each other iii) Assess the impact of the Internet and Internet technology on business electronic commerce

and electronic business iv) Identify the major management challenges for building and using information systems and

learn how to find appropriate solutions to those challenges. v) Learn strategies for e-commerce, Mobile Commerce, Wireless Application Protocol, WAP

technology and Mobile Information devices.

10. Course Outcomes: At the end of the course student will be able to:

i) Understand the basic concepts and technologies used in the field of management information

systems

ii) Understand the processes of developing and implementing information systems

iii) Be aware of the ethical, social, and security issues of information systems and

iv) Develop an understanding of how various information systems work together to accomplish

the information objectives of an organization


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 08

Title of the Unit: Introduction Ecommerce

Definition of Electronic Commerce, E-Commerce: technology and prospects, incentives for engaging

in electronic commerce, needs of E-Commerce, advantages and disadvantages, framework, Impact of

E-commerce on business, E-Commerce Models.


lectures = 08

Title of the Unit: Network Infrastructure For E-

Commerce

Internet and Intranet based E-commerce- Issues, problems and prospects, Network Infrastructure,

Network Access Equipment‟s, Broadband telecommunication (ATM, ISDN, FRAME RELAY).

Mobile Commerce: Introduction, Wireless Application Protocol, WAP technology, Mobile

Information device.


lectures = 08

Title of the Unit: Web Security

Security Issues on web, Importance of Firewall, components of Firewall, Transaction security,

Emerging client server, Security Threats, Network Security, Factors to consider in Firewall design,

Limitation of Firewalls.


lectures = 10

Title of the Unit: Encryption

Encryption techniques, Symmetric Encryption: Keys and data encryption standard, Triple encryption,

Secret key encryption; Asymmetric encryption: public and private pair key encryption, Digital

Signatures, Virtual Private Network.


lectures = 08

Title of the Unit: Electronic Payments

Overview, The SET protocol, Payment Gateway, certificate, digital Tokens, Smart card, credit card,

magnetic strip card, E-Checks, Credit/Debit card-based EPS, online Banking Application in business,

E- Commerce Law, Forms of Agreement, Govt. policies and Agenda.


The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E--Learning portal and choose the relevant





Text Book:

i) Ravi Kalakota, Andrew Winston, “Frontiers of Electronic Commerce”, Addison Wesley.

Reference Books:

i) Pete Lohsin , John Vacca “Electronic Commerce”, New Age International

ii) Goel, Ritendra “E-commerce”, New Age International

iii) Laudon, “E-Commerce: Business, Technology, Society”, Pearson Education

iv) Bajaj and Nag, “E-Commerce the cutting edge of Business”, TMH

v) Turban, “Electronic Commerce 2004: A Managerial Perspective”, Pearson Education



2. Course Name Data Structure

and Algorithms

using C

L T P




any)

6. Frequency (use

tick marks)

Even

()

Odd

()

Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem ()



8. Brief Syllabus

The purpose of this course is to provide basic concepts of data structures a nd algorithms. The main

goal of the course is to teach the students how to select and design data structures for algorithms that

are appropriate for problems that they might encounter. This course is also to learn abstracts data

types, graphs, tree and its traversal, and different searching and sorting techniques. This also provides

knowledge of Hashing techniques and Garbage Collection and Compaction.

9. Learning objectives: The objective of this course is to:

i) Introduce the fundamentals and abstract concepts of Data Structures.

ii) Introduce searching, sorting techniques

iii) Learn how concepts of data structures are useful in problem solving.

10. Course Outcomes: The end of the course student will be able to

i) Use and implement appropriate data structure for the required problems using a programming

language such as C/C++.

ii) Analyze step by step and develop algorithms to solve real world problems.

iii) Implementing various data structures viz. Stacks, Queues, Linked Lists, Trees and Graphs.

iv) Understand various searching & sorting techniques.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Introduction: Basic Terminology

Elementary Data Organization, Algorithm, Efficiency of an Algorithm, Time and Space Complexity,

Asymptotic notations: Big-Oh, Time-Space trade-off. Abstract Data Types (ADT)Arrays: Definition,

Single and Multidimensional Arrays, Representation of Arrays : Row Major Order, and Column

Major Order, Application of arrays, Sparse Matrices and their representations. Linked lists: Array

Implementation and Dynamic Implementation of Singly Linked Lists, Doubly Linked List, Circularly

Linked List, Operations on a Linked List. Insertion, Deletion, Traversal, Polynomial Representation

and Addition, Generalized Linked List.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Stacks and Queues: Abstract Data

Type

Primitive Stack operations: Push & Pop, Array and Linked Implementation of Stack in C, Application

of stack: Prefix and Postfix Expressions, Evaluation of postfix expression, Recursion, Tower of Hanoi

Problem, Simulating Recursion, Principles of recursion, Tail recursion, Removal of recursion Queues,

Operations on Queue: Create, Add, Delete, Full and Empty, Circular queues, Array and linked

implementation of queues in C, Dequeue and Priority Queue.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Basic terminology

Binary Trees, Binary Tree Representation: Array Representation and Dynamic Representation,

Complete Binary Tree, Algebraic Expressions, Extended Binary Trees, Array and Linked

Representation of Binary trees, Tree Traversal algorithms: Inorder, Preorder and Postorder, Threaded

Binary trees, Traversing Threaded Binary trees, Huffman algorithm.


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Graphs

Terminology, Sequential and linked Representations of Graphs: Adjacency Matrices, Adjacency List,

Adjacency Multi list, Graph Traversal : Depth First Search and Breadth First Search, Connected

Component, Spanning Trees, Minimum Cost Spanning Trees: Prims and Kruskal algorithm.

Transitive Closure and Shortest Path algorithm: Warshal Algorithm and Dijikstra Algorithm,

Introduction to Activity Networks


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Searching

Sequential search, Binary Search, Comparison and Analysis Internal Sorting: Insertion Sort,

Selection, Bubble Sort, Quick Sort, Two Way Merge Sort, Heap Sort, Radix Sort, Practical

consideration for Internal Sorting. Search Trees: Binary Search Trees (BST), Insertion and Deletion

in BST, Complexity of Search Algorithm, AVL trees, Introduction to m-way Search Trees, B Trees &

B+ Trees Hashing: Hash Function, Collision Resolution Strategies Storage Management: Garbage

Collection and Compaction.







Text Book:

i) Fundamentals of Data Structures - Horowitz and Sahani, Galgotia Publication

REFERENCE BOOKS:

i) Data Structures Using C and C++ - Aaron M. Tenenbaum, Yedidyah Langsam and Moshe J.

Augenstein, PHI Publications

ii) An Introduction to Data Structures with applications - Jean Paul Trembley and Paul G.

Sorenson, McGraw Hill Publications

iii) Data Structures and Program Design in C - R. Kruse etal, , Pearson Education

iv) Data Structures - Lipschutz, Schaum‟s Outline Series, TMH


1. Name of the Department- Electronics and Communication Engineering

2. Course

Name

Signal

and

System

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0


mark)

Core () PE () OE ()

5. Pre-

requisit

e (if

any)

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Eve

n ()

Od

d ()

Eithe

r Sem

()

Every

Sem ()



8. Brief Syllabus

The course covers basic of logic expression, Reduction techniques of Boolean expression.

Knowledge of digital systems design based on combinational and sequential logic is also imparted.

This course further teaches about PLD, Memories and Logic Families.

9. Learning Objectives: On completion of this course, the students will be able to

i) Verify and analyze the input/output data of each logic gate and circuits such as adders,

counters. ii) Apply the digital circuit design concept in developing basic component of computer

organization, projects or experiments.

10. Course Outcomes:

i) Understanding the different number systems used in computerized system and codes used to

represent the digits and arithmetic operation using each number system and codes.

ii) Enabling students to take up application specific sequential circuit to specify the finite state

machine and designing the logic circuit.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Number System and Boolean algebra

Review of number system, Boolean algebra: De-Morgan‟s theorem, PI & EPI, Expression minimization

using K-maps & Quine McCluskey method, Introduction to Logic Gates and their combinations.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Combinational & Sequential Circuits

Combinational Circuits: Design of adder/subtractors, Comparators, code converters,

encoders/decoders, multiplexers/de-multiplexers, Function realization.

Sequential Circuits: Latches and Flip flops - SR, D, JK and T. Design of Counters and shift registers.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Synchronous & Asynchronous Sequential

Circuits

Finite State Machine, Mealy/Moore Machines. Analysis & design of Synchronous sequential circuits,

Analysis & design of Asynchronous sequential machines


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Programmable Devices & Logic Families

Memories: ROM, RAM, PROM, EPROM, Cache Memories, And PLA, PLD, And FPGA, digital

logic families: TTL, ECL, CMOS.








Text Book:

i) P. Ramakrishna Rao, `Signal and Systems‟ 2008 Ed., Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi

Reference Books:

i) Chi-Tsong Chen, `Signals and Systems‟, 3rd Edition, Oxford University Press, 2004



2. Course

Name

Digital

Electronic

s

L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0


mark)

Core () PE () OE ()

5. Pre-

requisit

e (if

any)

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Eve

n ()

Od

d ()

Eithe

r Sem

()

Every

Sem ()



8. Brief Syllabus

This subject is about the mathematical representation of signals and systems. The most important

representations we introduce involve the frequency domain – a different way of looking at signals and

systems, and a complement to the time-domain viewpoint. Indeed engineers and scientists often think

of signals in terms of frequency content, and systems in terms of their effect on the frequency content

of the input signal.

9. Learning Objectives: The students will learn and understand

i) Determination of system response for a signal.

ii) Fourier and Z transform techniques as tool for signal analysis.


i) Demonstrate an understanding of the relation among the transfer function, convolution, and the

impulse response, by explaining the relationship, and using the relationship to solve forced

response problems.

ii) Demonstrate an understanding of the relationship between the stability and causality of

systems and the region of convergence of their Laplace transforms, by correctly explaining the

relationship, and using the relationship to determine the stability and causality of systems.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Introduction to Signals & Systems

Definition, types of signals and their representations: continuous-time/discrete-time, periodic/non-

periodic, even/odd, energy/power, deterministic/ random, one dimensional/ multidimensional;

commonly used signals (in continuous-time as well as in discrete-time): unit impulse, unit step, unit

ramp (and their inter-relationships), exponential, rectangular pulse, sinusoidal; operations on

continuous-time and discrete-time signals (including transformations of independent variables)


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Laplace-Transform (LT) and Z-

transform (ZT)

One-sided LT of some common signals, important theorems and properties of LT, inverse LT,

solutions of differential equations using LT, Bilateral LT, Regions of convergence (ROC), One sided

and Bilateral Z-transforms, ZT of some common signals, ROC, Properties and theorems, solution of

difference equations using one-sided ZT, s- to z-plane mapping


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Fourier Transforms (FT):

Definition, conditions of existence of FT, properties, magnitude and phase spectra, Some important

FT theorems, Parseval‟s theorem, Inverse FT, relation between LT and FT, Discrete time Fourier

transform (DTFT), inverse DTFT, convergence, properties and theorems, Comparison between

continuous time FT and DTFT


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Linear Time Invariant

Continuous Time Systems: Linear Time invariant Systems and their properties. Differential

equation & Block diagram representation, Impulse response, Convolution integral, Frequency

response (Transfer Function), Fourier transforms analysis. Discrete Time System: Difference

equations, Block diagram representation, Impulse response, Convolution sum, MATLAB tutorials








Text Books:

i) Mano, Morris. "Digital logic." Computer Design. Englewood Cliffs Prentice-Hall (1979).

ii) Kumar, A. Anand. Fundamentals of Digital Circuits 2nd

Ed. PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2009.

Reference Books:

i) Floyd, Thomas L. Digital Fundamentals, 10/e. Pearson Education India, 1986.

ii) Malvino, Albert Paul and Donald P. Leach. Digital principles and applications. McGraw-Hill,

1986.

iii) Jain, Rajendra Prasad, Modern Digital Electronics, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2003.


2. Course

Name

Embedde

d System

L T P


3. Course

Code

3 0 0


mark)

Core () PE () OE ()

5. Pre-

requisit

e (if

any)

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Eve

n ()

Od

d ()

Eithe

r Sem

()

Every

Sem ()



8. Brief Syllabus

Introduces microcontrollers and embedded processors. Gives knowledge of embedded system

programming. Students can independently design and develop a hardware platform encompassing a

microcontroller and peripherals.

9. Learning Objectives

i) To learn the basic concepts of Embedded Systems. ii) To gain an understanding of applications of embedded systems involving real-time

programming of microcontrollers.

10. Course Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to

i) Apply the concepts of embedded system.

ii) Design and program for Embedded Systems.

iii) Explain and work on Real time operating systems.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 08

Title of the unit: PIC Microcontroller

Architecture - Features – Resets –Memory Organizations: Program Memory, Data Memory –

Instruction Set – simple programs. Interrupts –I/O Ports –Timers- CCP Modules- Master

Synchronous serial Port (MSSP)- USART –ADC- I2C


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Embedded Processors

ARM processor- processor and memory organization, Data operations, Flow of Control, CPU Bus

configuration, ARM Bus, Memory devices, Input/output devices, Component interfacing, designing

with microprocessor development and debugging, Design Example: Alarm Clock.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Embedded Programming

Programming in Assembly Language (ALP) Vs. High level language – C program elements, Macros and

Functions – Use of pointers – NULL pointers – use of function calls – multiple function calls in a

cyclic order in the main function pointers – Function queues and interrupt service Routines queues

pointers – Concepts of Embedded programming in C++ - Object oriented programming – Embedded

programming in C++, C program compilers – Cross compiler – optimization of memory codes.


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Real Time Operating Systems

Operating system services –I/O subsystems – Network operating systems –Interrupt Routines in

RTOS Environment – RTOS Task scheduling models, Interrupt – Performance Metric in Scheduling

Models –IEEE standard POSIX functions for standardization of RTOS and inter-task communication

functions–List of Basic functions in a Preemptive scheduler – Fifteen point strategy for

synchronization between processors, ISRs, OS Functions and Tasks – OS security issues- Mobile OS.








Text Book:

i) Raj Kamal, Embedded Systems Architecture, Programming and Design, Tata McGraw-Hill,

New Delhi, 2003.ISBN 0-07-049470-3

Reference Books:

i) Wayne Wolf, Computers as Components: Principles of Embedded Computing System Design,

Morgan Kaufman Publishers, 2001.ISBN=0123884365

ii) Frank Vahid and Tony Givargi Embedded System Design: A Unified Hardware/Software

Introduction‟s, John Wiley & Sons, 2000.

iii) John B Peatman, Design with PIC Microcontrollers, Prentice Hall of India,

2007ISBN=0130462136


2. Course

Name

Sensors L T P

3. Course

Code

3 0 0


mark)

Core () PE () OE ()

5. Pre-

requisit

e (if

any)

6. Frequency

(use tick

marks)

Eve

n ()

Od

d ()

Eithe

r Sem

()

Every

Sem ()




8. Brief Syllabus

This course deals with the different type of sensors and transducers. This also describe their role to

know the domain status. It also deals with the process to further processing of sensing elements.


i) Educate students to understand the functioning of different types of sensors & their role in order

to sense various parameter. ii) To utilize the status of different signal parameters in the real time application to control the

working.

10. Course Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to

i) Select the correct sensor for a given problem.

ii) And also capable to interface that sensor with the processor for further processing.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Principle of sensing & transduction

Principle of sensing & transduction , classification 1 Mechanical and Electromechanical sensor;

Resistive (potentiometric type): Forms, material, resolution, accuracy, sensitivity; Strain gauge:

Theory, type, materials, design consideration, sensitivity, gauge factor, variation with temperature,

adhesive, rosettes.; Inductive sensor: common types- Reluctance change type, Mutual inductance

change type, transformer action type, Magnetostrictive type, brief discussion with respect to material,

construction and input output variable, Ferromagnetic plunger type, short analysis; LVDT:

Construction, material, output input relationship, I/O curve, discussion; Proximity sensor.


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Capacitive sensors

variable distance-parallel plate type, variable area- parallel plate, serrated plate/teeth type and

cylindrical type, variable dielectric constant type, calculation of sensitivity; Stretched diaphragm type:

microphone, response characteristics; Piezoelectric element: piezoelectric effect, charge and voltage

co-efficient, crystal model, materials, natural & synthetic type, their comparison, force & stress

sensing, ultrasonic sensors..


lectures = 08

Title of the Unit III: Thermal sensors

Thermal sensors: Material expansion type: solid, liquid, gas & vapor; Resistance change type: RTD

materials, tip sensitive & stem sensitive type, Thermistor material, shape, ranges and accuracy

specification;

Thermo emf sensor: types, thermoelectric power, general consideration, Junction semiconductor type IC and

PTAT Type; Radiation sensors: types, characteristics and comparison; Piezoelectric type


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Magnetic sensors

Sensor based on Villari effect for assessment of force, torque, proximity, Wiedemann effect for yoke

coil sensors, Thomson effect, Hall effect, and Hall drive, performance characteristics; Radiation

sensors: LDR, Photovoltaic cells, photodiodes, photo emissive cell types, materials, construction,

response, Geiger counters, Scintillation detectors; Introduction to smart sensors;








Text Book:

i) Sensor & transducers, D. Patranabis, 2nd edition, PHI

Reference Books:

i) Instrument transducers, H.K.P. Neubert, Oxford University press.

ii) Measurement systems: application & design, E. A. Doebelin, Mc Graw Hill.



2. Course Name German

Language-I

L T P




any)


tick marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem ()




Basic communication in simple German, Simple conversational phrases, formation of simple

sentences, negative sentences, interrogative sentences, simple vocabulary related to house, family,

common objects, simple prepositions and conjugation of verbs.


i) Enabled to write/frame simple sentences in day to day Life.

ii) Able to understand communication in German language.

iii) Able to speak simple sentences of day to day Life.


i) Understanding of the pronunciation of German words.

ii) Introduce them.

iii) Understand simple German conversation.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 09

Title of the unit: Getting to know people

Getting to know people

- Alphabet

- Vocabulary

-Introduction


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Arrival

Arrival

- Pronouns and Verbs

- Question formation


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Seeing the Sights

Seeing the Sights

- Verb conjugation (Grammar)

Kommen , gehen, sagen


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Public Transportation

Public Transportation

-More action Verbs

-Nouns and Articles (grammar )


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Public Transportation

Public Transportation

What to say to the conductor

Some contractions

More action Verbs

On Nouns and Articles (Grammar)








Text Book:

i) Barron‟s German (Learn Deutsch) The Fast and Fun Way. Third Edition by Paul and

Heywood Wald, coordinating Editor. 2004

Reference Books:

ii) Deutsch als Fremd Sprache A1 by Dengler, Rusch, Schmitz and Sieber. Klett Langenscheidt,

Munchen. Published by Goyal Publishers.

iii) Lernziel Deutsch: Deutsch als Fremdsprache by Wolfgang Hieber. 2007. Max HueberVerlag

(Max Hueber Publication) Munchen



2. Course Name German

Language-II

L T P




any)


tick marks)

Even

()

Odd () Either

Sem

()

Every

Sem ()




Can understand sentences and commonly used expressions associated with topics directly related to

his/her direct circumstances (e.g., personal information or information about his/her family, shopping,

work, immediate surrounding). Can make him/ herself understood in simple, routine situations

dealing with a simple and direct exchange of information on familiar and common topics. Can

describe his/her background and education, immediate surroundings and other things associated with

immediate needs in a simple way.


i) Familiar with the basic level of German Language.

ii) Able to understand communication in German language

iii) Can read simple sentences of day to day Life.

iv) Enabled to write/frame simple sentences in day to day Life.


i) Understanding of the pronunciation of German words.

ii) Introduce them.

iii) Understand simple German conversation.


Unit-1 Number of

lectures = 09

Title of the unit: Cars and Vans

Cars and Vans, Road signs, At the Car Rental Office, Essential phrases for Drivers, Road signs, At

the service station, The Car, Essential Expressions about your car.

Grammar: The Imperative, Modal Verbs


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: At the Grocery store

At the Grocery store, how do you say

Grammar: More important Verbs


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Weather / Season

How is the weather

If today is Tues day, then….

Grammar: Adjective


lectures = 10

Title of the unit: Airplanes and Trains

Airplanes and Trains

The Plane, Asking for something, All Aboard

Grammar: Reflexive Pronouns, Direct Object Pronouns -Nouns and Articles (grammar)


lectures = 08

Title of the unit: Ordering Food

Ordering Food, Meals / Food , Breakfast, The Table, The main Meal , The Noon meal, To give and

take








Text Book:

i) Barron‟s German (Learn Deutsch) The Fast and Fun Way. Third Edition by Paul and

Heywood Wald, coordinating Editor. 2004

Reference Books:

i) Deutsch als Fremd Sprache A1 by Dengler, Rusch, Schmitz and Sieber. Klett Langenscheidt,

Munchen. Published by Goyal Publishers.

ii) Lernziel Deutsch: Deutsch als Fremdsprache by Wolfgang Hieber. 2007. Max HueberVerlag

(Max Hueber Publication) Munchen


Name of the Department- Centre for languages and Communication

Course Name French language-I (A1.1)

Brief Syllabus

Unit 1

Hi how are you?

Hello

How are you?

Personal pronouns (Grammar)

Reading: my first reading lesson

In a class (Vocabulary)

Articles – definite and indefinite (Grammar)

My first conversation (Speaking)

UNIT-II

Where I‟m from Countries and people (Vocabulary)

Where are you from?

Masculine and feminine (Grammar)

Reading: More years, more languages

Numbers (Vocabulary)

Who are you? (skills)

Talking about my country (Speaking)

My family This is my family (Vocabulary)

This is not my sister

Indefinite Articles (Grammar)

Reading: A great family (Reading)

Partitif, articles contractés (Grammar)

Talking about my family (Speaking)

UNIT-III

My daily routine My week and my day (Vocabulary)

It‟s five O‟clock

Pronouns – personal (Grammar)

What are you doing today? (Reading)

Thank you and please (Vocabulary)

This Sunday I‟m free

Regular and irregular verbs in present (Grammar)

Talking about my daily routine (Speaking)

Free Time The weather (Vocabulary)

Months and seasons

Relative(qui, que,où), y, en (Grammar)

Is it hot, June? (Reading)

My hobbies (Vocabulary)

Verbs – conjugation of regular and irregular verbes (Grammar)

Talking about my free Time (Speaking)

UNIT- IV

At the supermarket Let‟s go to the supermarket (Vocabulary)

Colors

affirmative and negative (Grammar)

At the bar and at the cinema (Reading)

How much does it cost? (Vocabulary)

What is there in the supermarket?

Verbs for food (Grammar)

Talking about food (Speaking)

Review A1.1 My first piece of writing in French (Writing)

First big talk (Speaking)

Documents

1st Semester - Best Engineering Colleges in Gurgaon